Mercurial > vim
annotate src/misc1.c @ 2361:e12685c50982 vim73
Fix some duplicates in ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
| author | Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org> |
|---|---|
| date | Tue, 20 Jul 2010 18:10:15 +0200 |
| parents | f4440cdd59ae |
| children | 797f7b467b03 |
| rev | line source |
|---|---|
| 7 | 1 /* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4: |
| 2 * | |
| 3 * VIM - Vi IMproved by Bram Moolenaar | |
| 4 * | |
| 5 * Do ":help uganda" in Vim to read copying and usage conditions. | |
| 6 * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed. | |
| 7 * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code. | |
| 8 */ | |
| 9 | |
| 10 /* | |
| 11 * misc1.c: functions that didn't seem to fit elsewhere | |
| 12 */ | |
| 13 | |
| 14 #include "vim.h" | |
| 15 #include "version.h" | |
| 16 | |
| 17 static char_u *vim_version_dir __ARGS((char_u *vimdir)); | |
| 18 static char_u *remove_tail __ARGS((char_u *p, char_u *pend, char_u *name)); | |
| 19 static int copy_indent __ARGS((int size, char_u *src)); | |
| 20 | |
| 21 /* | |
| 22 * Count the size (in window cells) of the indent in the current line. | |
| 23 */ | |
| 24 int | |
| 25 get_indent() | |
| 26 { | |
| 27 return get_indent_str(ml_get_curline(), (int)curbuf->b_p_ts); | |
| 28 } | |
| 29 | |
| 30 /* | |
| 31 * Count the size (in window cells) of the indent in line "lnum". | |
| 32 */ | |
| 33 int | |
| 34 get_indent_lnum(lnum) | |
| 35 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 36 { | |
| 37 return get_indent_str(ml_get(lnum), (int)curbuf->b_p_ts); | |
| 38 } | |
| 39 | |
| 40 #if defined(FEAT_FOLDING) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 41 /* | |
| 42 * Count the size (in window cells) of the indent in line "lnum" of buffer | |
| 43 * "buf". | |
| 44 */ | |
| 45 int | |
| 46 get_indent_buf(buf, lnum) | |
| 47 buf_T *buf; | |
| 48 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 49 { | |
| 50 return get_indent_str(ml_get_buf(buf, lnum, FALSE), (int)buf->b_p_ts); | |
| 51 } | |
| 52 #endif | |
| 53 | |
| 54 /* | |
| 55 * count the size (in window cells) of the indent in line "ptr", with | |
| 56 * 'tabstop' at "ts" | |
| 57 */ | |
| 164 | 58 int |
| 7 | 59 get_indent_str(ptr, ts) |
| 60 char_u *ptr; | |
| 61 int ts; | |
| 62 { | |
| 63 int count = 0; | |
| 64 | |
| 65 for ( ; *ptr; ++ptr) | |
| 66 { | |
| 67 if (*ptr == TAB) /* count a tab for what it is worth */ | |
| 68 count += ts - (count % ts); | |
| 69 else if (*ptr == ' ') | |
| 70 ++count; /* count a space for one */ | |
| 71 else | |
| 72 break; | |
| 73 } | |
| 164 | 74 return count; |
| 7 | 75 } |
| 76 | |
| 77 /* | |
| 78 * Set the indent of the current line. | |
| 79 * Leaves the cursor on the first non-blank in the line. | |
| 80 * Caller must take care of undo. | |
| 81 * "flags": | |
| 82 * SIN_CHANGED: call changed_bytes() if the line was changed. | |
| 83 * SIN_INSERT: insert the indent in front of the line. | |
| 84 * SIN_UNDO: save line for undo before changing it. | |
| 85 * Returns TRUE if the line was changed. | |
| 86 */ | |
| 87 int | |
| 88 set_indent(size, flags) | |
| 1324 | 89 int size; /* measured in spaces */ |
| 7 | 90 int flags; |
| 91 { | |
| 92 char_u *p; | |
| 93 char_u *newline; | |
| 94 char_u *oldline; | |
| 95 char_u *s; | |
| 96 int todo; | |
| 1324 | 97 int ind_len; /* measured in characters */ |
| 7 | 98 int line_len; |
| 99 int doit = FALSE; | |
| 1324 | 100 int ind_done = 0; /* measured in spaces */ |
| 7 | 101 int tab_pad; |
| 217 | 102 int retval = FALSE; |
| 1359 | 103 int orig_char_len = -1; /* number of initial whitespace chars when |
| 1324 | 104 'et' and 'pi' are both set */ |
| 7 | 105 |
| 106 /* | |
| 107 * First check if there is anything to do and compute the number of | |
| 108 * characters needed for the indent. | |
| 109 */ | |
| 110 todo = size; | |
| 111 ind_len = 0; | |
| 112 p = oldline = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 113 | |
| 114 /* Calculate the buffer size for the new indent, and check to see if it | |
| 115 * isn't already set */ | |
| 116 | |
| 1324 | 117 /* if 'expandtab' isn't set: use TABs; if both 'expandtab' and |
| 118 * 'preserveindent' are set count the number of characters at the | |
| 119 * beginning of the line to be copied */ | |
| 120 if (!curbuf->b_p_et || (!(flags & SIN_INSERT) && curbuf->b_p_pi)) | |
| 7 | 121 { |
| 122 /* If 'preserveindent' is set then reuse as much as possible of | |
| 123 * the existing indent structure for the new indent */ | |
| 124 if (!(flags & SIN_INSERT) && curbuf->b_p_pi) | |
| 125 { | |
| 126 ind_done = 0; | |
| 127 | |
| 128 /* count as many characters as we can use */ | |
| 129 while (todo > 0 && vim_iswhite(*p)) | |
| 130 { | |
| 131 if (*p == TAB) | |
| 132 { | |
| 133 tab_pad = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts | |
| 134 - (ind_done % (int)curbuf->b_p_ts); | |
| 135 /* stop if this tab will overshoot the target */ | |
| 136 if (todo < tab_pad) | |
| 137 break; | |
| 138 todo -= tab_pad; | |
| 139 ++ind_len; | |
| 140 ind_done += tab_pad; | |
| 141 } | |
| 142 else | |
| 143 { | |
| 144 --todo; | |
| 145 ++ind_len; | |
| 146 ++ind_done; | |
| 147 } | |
| 148 ++p; | |
| 149 } | |
| 150 | |
| 1324 | 151 /* Set initial number of whitespace chars to copy if we are |
| 152 * preserving indent but expandtab is set */ | |
| 153 if (curbuf->b_p_et) | |
| 154 orig_char_len = ind_len; | |
| 155 | |
| 7 | 156 /* Fill to next tabstop with a tab, if possible */ |
| 157 tab_pad = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts - (ind_done % (int)curbuf->b_p_ts); | |
| 1359 | 158 if (todo >= tab_pad && orig_char_len == -1) |
| 7 | 159 { |
| 160 doit = TRUE; | |
| 161 todo -= tab_pad; | |
| 162 ++ind_len; | |
| 163 /* ind_done += tab_pad; */ | |
| 164 } | |
| 165 } | |
| 166 | |
| 167 /* count tabs required for indent */ | |
| 168 while (todo >= (int)curbuf->b_p_ts) | |
| 169 { | |
| 170 if (*p != TAB) | |
| 171 doit = TRUE; | |
| 172 else | |
| 173 ++p; | |
| 174 todo -= (int)curbuf->b_p_ts; | |
| 175 ++ind_len; | |
| 176 /* ind_done += (int)curbuf->b_p_ts; */ | |
| 177 } | |
| 178 } | |
| 179 /* count spaces required for indent */ | |
| 180 while (todo > 0) | |
| 181 { | |
| 182 if (*p != ' ') | |
| 183 doit = TRUE; | |
| 184 else | |
| 185 ++p; | |
| 186 --todo; | |
| 187 ++ind_len; | |
| 188 /* ++ind_done; */ | |
| 189 } | |
| 190 | |
| 191 /* Return if the indent is OK already. */ | |
| 192 if (!doit && !vim_iswhite(*p) && !(flags & SIN_INSERT)) | |
| 193 return FALSE; | |
| 194 | |
| 195 /* Allocate memory for the new line. */ | |
| 196 if (flags & SIN_INSERT) | |
| 197 p = oldline; | |
| 198 else | |
| 199 p = skipwhite(p); | |
| 200 line_len = (int)STRLEN(p) + 1; | |
| 1324 | 201 |
| 202 /* If 'preserveindent' and 'expandtab' are both set keep the original | |
| 203 * characters and allocate accordingly. We will fill the rest with spaces | |
| 204 * after the if (!curbuf->b_p_et) below. */ | |
| 1359 | 205 if (orig_char_len != -1) |
| 1324 | 206 { |
| 207 newline = alloc(orig_char_len + size - ind_done + line_len); | |
| 208 if (newline == NULL) | |
| 209 return FALSE; | |
| 1359 | 210 todo = size - ind_done; |
| 211 ind_len = orig_char_len + todo; /* Set total length of indent in | |
| 212 * characters, which may have been | |
| 213 * undercounted until now */ | |
| 1324 | 214 p = oldline; |
| 215 s = newline; | |
| 216 while (orig_char_len > 0) | |
| 217 { | |
| 218 *s++ = *p++; | |
| 219 orig_char_len--; | |
| 220 } | |
| 1474 | 221 |
| 1324 | 222 /* Skip over any additional white space (useful when newindent is less |
| 223 * than old) */ | |
| 224 while (vim_iswhite(*p)) | |
| 1474 | 225 ++p; |
| 1348 | 226 |
| 1324 | 227 } |
| 228 else | |
| 229 { | |
| 230 todo = size; | |
| 231 newline = alloc(ind_len + line_len); | |
| 232 if (newline == NULL) | |
| 233 return FALSE; | |
| 234 s = newline; | |
| 235 } | |
| 7 | 236 |
| 237 /* Put the characters in the new line. */ | |
| 238 /* if 'expandtab' isn't set: use TABs */ | |
| 239 if (!curbuf->b_p_et) | |
| 240 { | |
| 241 /* If 'preserveindent' is set then reuse as much as possible of | |
| 242 * the existing indent structure for the new indent */ | |
| 243 if (!(flags & SIN_INSERT) && curbuf->b_p_pi) | |
| 244 { | |
| 245 p = oldline; | |
| 246 ind_done = 0; | |
| 247 | |
| 248 while (todo > 0 && vim_iswhite(*p)) | |
| 249 { | |
| 250 if (*p == TAB) | |
| 251 { | |
| 252 tab_pad = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts | |
| 253 - (ind_done % (int)curbuf->b_p_ts); | |
| 254 /* stop if this tab will overshoot the target */ | |
| 255 if (todo < tab_pad) | |
| 256 break; | |
| 257 todo -= tab_pad; | |
| 258 ind_done += tab_pad; | |
| 259 } | |
| 260 else | |
| 261 { | |
| 262 --todo; | |
| 263 ++ind_done; | |
| 264 } | |
| 265 *s++ = *p++; | |
| 266 } | |
| 267 | |
| 268 /* Fill to next tabstop with a tab, if possible */ | |
| 269 tab_pad = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts - (ind_done % (int)curbuf->b_p_ts); | |
| 270 if (todo >= tab_pad) | |
| 271 { | |
| 272 *s++ = TAB; | |
| 273 todo -= tab_pad; | |
| 274 } | |
| 275 | |
| 276 p = skipwhite(p); | |
| 277 } | |
| 278 | |
| 279 while (todo >= (int)curbuf->b_p_ts) | |
| 280 { | |
| 281 *s++ = TAB; | |
| 282 todo -= (int)curbuf->b_p_ts; | |
| 283 } | |
| 284 } | |
| 285 while (todo > 0) | |
| 286 { | |
| 287 *s++ = ' '; | |
| 288 --todo; | |
| 289 } | |
| 290 mch_memmove(s, p, (size_t)line_len); | |
| 291 | |
| 292 /* Replace the line (unless undo fails). */ | |
| 293 if (!(flags & SIN_UNDO) || u_savesub(curwin->w_cursor.lnum) == OK) | |
| 294 { | |
| 295 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, newline, FALSE); | |
| 296 if (flags & SIN_CHANGED) | |
| 297 changed_bytes(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 0); | |
| 298 /* Correct saved cursor position if it's after the indent. */ | |
| 299 if (saved_cursor.lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum | |
| 300 && saved_cursor.col >= (colnr_T)(p - oldline)) | |
| 835 | 301 saved_cursor.col += ind_len - (colnr_T)(p - oldline); |
| 217 | 302 retval = TRUE; |
| 7 | 303 } |
| 304 else | |
| 305 vim_free(newline); | |
| 306 | |
| 307 curwin->w_cursor.col = ind_len; | |
| 217 | 308 return retval; |
| 7 | 309 } |
| 310 | |
| 311 /* | |
| 312 * Copy the indent from ptr to the current line (and fill to size) | |
| 313 * Leaves the cursor on the first non-blank in the line. | |
| 314 * Returns TRUE if the line was changed. | |
| 315 */ | |
| 316 static int | |
| 317 copy_indent(size, src) | |
| 318 int size; | |
| 319 char_u *src; | |
| 320 { | |
| 321 char_u *p = NULL; | |
| 322 char_u *line = NULL; | |
| 323 char_u *s; | |
| 324 int todo; | |
| 325 int ind_len; | |
| 326 int line_len = 0; | |
| 327 int tab_pad; | |
| 328 int ind_done; | |
| 329 int round; | |
| 330 | |
| 331 /* Round 1: compute the number of characters needed for the indent | |
| 332 * Round 2: copy the characters. */ | |
| 333 for (round = 1; round <= 2; ++round) | |
| 334 { | |
| 335 todo = size; | |
| 336 ind_len = 0; | |
| 337 ind_done = 0; | |
| 338 s = src; | |
| 339 | |
| 340 /* Count/copy the usable portion of the source line */ | |
| 341 while (todo > 0 && vim_iswhite(*s)) | |
| 342 { | |
| 343 if (*s == TAB) | |
| 344 { | |
| 345 tab_pad = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts | |
| 346 - (ind_done % (int)curbuf->b_p_ts); | |
| 347 /* Stop if this tab will overshoot the target */ | |
| 348 if (todo < tab_pad) | |
| 349 break; | |
| 350 todo -= tab_pad; | |
| 351 ind_done += tab_pad; | |
| 352 } | |
| 353 else | |
| 354 { | |
| 355 --todo; | |
| 356 ++ind_done; | |
| 357 } | |
| 358 ++ind_len; | |
| 840 | 359 if (p != NULL) |
| 7 | 360 *p++ = *s; |
| 361 ++s; | |
| 362 } | |
| 363 | |
| 364 /* Fill to next tabstop with a tab, if possible */ | |
| 365 tab_pad = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts - (ind_done % (int)curbuf->b_p_ts); | |
| 366 if (todo >= tab_pad) | |
| 367 { | |
| 368 todo -= tab_pad; | |
| 369 ++ind_len; | |
| 840 | 370 if (p != NULL) |
| 7 | 371 *p++ = TAB; |
| 372 } | |
| 373 | |
| 374 /* Add tabs required for indent */ | |
| 375 while (todo >= (int)curbuf->b_p_ts) | |
| 376 { | |
| 377 todo -= (int)curbuf->b_p_ts; | |
| 378 ++ind_len; | |
| 840 | 379 if (p != NULL) |
| 7 | 380 *p++ = TAB; |
| 381 } | |
| 382 | |
| 383 /* Count/add spaces required for indent */ | |
| 384 while (todo > 0) | |
| 385 { | |
| 386 --todo; | |
| 387 ++ind_len; | |
| 840 | 388 if (p != NULL) |
| 7 | 389 *p++ = ' '; |
| 390 } | |
| 391 | |
| 840 | 392 if (p == NULL) |
| 7 | 393 { |
| 394 /* Allocate memory for the result: the copied indent, new indent | |
| 395 * and the rest of the line. */ | |
| 396 line_len = (int)STRLEN(ml_get_curline()) + 1; | |
| 397 line = alloc(ind_len + line_len); | |
| 398 if (line == NULL) | |
| 399 return FALSE; | |
| 400 p = line; | |
| 401 } | |
| 402 } | |
| 403 | |
| 404 /* Append the original line */ | |
| 405 mch_memmove(p, ml_get_curline(), (size_t)line_len); | |
| 406 | |
| 407 /* Replace the line */ | |
| 408 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, line, FALSE); | |
| 409 | |
| 410 /* Put the cursor after the indent. */ | |
| 411 curwin->w_cursor.col = ind_len; | |
| 412 return TRUE; | |
| 413 } | |
| 414 | |
| 415 /* | |
| 416 * Return the indent of the current line after a number. Return -1 if no | |
| 417 * number was found. Used for 'n' in 'formatoptions': numbered list. | |
| 41 | 418 * Since a pattern is used it can actually handle more than numbers. |
| 7 | 419 */ |
| 420 int | |
| 421 get_number_indent(lnum) | |
| 422 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 423 { | |
| 424 colnr_T col; | |
| 425 pos_T pos; | |
| 41 | 426 regmmatch_T regmatch; |
| 7 | 427 |
| 428 if (lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
| 429 return -1; | |
| 41 | 430 pos.lnum = 0; |
| 431 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(curbuf->b_p_flp, RE_MAGIC); | |
| 432 if (regmatch.regprog != NULL) | |
| 433 { | |
| 434 regmatch.rmm_ic = FALSE; | |
| 410 | 435 regmatch.rmm_maxcol = 0; |
| 1521 | 436 if (vim_regexec_multi(®match, curwin, curbuf, lnum, |
| 437 (colnr_T)0, NULL)) | |
| 41 | 438 { |
| 439 pos.lnum = regmatch.endpos[0].lnum + lnum; | |
| 440 pos.col = regmatch.endpos[0].col; | |
| 441 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 442 pos.coladd = 0; | |
| 443 #endif | |
| 444 } | |
| 445 vim_free(regmatch.regprog); | |
| 446 } | |
| 447 | |
| 448 if (pos.lnum == 0 || *ml_get_pos(&pos) == NUL) | |
| 7 | 449 return -1; |
| 450 getvcol(curwin, &pos, &col, NULL, NULL); | |
| 451 return (int)col; | |
| 452 } | |
| 453 | |
| 454 #if defined(FEAT_CINDENT) || defined(FEAT_SMARTINDENT) | |
| 455 | |
| 456 static int cin_is_cinword __ARGS((char_u *line)); | |
| 457 | |
| 458 /* | |
| 459 * Return TRUE if the string "line" starts with a word from 'cinwords'. | |
| 460 */ | |
| 461 static int | |
| 462 cin_is_cinword(line) | |
| 463 char_u *line; | |
| 464 { | |
| 465 char_u *cinw; | |
| 466 char_u *cinw_buf; | |
| 467 int cinw_len; | |
| 468 int retval = FALSE; | |
| 469 int len; | |
| 470 | |
| 471 cinw_len = (int)STRLEN(curbuf->b_p_cinw) + 1; | |
| 472 cinw_buf = alloc((unsigned)cinw_len); | |
| 473 if (cinw_buf != NULL) | |
| 474 { | |
| 475 line = skipwhite(line); | |
| 476 for (cinw = curbuf->b_p_cinw; *cinw; ) | |
| 477 { | |
| 478 len = copy_option_part(&cinw, cinw_buf, cinw_len, ","); | |
| 479 if (STRNCMP(line, cinw_buf, len) == 0 | |
| 480 && (!vim_iswordc(line[len]) || !vim_iswordc(line[len - 1]))) | |
| 481 { | |
| 482 retval = TRUE; | |
| 483 break; | |
| 484 } | |
| 485 } | |
| 486 vim_free(cinw_buf); | |
| 487 } | |
| 488 return retval; | |
| 489 } | |
| 490 #endif | |
| 491 | |
| 492 /* | |
| 493 * open_line: Add a new line below or above the current line. | |
| 494 * | |
| 495 * For VREPLACE mode, we only add a new line when we get to the end of the | |
| 496 * file, otherwise we just start replacing the next line. | |
| 497 * | |
| 498 * Caller must take care of undo. Since VREPLACE may affect any number of | |
| 499 * lines however, it may call u_save_cursor() again when starting to change a | |
| 500 * new line. | |
| 501 * "flags": OPENLINE_DELSPACES delete spaces after cursor | |
| 502 * OPENLINE_DO_COM format comments | |
| 503 * OPENLINE_KEEPTRAIL keep trailing spaces | |
| 504 * OPENLINE_MARKFIX adjust mark positions after the line break | |
| 505 * | |
| 506 * Return TRUE for success, FALSE for failure | |
| 507 */ | |
| 508 int | |
| 509 open_line(dir, flags, old_indent) | |
| 510 int dir; /* FORWARD or BACKWARD */ | |
| 511 int flags; | |
| 512 int old_indent; /* indent for after ^^D in Insert mode */ | |
| 513 { | |
| 514 char_u *saved_line; /* copy of the original line */ | |
| 515 char_u *next_line = NULL; /* copy of the next line */ | |
| 516 char_u *p_extra = NULL; /* what goes to next line */ | |
| 517 int less_cols = 0; /* less columns for mark in new line */ | |
| 518 int less_cols_off = 0; /* columns to skip for mark adjust */ | |
| 519 pos_T old_cursor; /* old cursor position */ | |
| 520 int newcol = 0; /* new cursor column */ | |
| 521 int newindent = 0; /* auto-indent of the new line */ | |
| 522 int n; | |
| 523 int trunc_line = FALSE; /* truncate current line afterwards */ | |
| 524 int retval = FALSE; /* return value, default is FAIL */ | |
| 525 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 526 int extra_len = 0; /* length of p_extra string */ | |
| 527 int lead_len; /* length of comment leader */ | |
| 528 char_u *lead_flags; /* position in 'comments' for comment leader */ | |
| 529 char_u *leader = NULL; /* copy of comment leader */ | |
| 530 #endif | |
| 531 char_u *allocated = NULL; /* allocated memory */ | |
| 532 #if defined(FEAT_SMARTINDENT) || defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) || defined(FEAT_LISP) \ | |
| 533 || defined(FEAT_CINDENT) || defined(FEAT_COMMENTS) | |
| 534 char_u *p; | |
| 535 #endif | |
| 536 int saved_char = NUL; /* init for GCC */ | |
| 537 #if defined(FEAT_SMARTINDENT) || defined(FEAT_COMMENTS) | |
| 538 pos_T *pos; | |
| 539 #endif | |
| 540 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
| 541 int do_si = (!p_paste && curbuf->b_p_si | |
| 542 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 543 && !curbuf->b_p_cin | |
| 544 # endif | |
| 545 ); | |
| 546 int no_si = FALSE; /* reset did_si afterwards */ | |
| 547 int first_char = NUL; /* init for GCC */ | |
| 548 #endif | |
| 549 #if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) && (defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(FEAT_CINDENT)) | |
| 550 int vreplace_mode; | |
| 551 #endif | |
| 552 int did_append; /* appended a new line */ | |
| 553 int saved_pi = curbuf->b_p_pi; /* copy of preserveindent setting */ | |
| 554 | |
| 555 /* | |
| 556 * make a copy of the current line so we can mess with it | |
| 557 */ | |
| 558 saved_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline()); | |
| 559 if (saved_line == NULL) /* out of memory! */ | |
| 560 return FALSE; | |
| 561 | |
| 562 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 563 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 564 { | |
| 565 /* | |
| 566 * With VREPLACE we make a copy of the next line, which we will be | |
| 567 * starting to replace. First make the new line empty and let vim play | |
| 568 * with the indenting and comment leader to its heart's content. Then | |
| 569 * we grab what it ended up putting on the new line, put back the | |
| 570 * original line, and call ins_char() to put each new character onto | |
| 571 * the line, replacing what was there before and pushing the right | |
| 572 * stuff onto the replace stack. -- webb. | |
| 573 */ | |
| 574 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum < orig_line_count) | |
| 575 next_line = vim_strsave(ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 1)); | |
| 576 else | |
| 577 next_line = vim_strsave((char_u *)""); | |
| 578 if (next_line == NULL) /* out of memory! */ | |
| 579 goto theend; | |
| 580 | |
| 581 /* | |
| 582 * In VREPLACE mode, a NL replaces the rest of the line, and starts | |
| 583 * replacing the next line, so push all of the characters left on the | |
| 584 * line onto the replace stack. We'll push any other characters that | |
| 585 * might be replaced at the start of the next line (due to autoindent | |
| 586 * etc) a bit later. | |
| 587 */ | |
| 588 replace_push(NUL); /* Call twice because BS over NL expects it */ | |
| 589 replace_push(NUL); | |
| 590 p = saved_line + curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 591 while (*p != NUL) | |
| 1470 | 592 { |
| 593 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 594 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 595 p += replace_push_mb(p); | |
| 596 else | |
| 597 #endif | |
| 598 replace_push(*p++); | |
| 599 } | |
| 7 | 600 saved_line[curwin->w_cursor.col] = NUL; |
| 601 } | |
| 602 #endif | |
| 603 | |
| 604 if ((State & INSERT) | |
| 605 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 606 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 607 #endif | |
| 608 ) | |
| 609 { | |
| 610 p_extra = saved_line + curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 611 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
| 612 if (do_si) /* need first char after new line break */ | |
| 613 { | |
| 614 p = skipwhite(p_extra); | |
| 615 first_char = *p; | |
| 616 } | |
| 617 #endif | |
| 618 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 619 extra_len = (int)STRLEN(p_extra); | |
| 620 #endif | |
| 621 saved_char = *p_extra; | |
| 622 *p_extra = NUL; | |
| 623 } | |
| 624 | |
| 625 u_clearline(); /* cannot do "U" command when adding lines */ | |
| 626 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
| 627 did_si = FALSE; | |
| 628 #endif | |
| 629 ai_col = 0; | |
| 630 | |
| 631 /* | |
| 632 * If we just did an auto-indent, then we didn't type anything on | |
| 633 * the prior line, and it should be truncated. Do this even if 'ai' is not | |
| 634 * set because automatically inserting a comment leader also sets did_ai. | |
| 635 */ | |
| 636 if (dir == FORWARD && did_ai) | |
| 637 trunc_line = TRUE; | |
| 638 | |
| 639 /* | |
| 640 * If 'autoindent' and/or 'smartindent' is set, try to figure out what | |
| 641 * indent to use for the new line. | |
| 642 */ | |
| 643 if (curbuf->b_p_ai | |
| 644 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
| 645 || do_si | |
| 646 #endif | |
| 647 ) | |
| 648 { | |
| 649 /* | |
| 650 * count white space on current line | |
| 651 */ | |
| 652 newindent = get_indent_str(saved_line, (int)curbuf->b_p_ts); | |
| 653 if (newindent == 0) | |
| 654 newindent = old_indent; /* for ^^D command in insert mode */ | |
| 655 | |
| 656 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
| 657 /* | |
| 658 * Do smart indenting. | |
| 659 * In insert/replace mode (only when dir == FORWARD) | |
| 660 * we may move some text to the next line. If it starts with '{' | |
| 661 * don't add an indent. Fixes inserting a NL before '{' in line | |
| 662 * "if (condition) {" | |
| 663 */ | |
| 664 if (!trunc_line && do_si && *saved_line != NUL | |
| 665 && (p_extra == NULL || first_char != '{')) | |
| 666 { | |
| 667 char_u *ptr; | |
| 668 char_u last_char; | |
| 669 | |
| 670 old_cursor = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 671 ptr = saved_line; | |
| 672 # ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 673 if (flags & OPENLINE_DO_COM) | |
| 674 lead_len = get_leader_len(ptr, NULL, FALSE); | |
| 675 else | |
| 676 lead_len = 0; | |
| 677 # endif | |
| 678 if (dir == FORWARD) | |
| 679 { | |
| 680 /* | |
| 681 * Skip preprocessor directives, unless they are | |
| 682 * recognised as comments. | |
| 683 */ | |
| 684 if ( | |
| 685 # ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 686 lead_len == 0 && | |
| 687 # endif | |
| 688 ptr[0] == '#') | |
| 689 { | |
| 690 while (ptr[0] == '#' && curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1) | |
| 691 ptr = ml_get(--curwin->w_cursor.lnum); | |
| 692 newindent = get_indent(); | |
| 693 } | |
| 694 # ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 695 if (flags & OPENLINE_DO_COM) | |
| 696 lead_len = get_leader_len(ptr, NULL, FALSE); | |
| 697 else | |
| 698 lead_len = 0; | |
| 699 if (lead_len > 0) | |
| 700 { | |
| 701 /* | |
| 702 * This case gets the following right: | |
| 703 * \* | |
| 704 * * A comment (read '\' as '/'). | |
| 705 * *\ | |
| 706 * #define IN_THE_WAY | |
| 707 * This should line up here; | |
| 708 */ | |
| 709 p = skipwhite(ptr); | |
| 710 if (p[0] == '/' && p[1] == '*') | |
| 711 p++; | |
| 712 if (p[0] == '*') | |
| 713 { | |
| 714 for (p++; *p; p++) | |
| 715 { | |
| 716 if (p[0] == '/' && p[-1] == '*') | |
| 717 { | |
| 718 /* | |
| 719 * End of C comment, indent should line up | |
| 720 * with the line containing the start of | |
| 721 * the comment | |
| 722 */ | |
| 723 curwin->w_cursor.col = (colnr_T)(p - ptr); | |
| 724 if ((pos = findmatch(NULL, NUL)) != NULL) | |
| 725 { | |
| 726 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum; | |
| 727 newindent = get_indent(); | |
| 728 } | |
| 729 } | |
| 730 } | |
| 731 } | |
| 732 } | |
| 733 else /* Not a comment line */ | |
| 734 # endif | |
| 735 { | |
| 736 /* Find last non-blank in line */ | |
| 737 p = ptr + STRLEN(ptr) - 1; | |
| 738 while (p > ptr && vim_iswhite(*p)) | |
| 739 --p; | |
| 740 last_char = *p; | |
| 741 | |
| 742 /* | |
| 743 * find the character just before the '{' or ';' | |
| 744 */ | |
| 745 if (last_char == '{' || last_char == ';') | |
| 746 { | |
| 747 if (p > ptr) | |
| 748 --p; | |
| 749 while (p > ptr && vim_iswhite(*p)) | |
| 750 --p; | |
| 751 } | |
| 752 /* | |
| 753 * Try to catch lines that are split over multiple | |
| 754 * lines. eg: | |
| 755 * if (condition && | |
| 756 * condition) { | |
| 757 * Should line up here! | |
| 758 * } | |
| 759 */ | |
| 760 if (*p == ')') | |
| 761 { | |
| 762 curwin->w_cursor.col = (colnr_T)(p - ptr); | |
| 763 if ((pos = findmatch(NULL, '(')) != NULL) | |
| 764 { | |
| 765 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum; | |
| 766 newindent = get_indent(); | |
| 767 ptr = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 768 } | |
| 769 } | |
| 770 /* | |
| 771 * If last character is '{' do indent, without | |
| 772 * checking for "if" and the like. | |
| 773 */ | |
| 774 if (last_char == '{') | |
| 775 { | |
| 776 did_si = TRUE; /* do indent */ | |
| 777 no_si = TRUE; /* don't delete it when '{' typed */ | |
| 778 } | |
| 779 /* | |
| 780 * Look for "if" and the like, use 'cinwords'. | |
| 781 * Don't do this if the previous line ended in ';' or | |
| 782 * '}'. | |
| 783 */ | |
| 784 else if (last_char != ';' && last_char != '}' | |
| 785 && cin_is_cinword(ptr)) | |
| 786 did_si = TRUE; | |
| 787 } | |
| 788 } | |
| 789 else /* dir == BACKWARD */ | |
| 790 { | |
| 791 /* | |
| 792 * Skip preprocessor directives, unless they are | |
| 793 * recognised as comments. | |
| 794 */ | |
| 795 if ( | |
| 796 # ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 797 lead_len == 0 && | |
| 798 # endif | |
| 799 ptr[0] == '#') | |
| 800 { | |
| 801 int was_backslashed = FALSE; | |
| 802 | |
| 803 while ((ptr[0] == '#' || was_backslashed) && | |
| 804 curwin->w_cursor.lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
| 805 { | |
| 806 if (*ptr && ptr[STRLEN(ptr) - 1] == '\\') | |
| 807 was_backslashed = TRUE; | |
| 808 else | |
| 809 was_backslashed = FALSE; | |
| 810 ptr = ml_get(++curwin->w_cursor.lnum); | |
| 811 } | |
| 812 if (was_backslashed) | |
| 813 newindent = 0; /* Got to end of file */ | |
| 814 else | |
| 815 newindent = get_indent(); | |
| 816 } | |
| 817 p = skipwhite(ptr); | |
| 818 if (*p == '}') /* if line starts with '}': do indent */ | |
| 819 did_si = TRUE; | |
| 820 else /* can delete indent when '{' typed */ | |
| 821 can_si_back = TRUE; | |
| 822 } | |
| 823 curwin->w_cursor = old_cursor; | |
| 824 } | |
| 825 if (do_si) | |
| 826 can_si = TRUE; | |
| 827 #endif /* FEAT_SMARTINDENT */ | |
| 828 | |
| 829 did_ai = TRUE; | |
| 830 } | |
| 831 | |
| 832 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 833 /* | |
| 834 * Find out if the current line starts with a comment leader. | |
| 835 * This may then be inserted in front of the new line. | |
| 836 */ | |
| 837 end_comment_pending = NUL; | |
| 838 if (flags & OPENLINE_DO_COM) | |
| 839 lead_len = get_leader_len(saved_line, &lead_flags, dir == BACKWARD); | |
| 840 else | |
| 841 lead_len = 0; | |
| 842 if (lead_len > 0) | |
| 843 { | |
| 844 char_u *lead_repl = NULL; /* replaces comment leader */ | |
| 845 int lead_repl_len = 0; /* length of *lead_repl */ | |
| 846 char_u lead_middle[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* middle-comment string */ | |
| 847 char_u lead_end[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* end-comment string */ | |
| 848 char_u *comment_end = NULL; /* where lead_end has been found */ | |
| 849 int extra_space = FALSE; /* append extra space */ | |
| 850 int current_flag; | |
| 851 int require_blank = FALSE; /* requires blank after middle */ | |
| 852 char_u *p2; | |
| 853 | |
| 854 /* | |
| 855 * If the comment leader has the start, middle or end flag, it may not | |
| 856 * be used or may be replaced with the middle leader. | |
| 857 */ | |
| 858 for (p = lead_flags; *p && *p != ':'; ++p) | |
| 859 { | |
| 860 if (*p == COM_BLANK) | |
| 861 { | |
| 862 require_blank = TRUE; | |
| 863 continue; | |
| 864 } | |
| 865 if (*p == COM_START || *p == COM_MIDDLE) | |
| 866 { | |
| 867 current_flag = *p; | |
| 868 if (*p == COM_START) | |
| 869 { | |
| 870 /* | |
| 871 * Doing "O" on a start of comment does not insert leader. | |
| 872 */ | |
| 873 if (dir == BACKWARD) | |
| 874 { | |
| 875 lead_len = 0; | |
| 876 break; | |
| 877 } | |
| 878 | |
| 879 /* find start of middle part */ | |
| 880 (void)copy_option_part(&p, lead_middle, COM_MAX_LEN, ","); | |
| 881 require_blank = FALSE; | |
| 882 } | |
| 883 | |
| 884 /* | |
| 885 * Isolate the strings of the middle and end leader. | |
| 886 */ | |
| 887 while (*p && p[-1] != ':') /* find end of middle flags */ | |
| 888 { | |
| 889 if (*p == COM_BLANK) | |
| 890 require_blank = TRUE; | |
| 891 ++p; | |
| 892 } | |
| 893 (void)copy_option_part(&p, lead_middle, COM_MAX_LEN, ","); | |
| 894 | |
| 895 while (*p && p[-1] != ':') /* find end of end flags */ | |
| 896 { | |
| 897 /* Check whether we allow automatic ending of comments */ | |
| 898 if (*p == COM_AUTO_END) | |
| 899 end_comment_pending = -1; /* means we want to set it */ | |
| 900 ++p; | |
| 901 } | |
| 902 n = copy_option_part(&p, lead_end, COM_MAX_LEN, ","); | |
| 903 | |
| 904 if (end_comment_pending == -1) /* we can set it now */ | |
| 905 end_comment_pending = lead_end[n - 1]; | |
| 906 | |
| 907 /* | |
| 908 * If the end of the comment is in the same line, don't use | |
| 909 * the comment leader. | |
| 910 */ | |
| 911 if (dir == FORWARD) | |
| 912 { | |
| 913 for (p = saved_line + lead_len; *p; ++p) | |
| 914 if (STRNCMP(p, lead_end, n) == 0) | |
| 915 { | |
| 916 comment_end = p; | |
| 917 lead_len = 0; | |
| 918 break; | |
| 919 } | |
| 920 } | |
| 921 | |
| 922 /* | |
| 923 * Doing "o" on a start of comment inserts the middle leader. | |
| 924 */ | |
| 925 if (lead_len > 0) | |
| 926 { | |
| 927 if (current_flag == COM_START) | |
| 928 { | |
| 929 lead_repl = lead_middle; | |
| 930 lead_repl_len = (int)STRLEN(lead_middle); | |
| 931 } | |
| 932 | |
| 933 /* | |
| 934 * If we have hit RETURN immediately after the start | |
| 935 * comment leader, then put a space after the middle | |
| 936 * comment leader on the next line. | |
| 937 */ | |
| 938 if (!vim_iswhite(saved_line[lead_len - 1]) | |
| 939 && ((p_extra != NULL | |
| 940 && (int)curwin->w_cursor.col == lead_len) | |
| 941 || (p_extra == NULL | |
| 942 && saved_line[lead_len] == NUL) | |
| 943 || require_blank)) | |
| 944 extra_space = TRUE; | |
| 945 } | |
| 946 break; | |
| 947 } | |
| 948 if (*p == COM_END) | |
| 949 { | |
| 950 /* | |
| 951 * Doing "o" on the end of a comment does not insert leader. | |
| 952 * Remember where the end is, might want to use it to find the | |
| 953 * start (for C-comments). | |
| 954 */ | |
| 955 if (dir == FORWARD) | |
| 956 { | |
| 957 comment_end = skipwhite(saved_line); | |
| 958 lead_len = 0; | |
| 959 break; | |
| 960 } | |
| 961 | |
| 962 /* | |
| 963 * Doing "O" on the end of a comment inserts the middle leader. | |
| 964 * Find the string for the middle leader, searching backwards. | |
| 965 */ | |
| 966 while (p > curbuf->b_p_com && *p != ',') | |
| 967 --p; | |
| 968 for (lead_repl = p; lead_repl > curbuf->b_p_com | |
| 969 && lead_repl[-1] != ':'; --lead_repl) | |
| 970 ; | |
| 971 lead_repl_len = (int)(p - lead_repl); | |
| 972 | |
| 973 /* We can probably always add an extra space when doing "O" on | |
| 974 * the comment-end */ | |
| 975 extra_space = TRUE; | |
| 976 | |
| 977 /* Check whether we allow automatic ending of comments */ | |
| 978 for (p2 = p; *p2 && *p2 != ':'; p2++) | |
| 979 { | |
| 980 if (*p2 == COM_AUTO_END) | |
| 981 end_comment_pending = -1; /* means we want to set it */ | |
| 982 } | |
| 983 if (end_comment_pending == -1) | |
| 984 { | |
| 985 /* Find last character in end-comment string */ | |
| 986 while (*p2 && *p2 != ',') | |
| 987 p2++; | |
| 988 end_comment_pending = p2[-1]; | |
| 989 } | |
| 990 break; | |
| 991 } | |
| 992 if (*p == COM_FIRST) | |
| 993 { | |
| 994 /* | |
| 995 * Comment leader for first line only: Don't repeat leader | |
| 996 * when using "O", blank out leader when using "o". | |
| 997 */ | |
| 998 if (dir == BACKWARD) | |
| 999 lead_len = 0; | |
| 1000 else | |
| 1001 { | |
| 1002 lead_repl = (char_u *)""; | |
| 1003 lead_repl_len = 0; | |
| 1004 } | |
| 1005 break; | |
| 1006 } | |
| 1007 } | |
| 1008 if (lead_len) | |
| 1009 { | |
| 1010 /* allocate buffer (may concatenate p_exta later) */ | |
| 1011 leader = alloc(lead_len + lead_repl_len + extra_space + | |
| 1012 extra_len + 1); | |
| 1013 allocated = leader; /* remember to free it later */ | |
| 1014 | |
| 1015 if (leader == NULL) | |
| 1016 lead_len = 0; | |
| 1017 else | |
| 1018 { | |
| 419 | 1019 vim_strncpy(leader, saved_line, lead_len); |
| 7 | 1020 |
| 1021 /* | |
| 1022 * Replace leader with lead_repl, right or left adjusted | |
| 1023 */ | |
| 1024 if (lead_repl != NULL) | |
| 1025 { | |
| 1026 int c = 0; | |
| 1027 int off = 0; | |
| 1028 | |
| 1996 | 1029 for (p = lead_flags; *p != NUL && *p != ':'; ) |
| 7 | 1030 { |
| 1031 if (*p == COM_RIGHT || *p == COM_LEFT) | |
| 1996 | 1032 c = *p++; |
| 7 | 1033 else if (VIM_ISDIGIT(*p) || *p == '-') |
| 1034 off = getdigits(&p); | |
| 1996 | 1035 else |
| 1036 ++p; | |
| 7 | 1037 } |
| 1038 if (c == COM_RIGHT) /* right adjusted leader */ | |
| 1039 { | |
| 1040 /* find last non-white in the leader to line up with */ | |
| 1041 for (p = leader + lead_len - 1; p > leader | |
| 1042 && vim_iswhite(*p); --p) | |
| 1043 ; | |
| 1044 ++p; | |
| 17 | 1045 |
| 1046 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 1047 /* Compute the length of the replaced characters in | |
| 1048 * screen characters, not bytes. */ | |
| 1049 { | |
| 1050 int repl_size = vim_strnsize(lead_repl, | |
| 1051 lead_repl_len); | |
| 1052 int old_size = 0; | |
| 1053 char_u *endp = p; | |
| 1054 int l; | |
| 1055 | |
| 1056 while (old_size < repl_size && p > leader) | |
| 1057 { | |
| 39 | 1058 mb_ptr_back(leader, p); |
| 17 | 1059 old_size += ptr2cells(p); |
| 1060 } | |
| 835 | 1061 l = lead_repl_len - (int)(endp - p); |
| 17 | 1062 if (l != 0) |
| 1063 mch_memmove(endp + l, endp, | |
| 1064 (size_t)((leader + lead_len) - endp)); | |
| 1065 lead_len += l; | |
| 1066 } | |
| 1067 #else | |
| 7 | 1068 if (p < leader + lead_repl_len) |
| 1069 p = leader; | |
| 1070 else | |
| 1071 p -= lead_repl_len; | |
| 17 | 1072 #endif |
| 7 | 1073 mch_memmove(p, lead_repl, (size_t)lead_repl_len); |
| 1074 if (p + lead_repl_len > leader + lead_len) | |
| 1075 p[lead_repl_len] = NUL; | |
| 1076 | |
| 1077 /* blank-out any other chars from the old leader. */ | |
| 1078 while (--p >= leader) | |
| 17 | 1079 { |
| 1080 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 1081 int l = mb_head_off(leader, p); | |
| 1082 | |
| 1083 if (l > 1) | |
| 1084 { | |
| 1085 p -= l; | |
| 1086 if (ptr2cells(p) > 1) | |
| 1087 { | |
| 1088 p[1] = ' '; | |
| 1089 --l; | |
| 1090 } | |
| 1091 mch_memmove(p + 1, p + l + 1, | |
| 1092 (size_t)((leader + lead_len) - (p + l + 1))); | |
| 1093 lead_len -= l; | |
| 1094 *p = ' '; | |
| 1095 } | |
| 1096 else | |
| 1097 #endif | |
| 7 | 1098 if (!vim_iswhite(*p)) |
| 1099 *p = ' '; | |
| 17 | 1100 } |
| 7 | 1101 } |
| 1102 else /* left adjusted leader */ | |
| 1103 { | |
| 1104 p = skipwhite(leader); | |
| 17 | 1105 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 1106 /* Compute the length of the replaced characters in | |
| 1107 * screen characters, not bytes. Move the part that is | |
| 1108 * not to be overwritten. */ | |
| 1109 { | |
| 1110 int repl_size = vim_strnsize(lead_repl, | |
| 1111 lead_repl_len); | |
| 1112 int i; | |
| 1113 int l; | |
| 1114 | |
| 1115 for (i = 0; p[i] != NUL && i < lead_len; i += l) | |
| 1116 { | |
| 474 | 1117 l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p + i); |
| 17 | 1118 if (vim_strnsize(p, i + l) > repl_size) |
| 1119 break; | |
| 1120 } | |
| 1121 if (i != lead_repl_len) | |
| 1122 { | |
| 1123 mch_memmove(p + lead_repl_len, p + i, | |
| 2002 | 1124 (size_t)(lead_len - i - (p - leader))); |
| 17 | 1125 lead_len += lead_repl_len - i; |
| 1126 } | |
| 1127 } | |
| 1128 #endif | |
| 7 | 1129 mch_memmove(p, lead_repl, (size_t)lead_repl_len); |
| 1130 | |
| 1131 /* Replace any remaining non-white chars in the old | |
| 1132 * leader by spaces. Keep Tabs, the indent must | |
| 1133 * remain the same. */ | |
| 1134 for (p += lead_repl_len; p < leader + lead_len; ++p) | |
| 1135 if (!vim_iswhite(*p)) | |
| 1136 { | |
| 1137 /* Don't put a space before a TAB. */ | |
| 1138 if (p + 1 < leader + lead_len && p[1] == TAB) | |
| 1139 { | |
| 1140 --lead_len; | |
| 1141 mch_memmove(p, p + 1, | |
| 1142 (leader + lead_len) - p); | |
| 1143 } | |
| 1144 else | |
| 17 | 1145 { |
| 1146 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 474 | 1147 int l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p); |
| 17 | 1148 |
| 1149 if (l > 1) | |
| 1150 { | |
| 1151 if (ptr2cells(p) > 1) | |
| 1152 { | |
| 1153 /* Replace a double-wide char with | |
| 1154 * two spaces */ | |
| 1155 --l; | |
| 1156 *p++ = ' '; | |
| 1157 } | |
| 1158 mch_memmove(p + 1, p + l, | |
| 1159 (leader + lead_len) - p); | |
| 1160 lead_len -= l - 1; | |
| 1161 } | |
| 1162 #endif | |
| 7 | 1163 *p = ' '; |
| 17 | 1164 } |
| 7 | 1165 } |
| 1166 *p = NUL; | |
| 1167 } | |
| 1168 | |
| 1169 /* Recompute the indent, it may have changed. */ | |
| 1170 if (curbuf->b_p_ai | |
| 1171 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
| 1172 || do_si | |
| 1173 #endif | |
| 1174 ) | |
| 1175 newindent = get_indent_str(leader, (int)curbuf->b_p_ts); | |
| 1176 | |
| 1177 /* Add the indent offset */ | |
| 1178 if (newindent + off < 0) | |
| 1179 { | |
| 1180 off = -newindent; | |
| 1181 newindent = 0; | |
| 1182 } | |
| 1183 else | |
| 1184 newindent += off; | |
| 1185 | |
| 1186 /* Correct trailing spaces for the shift, so that | |
| 1187 * alignment remains equal. */ | |
| 1188 while (off > 0 && lead_len > 0 | |
| 1189 && leader[lead_len - 1] == ' ') | |
| 1190 { | |
| 1191 /* Don't do it when there is a tab before the space */ | |
| 1192 if (vim_strchr(skipwhite(leader), '\t') != NULL) | |
| 1193 break; | |
| 1194 --lead_len; | |
| 1195 --off; | |
| 1196 } | |
| 1197 | |
| 1198 /* If the leader ends in white space, don't add an | |
| 1199 * extra space */ | |
| 1200 if (lead_len > 0 && vim_iswhite(leader[lead_len - 1])) | |
| 1201 extra_space = FALSE; | |
| 1202 leader[lead_len] = NUL; | |
| 1203 } | |
| 1204 | |
| 1205 if (extra_space) | |
| 1206 { | |
| 1207 leader[lead_len++] = ' '; | |
| 1208 leader[lead_len] = NUL; | |
| 1209 } | |
| 1210 | |
| 1211 newcol = lead_len; | |
| 1212 | |
| 1213 /* | |
| 1214 * if a new indent will be set below, remove the indent that | |
| 1215 * is in the comment leader | |
| 1216 */ | |
| 1217 if (newindent | |
| 1218 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
| 1219 || did_si | |
| 1220 #endif | |
| 1221 ) | |
| 1222 { | |
| 1223 while (lead_len && vim_iswhite(*leader)) | |
| 1224 { | |
| 1225 --lead_len; | |
| 1226 --newcol; | |
| 1227 ++leader; | |
| 1228 } | |
| 1229 } | |
| 1230 | |
| 1231 } | |
| 1232 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
| 1233 did_si = can_si = FALSE; | |
| 1234 #endif | |
| 1235 } | |
| 1236 else if (comment_end != NULL) | |
| 1237 { | |
| 1238 /* | |
| 1239 * We have finished a comment, so we don't use the leader. | |
| 1240 * If this was a C-comment and 'ai' or 'si' is set do a normal | |
| 1241 * indent to align with the line containing the start of the | |
| 1242 * comment. | |
| 1243 */ | |
| 1244 if (comment_end[0] == '*' && comment_end[1] == '/' && | |
| 1245 (curbuf->b_p_ai | |
| 1246 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
| 1247 || do_si | |
| 1248 #endif | |
| 1249 )) | |
| 1250 { | |
| 1251 old_cursor = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 1252 curwin->w_cursor.col = (colnr_T)(comment_end - saved_line); | |
| 1253 if ((pos = findmatch(NULL, NUL)) != NULL) | |
| 1254 { | |
| 1255 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum; | |
| 1256 newindent = get_indent(); | |
| 1257 } | |
| 1258 curwin->w_cursor = old_cursor; | |
| 1259 } | |
| 1260 } | |
| 1261 } | |
| 1262 #endif | |
| 1263 | |
| 1264 /* (State == INSERT || State == REPLACE), only when dir == FORWARD */ | |
| 1265 if (p_extra != NULL) | |
| 1266 { | |
| 1267 *p_extra = saved_char; /* restore char that NUL replaced */ | |
| 1268 | |
| 1269 /* | |
| 1270 * When 'ai' set or "flags" has OPENLINE_DELSPACES, skip to the first | |
| 1271 * non-blank. | |
| 1272 * | |
| 1273 * When in REPLACE mode, put the deleted blanks on the replace stack, | |
| 1274 * preceded by a NUL, so they can be put back when a BS is entered. | |
| 1275 */ | |
| 1276 if (REPLACE_NORMAL(State)) | |
| 1277 replace_push(NUL); /* end of extra blanks */ | |
| 1278 if (curbuf->b_p_ai || (flags & OPENLINE_DELSPACES)) | |
| 1279 { | |
| 1280 while ((*p_extra == ' ' || *p_extra == '\t') | |
| 1281 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 1282 && (!enc_utf8 | |
| 1283 || !utf_iscomposing(utf_ptr2char(p_extra + 1))) | |
| 1284 #endif | |
| 1285 ) | |
| 1286 { | |
| 1287 if (REPLACE_NORMAL(State)) | |
| 1288 replace_push(*p_extra); | |
| 1289 ++p_extra; | |
| 1290 ++less_cols_off; | |
| 1291 } | |
| 1292 } | |
| 1293 if (*p_extra != NUL) | |
| 1294 did_ai = FALSE; /* append some text, don't truncate now */ | |
| 1295 | |
| 1296 /* columns for marks adjusted for removed columns */ | |
| 1297 less_cols = (int)(p_extra - saved_line); | |
| 1298 } | |
| 1299 | |
| 1300 if (p_extra == NULL) | |
| 1301 p_extra = (char_u *)""; /* append empty line */ | |
| 1302 | |
| 1303 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 1304 /* concatenate leader and p_extra, if there is a leader */ | |
| 1305 if (lead_len) | |
| 1306 { | |
| 1307 STRCAT(leader, p_extra); | |
| 1308 p_extra = leader; | |
| 1309 did_ai = TRUE; /* So truncating blanks works with comments */ | |
| 1310 less_cols -= lead_len; | |
| 1311 } | |
| 1312 else | |
| 1313 end_comment_pending = NUL; /* turns out there was no leader */ | |
| 1314 #endif | |
| 1315 | |
| 1316 old_cursor = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 1317 if (dir == BACKWARD) | |
| 1318 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 1319 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 1320 if (!(State & VREPLACE_FLAG) || old_cursor.lnum >= orig_line_count) | |
| 1321 #endif | |
| 1322 { | |
| 1323 if (ml_append(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, p_extra, (colnr_T)0, FALSE) | |
| 1324 == FAIL) | |
| 1325 goto theend; | |
| 1326 /* Postpone calling changed_lines(), because it would mess up folding | |
| 1327 * with markers. */ | |
| 1328 mark_adjust(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 1, (linenr_T)MAXLNUM, 1L, 0L); | |
| 1329 did_append = TRUE; | |
| 1330 } | |
| 1331 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 1332 else | |
| 1333 { | |
| 1334 /* | |
| 1335 * In VREPLACE mode we are starting to replace the next line. | |
| 1336 */ | |
| 1337 curwin->w_cursor.lnum++; | |
| 1338 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum >= Insstart.lnum + vr_lines_changed) | |
| 1339 { | |
| 1340 /* In case we NL to a new line, BS to the previous one, and NL | |
| 1341 * again, we don't want to save the new line for undo twice. | |
| 1342 */ | |
| 1343 (void)u_save_cursor(); /* errors are ignored! */ | |
| 1344 vr_lines_changed++; | |
| 1345 } | |
| 1346 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, p_extra, TRUE); | |
| 1347 changed_bytes(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 0); | |
| 1348 curwin->w_cursor.lnum--; | |
| 1349 did_append = FALSE; | |
| 1350 } | |
| 1351 #endif | |
| 1352 | |
| 1353 if (newindent | |
| 1354 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
| 1355 || did_si | |
| 1356 #endif | |
| 1357 ) | |
| 1358 { | |
| 1359 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 1360 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
| 1361 if (did_si) | |
| 1362 { | |
| 1363 if (p_sr) | |
| 1364 newindent -= newindent % (int)curbuf->b_p_sw; | |
| 1365 newindent += (int)curbuf->b_p_sw; | |
| 1366 } | |
| 1367 #endif | |
| 1324 | 1368 /* Copy the indent */ |
| 1369 if (curbuf->b_p_ci) | |
| 7 | 1370 { |
| 1371 (void)copy_indent(newindent, saved_line); | |
| 1372 | |
| 1373 /* | |
| 1374 * Set the 'preserveindent' option so that any further screwing | |
| 1375 * with the line doesn't entirely destroy our efforts to preserve | |
| 1376 * it. It gets restored at the function end. | |
| 1377 */ | |
| 1378 curbuf->b_p_pi = TRUE; | |
| 1379 } | |
| 1380 else | |
| 1381 (void)set_indent(newindent, SIN_INSERT); | |
| 1382 less_cols -= curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 1383 | |
| 1384 ai_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 1385 | |
| 1386 /* | |
| 1387 * In REPLACE mode, for each character in the new indent, there must | |
| 1388 * be a NUL on the replace stack, for when it is deleted with BS | |
| 1389 */ | |
| 1390 if (REPLACE_NORMAL(State)) | |
| 1391 for (n = 0; n < (int)curwin->w_cursor.col; ++n) | |
| 1392 replace_push(NUL); | |
| 1393 newcol += curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 1394 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
| 1395 if (no_si) | |
| 1396 did_si = FALSE; | |
| 1397 #endif | |
| 1398 } | |
| 1399 | |
| 1400 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 1401 /* | |
| 1402 * In REPLACE mode, for each character in the extra leader, there must be | |
| 1403 * a NUL on the replace stack, for when it is deleted with BS. | |
| 1404 */ | |
| 1405 if (REPLACE_NORMAL(State)) | |
| 1406 while (lead_len-- > 0) | |
| 1407 replace_push(NUL); | |
| 1408 #endif | |
| 1409 | |
| 1410 curwin->w_cursor = old_cursor; | |
| 1411 | |
| 1412 if (dir == FORWARD) | |
| 1413 { | |
| 1414 if (trunc_line || (State & INSERT)) | |
| 1415 { | |
| 1416 /* truncate current line at cursor */ | |
| 1417 saved_line[curwin->w_cursor.col] = NUL; | |
| 1418 /* Remove trailing white space, unless OPENLINE_KEEPTRAIL used. */ | |
| 1419 if (trunc_line && !(flags & OPENLINE_KEEPTRAIL)) | |
| 1420 truncate_spaces(saved_line); | |
| 1421 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, saved_line, FALSE); | |
| 1422 saved_line = NULL; | |
| 1423 if (did_append) | |
| 1424 { | |
| 1425 changed_lines(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, curwin->w_cursor.col, | |
| 1426 curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 1, 1L); | |
| 1427 did_append = FALSE; | |
| 1428 | |
| 1429 /* Move marks after the line break to the new line. */ | |
| 1430 if (flags & OPENLINE_MARKFIX) | |
| 1431 mark_col_adjust(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, | |
| 1432 curwin->w_cursor.col + less_cols_off, | |
| 1433 1L, (long)-less_cols); | |
| 1434 } | |
| 1435 else | |
| 1436 changed_bytes(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, curwin->w_cursor.col); | |
| 1437 } | |
| 1438 | |
| 1439 /* | |
| 1440 * Put the cursor on the new line. Careful: the scrollup() above may | |
| 1441 * have moved w_cursor, we must use old_cursor. | |
| 1442 */ | |
| 1443 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = old_cursor.lnum + 1; | |
| 1444 } | |
| 1445 if (did_append) | |
| 1446 changed_lines(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 0, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 1L); | |
| 1447 | |
| 1448 curwin->w_cursor.col = newcol; | |
| 1449 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 1450 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0; | |
| 1451 #endif | |
| 1452 | |
| 1453 #if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) && (defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(FEAT_CINDENT)) | |
| 1454 /* | |
| 1455 * In VREPLACE mode, we are handling the replace stack ourselves, so stop | |
| 1456 * fixthisline() from doing it (via change_indent()) by telling it we're in | |
| 1457 * normal INSERT mode. | |
| 1458 */ | |
| 1459 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 1460 { | |
| 1461 vreplace_mode = State; /* So we know to put things right later */ | |
| 1462 State = INSERT; | |
| 1463 } | |
| 1464 else | |
| 1465 vreplace_mode = 0; | |
| 1466 #endif | |
| 1467 #ifdef FEAT_LISP | |
| 1468 /* | |
| 1469 * May do lisp indenting. | |
| 1470 */ | |
| 1471 if (!p_paste | |
| 1472 # ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 1473 && leader == NULL | |
| 1474 # endif | |
| 1475 && curbuf->b_p_lisp | |
| 1476 && curbuf->b_p_ai) | |
| 1477 { | |
| 1478 fixthisline(get_lisp_indent); | |
| 1479 p = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 1480 ai_col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(p) - p); | |
| 1481 } | |
| 1482 #endif | |
| 1483 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 1484 /* | |
| 1485 * May do indenting after opening a new line. | |
| 1486 */ | |
| 1487 if (!p_paste | |
| 1488 && (curbuf->b_p_cin | |
| 1489 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL | |
| 1490 || *curbuf->b_p_inde != NUL | |
| 1491 # endif | |
| 1492 ) | |
| 1493 && in_cinkeys(dir == FORWARD | |
| 1494 ? KEY_OPEN_FORW | |
| 1495 : KEY_OPEN_BACK, ' ', linewhite(curwin->w_cursor.lnum))) | |
| 1496 { | |
| 1497 do_c_expr_indent(); | |
| 1498 p = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 1499 ai_col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(p) - p); | |
| 1500 } | |
| 1501 #endif | |
| 1502 #if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) && (defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(FEAT_CINDENT)) | |
| 1503 if (vreplace_mode != 0) | |
| 1504 State = vreplace_mode; | |
| 1505 #endif | |
| 1506 | |
| 1507 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 1508 /* | |
| 1509 * Finally, VREPLACE gets the stuff on the new line, then puts back the | |
| 1510 * original line, and inserts the new stuff char by char, pushing old stuff | |
| 1511 * onto the replace stack (via ins_char()). | |
| 1512 */ | |
| 1513 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 1514 { | |
| 1515 /* Put new line in p_extra */ | |
| 1516 p_extra = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline()); | |
| 1517 if (p_extra == NULL) | |
| 1518 goto theend; | |
| 1519 | |
| 1520 /* Put back original line */ | |
| 1521 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, next_line, FALSE); | |
| 1522 | |
| 1523 /* Insert new stuff into line again */ | |
| 1524 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; | |
| 1525 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 1526 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0; | |
| 1527 #endif | |
| 1528 ins_bytes(p_extra); /* will call changed_bytes() */ | |
| 1529 vim_free(p_extra); | |
| 1530 next_line = NULL; | |
| 1531 } | |
| 1532 #endif | |
| 1533 | |
| 1534 retval = TRUE; /* success! */ | |
| 1535 theend: | |
| 1536 curbuf->b_p_pi = saved_pi; | |
| 1537 vim_free(saved_line); | |
| 1538 vim_free(next_line); | |
| 1539 vim_free(allocated); | |
| 1540 return retval; | |
| 1541 } | |
| 1542 | |
| 1543 #if defined(FEAT_COMMENTS) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 1544 /* | |
| 1545 * get_leader_len() returns the length of the prefix of the given string | |
| 1546 * which introduces a comment. If this string is not a comment then 0 is | |
| 1547 * returned. | |
| 1548 * When "flags" is not NULL, it is set to point to the flags of the recognized | |
| 1549 * comment leader. | |
| 1550 * "backward" must be true for the "O" command. | |
| 1551 */ | |
| 1552 int | |
| 1553 get_leader_len(line, flags, backward) | |
| 1554 char_u *line; | |
| 1555 char_u **flags; | |
| 1556 int backward; | |
| 1557 { | |
| 1558 int i, j; | |
| 1559 int got_com = FALSE; | |
| 1560 int found_one; | |
| 1561 char_u part_buf[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* buffer for one option part */ | |
| 1562 char_u *string; /* pointer to comment string */ | |
| 1563 char_u *list; | |
| 1564 | |
| 1565 i = 0; | |
| 1566 while (vim_iswhite(line[i])) /* leading white space is ignored */ | |
| 1567 ++i; | |
| 1568 | |
| 1569 /* | |
| 1570 * Repeat to match several nested comment strings. | |
| 1571 */ | |
| 1572 while (line[i]) | |
| 1573 { | |
| 1574 /* | |
| 1575 * scan through the 'comments' option for a match | |
| 1576 */ | |
| 1577 found_one = FALSE; | |
| 1578 for (list = curbuf->b_p_com; *list; ) | |
| 1579 { | |
| 1580 /* | |
| 1581 * Get one option part into part_buf[]. Advance list to next one. | |
| 1582 * put string at start of string. | |
| 1583 */ | |
| 1584 if (!got_com && flags != NULL) /* remember where flags started */ | |
| 1585 *flags = list; | |
| 1586 (void)copy_option_part(&list, part_buf, COM_MAX_LEN, ","); | |
| 1587 string = vim_strchr(part_buf, ':'); | |
| 1588 if (string == NULL) /* missing ':', ignore this part */ | |
| 1589 continue; | |
| 1590 *string++ = NUL; /* isolate flags from string */ | |
| 1591 | |
| 1592 /* | |
| 1593 * When already found a nested comment, only accept further | |
| 1594 * nested comments. | |
| 1595 */ | |
| 1596 if (got_com && vim_strchr(part_buf, COM_NEST) == NULL) | |
| 1597 continue; | |
| 1598 | |
| 1599 /* When 'O' flag used don't use for "O" command */ | |
| 1600 if (backward && vim_strchr(part_buf, COM_NOBACK) != NULL) | |
| 1601 continue; | |
| 1602 | |
| 1603 /* | |
| 1604 * Line contents and string must match. | |
| 1605 * When string starts with white space, must have some white space | |
| 1606 * (but the amount does not need to match, there might be a mix of | |
| 1607 * TABs and spaces). | |
| 1608 */ | |
| 1609 if (vim_iswhite(string[0])) | |
| 1610 { | |
| 1611 if (i == 0 || !vim_iswhite(line[i - 1])) | |
| 1612 continue; | |
| 1613 while (vim_iswhite(string[0])) | |
| 1614 ++string; | |
| 1615 } | |
| 1616 for (j = 0; string[j] != NUL && string[j] == line[i + j]; ++j) | |
| 1617 ; | |
| 1618 if (string[j] != NUL) | |
| 1619 continue; | |
| 1620 | |
| 1621 /* | |
| 1622 * When 'b' flag used, there must be white space or an | |
| 1623 * end-of-line after the string in the line. | |
| 1624 */ | |
| 1625 if (vim_strchr(part_buf, COM_BLANK) != NULL | |
| 1626 && !vim_iswhite(line[i + j]) && line[i + j] != NUL) | |
| 1627 continue; | |
| 1628 | |
| 1629 /* | |
| 1630 * We have found a match, stop searching. | |
| 1631 */ | |
| 1632 i += j; | |
| 1633 got_com = TRUE; | |
| 1634 found_one = TRUE; | |
| 1635 break; | |
| 1636 } | |
| 1637 | |
| 1638 /* | |
| 1639 * No match found, stop scanning. | |
| 1640 */ | |
| 1641 if (!found_one) | |
| 1642 break; | |
| 1643 | |
| 1644 /* | |
| 1645 * Include any trailing white space. | |
| 1646 */ | |
| 1647 while (vim_iswhite(line[i])) | |
| 1648 ++i; | |
| 1649 | |
| 1650 /* | |
| 1651 * If this comment doesn't nest, stop here. | |
| 1652 */ | |
| 1653 if (vim_strchr(part_buf, COM_NEST) == NULL) | |
| 1654 break; | |
| 1655 } | |
| 1656 return (got_com ? i : 0); | |
| 1657 } | |
| 1658 #endif | |
| 1659 | |
| 1660 /* | |
| 1661 * Return the number of window lines occupied by buffer line "lnum". | |
| 1662 */ | |
| 1663 int | |
| 1664 plines(lnum) | |
| 1665 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 1666 { | |
| 1667 return plines_win(curwin, lnum, TRUE); | |
| 1668 } | |
| 1669 | |
| 1670 int | |
| 1671 plines_win(wp, lnum, winheight) | |
| 1672 win_T *wp; | |
| 1673 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 1674 int winheight; /* when TRUE limit to window height */ | |
| 1675 { | |
| 1676 #if defined(FEAT_DIFF) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 1677 /* Check for filler lines above this buffer line. When folded the result | |
| 1678 * is one line anyway. */ | |
| 1679 return plines_win_nofill(wp, lnum, winheight) + diff_check_fill(wp, lnum); | |
| 1680 } | |
| 1681 | |
| 1682 int | |
| 1683 plines_nofill(lnum) | |
| 1684 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 1685 { | |
| 1686 return plines_win_nofill(curwin, lnum, TRUE); | |
| 1687 } | |
| 1688 | |
| 1689 int | |
| 1690 plines_win_nofill(wp, lnum, winheight) | |
| 1691 win_T *wp; | |
| 1692 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 1693 int winheight; /* when TRUE limit to window height */ | |
| 1694 { | |
| 1695 #endif | |
| 1696 int lines; | |
| 1697 | |
| 1698 if (!wp->w_p_wrap) | |
| 1699 return 1; | |
| 1700 | |
| 1701 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 1702 if (wp->w_width == 0) | |
| 1703 return 1; | |
| 1704 #endif | |
| 1705 | |
| 1706 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 1707 /* A folded lines is handled just like an empty line. */ | |
| 1708 /* NOTE: Caller must handle lines that are MAYBE folded. */ | |
| 1709 if (lineFolded(wp, lnum) == TRUE) | |
| 1710 return 1; | |
| 1711 #endif | |
| 1712 | |
| 1713 lines = plines_win_nofold(wp, lnum); | |
| 1714 if (winheight > 0 && lines > wp->w_height) | |
| 1715 return (int)wp->w_height; | |
| 1716 return lines; | |
| 1717 } | |
| 1718 | |
| 1719 /* | |
| 1720 * Return number of window lines physical line "lnum" will occupy in window | |
| 1721 * "wp". Does not care about folding, 'wrap' or 'diff'. | |
| 1722 */ | |
| 1723 int | |
| 1724 plines_win_nofold(wp, lnum) | |
| 1725 win_T *wp; | |
| 1726 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 1727 { | |
| 1728 char_u *s; | |
| 1729 long col; | |
| 1730 int width; | |
| 1731 | |
| 1732 s = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE); | |
| 1733 if (*s == NUL) /* empty line */ | |
| 1734 return 1; | |
| 1735 col = win_linetabsize(wp, s, (colnr_T)MAXCOL); | |
| 1736 | |
| 1737 /* | |
| 1738 * If list mode is on, then the '$' at the end of the line may take up one | |
| 1739 * extra column. | |
| 1740 */ | |
| 1741 if (wp->w_p_list && lcs_eol != NUL) | |
| 1742 col += 1; | |
| 1743 | |
| 1744 /* | |
|
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
1745 * Add column offset for 'number', 'relativenumber' and 'foldcolumn'. |
| 7 | 1746 */ |
| 1747 width = W_WIDTH(wp) - win_col_off(wp); | |
| 1748 if (width <= 0) | |
| 1749 return 32000; | |
| 1750 if (col <= width) | |
| 1751 return 1; | |
| 1752 col -= width; | |
| 1753 width += win_col_off2(wp); | |
| 1754 return (col + (width - 1)) / width + 1; | |
| 1755 } | |
| 1756 | |
| 1757 /* | |
| 1758 * Like plines_win(), but only reports the number of physical screen lines | |
| 1759 * used from the start of the line to the given column number. | |
| 1760 */ | |
| 1761 int | |
| 1762 plines_win_col(wp, lnum, column) | |
| 1763 win_T *wp; | |
| 1764 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 1765 long column; | |
| 1766 { | |
| 1767 long col; | |
| 1768 char_u *s; | |
| 1769 int lines = 0; | |
| 1770 int width; | |
| 1771 | |
| 1772 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 1773 /* Check for filler lines above this buffer line. When folded the result | |
| 1774 * is one line anyway. */ | |
| 1775 lines = diff_check_fill(wp, lnum); | |
| 1776 #endif | |
| 1777 | |
| 1778 if (!wp->w_p_wrap) | |
| 1779 return lines + 1; | |
| 1780 | |
| 1781 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 1782 if (wp->w_width == 0) | |
| 1783 return lines + 1; | |
| 1784 #endif | |
| 1785 | |
| 1786 s = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE); | |
| 1787 | |
| 1788 col = 0; | |
| 1789 while (*s != NUL && --column >= 0) | |
| 1790 { | |
| 1791 col += win_lbr_chartabsize(wp, s, (colnr_T)col, NULL); | |
| 39 | 1792 mb_ptr_adv(s); |
| 7 | 1793 } |
| 1794 | |
| 1795 /* | |
| 1796 * If *s is a TAB, and the TAB is not displayed as ^I, and we're not in | |
| 1797 * INSERT mode, then col must be adjusted so that it represents the last | |
| 1798 * screen position of the TAB. This only fixes an error when the TAB wraps | |
| 1799 * from one screen line to the next (when 'columns' is not a multiple of | |
| 1800 * 'ts') -- webb. | |
| 1801 */ | |
| 1802 if (*s == TAB && (State & NORMAL) && (!wp->w_p_list || lcs_tab1)) | |
| 1803 col += win_lbr_chartabsize(wp, s, (colnr_T)col, NULL) - 1; | |
| 1804 | |
| 1805 /* | |
|
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
1806 * Add column offset for 'number', 'relativenumber', 'foldcolumn', etc. |
| 7 | 1807 */ |
| 1808 width = W_WIDTH(wp) - win_col_off(wp); | |
| 1023 | 1809 if (width <= 0) |
| 1810 return 9999; | |
| 1811 | |
| 1812 lines += 1; | |
| 1813 if (col > width) | |
| 1814 lines += (col - width) / (width + win_col_off2(wp)) + 1; | |
| 1815 return lines; | |
| 7 | 1816 } |
| 1817 | |
| 1818 int | |
| 1819 plines_m_win(wp, first, last) | |
| 1820 win_T *wp; | |
| 1821 linenr_T first, last; | |
| 1822 { | |
| 1823 int count = 0; | |
| 1824 | |
| 1825 while (first <= last) | |
| 1826 { | |
| 1827 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 1828 int x; | |
| 1829 | |
| 1830 /* Check if there are any really folded lines, but also included lines | |
| 1831 * that are maybe folded. */ | |
| 1832 x = foldedCount(wp, first, NULL); | |
| 1833 if (x > 0) | |
| 1834 { | |
| 1835 ++count; /* count 1 for "+-- folded" line */ | |
| 1836 first += x; | |
| 1837 } | |
| 1838 else | |
| 1839 #endif | |
| 1840 { | |
| 1841 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 1842 if (first == wp->w_topline) | |
| 1843 count += plines_win_nofill(wp, first, TRUE) + wp->w_topfill; | |
| 1844 else | |
| 1845 #endif | |
| 1846 count += plines_win(wp, first, TRUE); | |
| 1847 ++first; | |
| 1848 } | |
| 1849 } | |
| 1850 return (count); | |
| 1851 } | |
| 1852 | |
| 1853 #if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) || defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 1854 /* | |
| 1855 * Insert string "p" at the cursor position. Stops at a NUL byte. | |
| 1856 * Handles Replace mode and multi-byte characters. | |
| 1857 */ | |
| 1858 void | |
| 1859 ins_bytes(p) | |
| 1860 char_u *p; | |
| 1861 { | |
| 1862 ins_bytes_len(p, (int)STRLEN(p)); | |
| 1863 } | |
| 1864 #endif | |
| 1865 | |
| 1866 #if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) || defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) \ | |
| 1867 || defined(FEAT_COMMENTS) || defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 1868 /* | |
| 1869 * Insert string "p" with length "len" at the cursor position. | |
| 1870 * Handles Replace mode and multi-byte characters. | |
| 1871 */ | |
| 1872 void | |
| 1873 ins_bytes_len(p, len) | |
| 1874 char_u *p; | |
| 1875 int len; | |
| 1876 { | |
| 1877 int i; | |
| 1878 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 1879 int n; | |
| 1880 | |
| 1617 | 1881 if (has_mbyte) |
| 1882 for (i = 0; i < len; i += n) | |
| 1883 { | |
| 1884 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 1885 /* avoid reading past p[len] */ | |
| 1886 n = utfc_ptr2len_len(p + i, len - i); | |
| 1887 else | |
| 1888 n = (*mb_ptr2len)(p + i); | |
| 1889 ins_char_bytes(p + i, n); | |
| 1890 } | |
| 1891 else | |
| 7 | 1892 # endif |
| 1617 | 1893 for (i = 0; i < len; ++i) |
| 1894 ins_char(p[i]); | |
| 7 | 1895 } |
| 1896 #endif | |
| 1897 | |
| 1898 /* | |
| 1899 * Insert or replace a single character at the cursor position. | |
| 1900 * When in REPLACE or VREPLACE mode, replace any existing character. | |
| 1901 * Caller must have prepared for undo. | |
| 1902 * For multi-byte characters we get the whole character, the caller must | |
| 1903 * convert bytes to a character. | |
| 1904 */ | |
| 1905 void | |
| 1906 ins_char(c) | |
| 1907 int c; | |
| 1908 { | |
| 1909 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 1910 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES]; | |
| 1911 int n; | |
| 1912 | |
| 1913 n = (*mb_char2bytes)(c, buf); | |
| 1914 | |
| 1915 /* When "c" is 0x100, 0x200, etc. we don't want to insert a NUL byte. | |
| 1916 * Happens for CTRL-Vu9900. */ | |
| 1917 if (buf[0] == 0) | |
| 1918 buf[0] = '\n'; | |
| 1919 | |
| 1920 ins_char_bytes(buf, n); | |
| 1921 } | |
| 1922 | |
| 1923 void | |
| 1924 ins_char_bytes(buf, charlen) | |
| 1925 char_u *buf; | |
| 1926 int charlen; | |
| 1927 { | |
| 1928 int c = buf[0]; | |
| 1929 #endif | |
| 1930 int newlen; /* nr of bytes inserted */ | |
| 1931 int oldlen; /* nr of bytes deleted (0 when not replacing) */ | |
| 1932 char_u *p; | |
| 1933 char_u *newp; | |
| 1934 char_u *oldp; | |
| 1935 int linelen; /* length of old line including NUL */ | |
| 1936 colnr_T col; | |
| 1937 linenr_T lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 1938 int i; | |
| 1939 | |
| 1940 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 1941 /* Break tabs if needed. */ | |
| 1942 if (virtual_active() && curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0) | |
| 1943 coladvance_force(getviscol()); | |
| 1944 #endif | |
| 1945 | |
| 1946 col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 1947 oldp = ml_get(lnum); | |
| 1948 linelen = (int)STRLEN(oldp) + 1; | |
| 1949 | |
| 1950 /* The lengths default to the values for when not replacing. */ | |
| 1951 oldlen = 0; | |
| 1952 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 1953 newlen = charlen; | |
| 1954 #else | |
| 1955 newlen = 1; | |
| 1956 #endif | |
| 1957 | |
| 1958 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 1959 { | |
| 1960 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 1961 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 1962 { | |
| 1963 colnr_T new_vcol = 0; /* init for GCC */ | |
| 1964 colnr_T vcol; | |
| 1965 int old_list; | |
| 1966 #ifndef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 1967 char_u buf[2]; | |
| 1968 #endif | |
| 1969 | |
| 1970 /* | |
| 1971 * Disable 'list' temporarily, unless 'cpo' contains the 'L' flag. | |
| 1972 * Returns the old value of list, so when finished, | |
| 1973 * curwin->w_p_list should be set back to this. | |
| 1974 */ | |
| 1975 old_list = curwin->w_p_list; | |
| 1976 if (old_list && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_LISTWM) == NULL) | |
| 1977 curwin->w_p_list = FALSE; | |
| 1978 | |
| 1979 /* | |
| 1980 * In virtual replace mode each character may replace one or more | |
| 1981 * characters (zero if it's a TAB). Count the number of bytes to | |
| 1982 * be deleted to make room for the new character, counting screen | |
| 1983 * cells. May result in adding spaces to fill a gap. | |
| 1984 */ | |
| 1985 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, NULL, &vcol, NULL); | |
| 1986 #ifndef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 1987 buf[0] = c; | |
| 1988 buf[1] = NUL; | |
| 1989 #endif | |
| 1990 new_vcol = vcol + chartabsize(buf, vcol); | |
| 1991 while (oldp[col + oldlen] != NUL && vcol < new_vcol) | |
| 1992 { | |
| 1993 vcol += chartabsize(oldp + col + oldlen, vcol); | |
| 1994 /* Don't need to remove a TAB that takes us to the right | |
| 1995 * position. */ | |
| 1996 if (vcol > new_vcol && oldp[col + oldlen] == TAB) | |
| 1997 break; | |
| 1998 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 474 | 1999 oldlen += (*mb_ptr2len)(oldp + col + oldlen); |
| 7 | 2000 #else |
| 2001 ++oldlen; | |
| 2002 #endif | |
| 2003 /* Deleted a bit too much, insert spaces. */ | |
| 2004 if (vcol > new_vcol) | |
| 2005 newlen += vcol - new_vcol; | |
| 2006 } | |
| 2007 curwin->w_p_list = old_list; | |
| 2008 } | |
| 2009 else | |
| 2010 #endif | |
| 2011 if (oldp[col] != NUL) | |
| 2012 { | |
| 2013 /* normal replace */ | |
| 2014 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 474 | 2015 oldlen = (*mb_ptr2len)(oldp + col); |
| 7 | 2016 #else |
| 2017 oldlen = 1; | |
| 2018 #endif | |
| 2019 } | |
| 2020 | |
| 2021 | |
| 2022 /* Push the replaced bytes onto the replace stack, so that they can be | |
| 2023 * put back when BS is used. The bytes of a multi-byte character are | |
| 2024 * done the other way around, so that the first byte is popped off | |
| 2025 * first (it tells the byte length of the character). */ | |
| 2026 replace_push(NUL); | |
| 2027 for (i = 0; i < oldlen; ++i) | |
| 2028 { | |
| 2029 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 1470 | 2030 if (has_mbyte) |
| 2031 i += replace_push_mb(oldp + col + i) - 1; | |
| 2032 else | |
| 2033 #endif | |
| 2034 replace_push(oldp[col + i]); | |
| 7 | 2035 } |
| 2036 } | |
| 2037 | |
| 2038 newp = alloc_check((unsigned)(linelen + newlen - oldlen)); | |
| 2039 if (newp == NULL) | |
| 2040 return; | |
| 2041 | |
| 2042 /* Copy bytes before the cursor. */ | |
| 2043 if (col > 0) | |
| 2044 mch_memmove(newp, oldp, (size_t)col); | |
| 2045 | |
| 2046 /* Copy bytes after the changed character(s). */ | |
| 2047 p = newp + col; | |
| 2048 mch_memmove(p + newlen, oldp + col + oldlen, | |
| 2049 (size_t)(linelen - col - oldlen)); | |
| 2050 | |
| 2051 /* Insert or overwrite the new character. */ | |
| 2052 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2053 mch_memmove(p, buf, charlen); | |
| 2054 i = charlen; | |
| 2055 #else | |
| 2056 *p = c; | |
| 2057 i = 1; | |
| 2058 #endif | |
| 2059 | |
| 2060 /* Fill with spaces when necessary. */ | |
| 2061 while (i < newlen) | |
| 2062 p[i++] = ' '; | |
| 2063 | |
| 2064 /* Replace the line in the buffer. */ | |
| 2065 ml_replace(lnum, newp, FALSE); | |
| 2066 | |
| 2067 /* mark the buffer as changed and prepare for displaying */ | |
| 2068 changed_bytes(lnum, col); | |
| 2069 | |
| 2070 /* | |
| 2071 * If we're in Insert or Replace mode and 'showmatch' is set, then briefly | |
| 2072 * show the match for right parens and braces. | |
| 2073 */ | |
| 2074 if (p_sm && (State & INSERT) | |
| 2075 && msg_silent == 0 | |
| 2076 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2077 && charlen == 1 | |
| 2078 #endif | |
| 674 | 2079 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
| 2080 && !ins_compl_active() | |
| 2081 #endif | |
| 7 | 2082 ) |
| 2083 showmatch(c); | |
| 2084 | |
| 2085 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 2086 if (!p_ri || (State & REPLACE_FLAG)) | |
| 2087 #endif | |
| 2088 { | |
| 2089 /* Normal insert: move cursor right */ | |
| 2090 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2091 curwin->w_cursor.col += charlen; | |
| 2092 #else | |
| 2093 ++curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 2094 #endif | |
| 2095 } | |
| 2096 /* | |
| 2097 * TODO: should try to update w_row here, to avoid recomputing it later. | |
| 2098 */ | |
| 2099 } | |
| 2100 | |
| 2101 /* | |
| 2102 * Insert a string at the cursor position. | |
| 2103 * Note: Does NOT handle Replace mode. | |
| 2104 * Caller must have prepared for undo. | |
| 2105 */ | |
| 2106 void | |
| 2107 ins_str(s) | |
| 2108 char_u *s; | |
| 2109 { | |
| 2110 char_u *oldp, *newp; | |
| 2111 int newlen = (int)STRLEN(s); | |
| 2112 int oldlen; | |
| 2113 colnr_T col; | |
| 2114 linenr_T lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 2115 | |
| 2116 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 2117 if (virtual_active() && curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0) | |
| 2118 coladvance_force(getviscol()); | |
| 2119 #endif | |
| 2120 | |
| 2121 col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 2122 oldp = ml_get(lnum); | |
| 2123 oldlen = (int)STRLEN(oldp); | |
| 2124 | |
| 2125 newp = alloc_check((unsigned)(oldlen + newlen + 1)); | |
| 2126 if (newp == NULL) | |
| 2127 return; | |
| 2128 if (col > 0) | |
| 2129 mch_memmove(newp, oldp, (size_t)col); | |
| 2130 mch_memmove(newp + col, s, (size_t)newlen); | |
| 2131 mch_memmove(newp + col + newlen, oldp + col, (size_t)(oldlen - col + 1)); | |
| 2132 ml_replace(lnum, newp, FALSE); | |
| 2133 changed_bytes(lnum, col); | |
| 2134 curwin->w_cursor.col += newlen; | |
| 2135 } | |
| 2136 | |
| 2137 /* | |
| 2138 * Delete one character under the cursor. | |
| 2139 * If "fixpos" is TRUE, don't leave the cursor on the NUL after the line. | |
| 2140 * Caller must have prepared for undo. | |
| 2141 * | |
| 2142 * return FAIL for failure, OK otherwise | |
| 2143 */ | |
| 2144 int | |
| 2145 del_char(fixpos) | |
| 2146 int fixpos; | |
| 2147 { | |
| 2148 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2149 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 2150 { | |
| 2151 /* Make sure the cursor is at the start of a character. */ | |
| 2152 mb_adjust_cursor(); | |
| 2153 if (*ml_get_cursor() == NUL) | |
| 2154 return FAIL; | |
| 2155 return del_chars(1L, fixpos); | |
| 2156 } | |
| 2157 #endif | |
| 610 | 2158 return del_bytes(1L, fixpos, TRUE); |
| 7 | 2159 } |
| 2160 | |
| 2161 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 2162 /* | |
| 2163 * Like del_bytes(), but delete characters instead of bytes. | |
| 2164 */ | |
| 2165 int | |
| 2166 del_chars(count, fixpos) | |
| 2167 long count; | |
| 2168 int fixpos; | |
| 2169 { | |
| 2170 long bytes = 0; | |
| 2171 long i; | |
| 2172 char_u *p; | |
| 2173 int l; | |
| 2174 | |
| 2175 p = ml_get_cursor(); | |
| 2176 for (i = 0; i < count && *p != NUL; ++i) | |
| 2177 { | |
| 474 | 2178 l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p); |
| 7 | 2179 bytes += l; |
| 2180 p += l; | |
| 2181 } | |
| 610 | 2182 return del_bytes(bytes, fixpos, TRUE); |
| 7 | 2183 } |
| 2184 #endif | |
| 2185 | |
| 2186 /* | |
| 2187 * Delete "count" bytes under the cursor. | |
| 2188 * If "fixpos" is TRUE, don't leave the cursor on the NUL after the line. | |
| 2189 * Caller must have prepared for undo. | |
| 2190 * | |
| 2191 * return FAIL for failure, OK otherwise | |
| 2192 */ | |
| 2193 int | |
| 777 | 2194 del_bytes(count, fixpos_arg, use_delcombine) |
| 7 | 2195 long count; |
| 777 | 2196 int fixpos_arg; |
| 1877 | 2197 int use_delcombine UNUSED; /* 'delcombine' option applies */ |
| 7 | 2198 { |
| 2199 char_u *oldp, *newp; | |
| 2200 colnr_T oldlen; | |
| 2201 linenr_T lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 2202 colnr_T col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 2203 int was_alloced; | |
| 2204 long movelen; | |
| 777 | 2205 int fixpos = fixpos_arg; |
| 7 | 2206 |
| 2207 oldp = ml_get(lnum); | |
| 2208 oldlen = (int)STRLEN(oldp); | |
| 2209 | |
| 2210 /* | |
| 2211 * Can't do anything when the cursor is on the NUL after the line. | |
| 2212 */ | |
| 2213 if (col >= oldlen) | |
| 2214 return FAIL; | |
| 2215 | |
| 2216 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2217 /* If 'delcombine' is set and deleting (less than) one character, only | |
| 2218 * delete the last combining character. */ | |
| 610 | 2219 if (p_deco && use_delcombine && enc_utf8 |
| 2220 && utfc_ptr2len(oldp + col) >= count) | |
| 7 | 2221 { |
| 714 | 2222 int cc[MAX_MCO]; |
| 7 | 2223 int n; |
| 2224 | |
| 714 | 2225 (void)utfc_ptr2char(oldp + col, cc); |
| 2226 if (cc[0] != NUL) | |
| 7 | 2227 { |
| 2228 /* Find the last composing char, there can be several. */ | |
| 2229 n = col; | |
| 2230 do | |
| 2231 { | |
| 2232 col = n; | |
| 474 | 2233 count = utf_ptr2len(oldp + n); |
| 7 | 2234 n += count; |
| 2235 } while (UTF_COMPOSINGLIKE(oldp + col, oldp + n)); | |
| 2236 fixpos = 0; | |
| 2237 } | |
| 2238 } | |
| 2239 #endif | |
| 2240 | |
| 2241 /* | |
| 2242 * When count is too big, reduce it. | |
| 2243 */ | |
| 2244 movelen = (long)oldlen - (long)col - count + 1; /* includes trailing NUL */ | |
| 2245 if (movelen <= 1) | |
| 2246 { | |
| 2247 /* | |
| 2248 * If we just took off the last character of a non-blank line, and | |
| 777 | 2249 * fixpos is TRUE, we don't want to end up positioned at the NUL, |
| 2250 * unless "restart_edit" is set or 'virtualedit' contains "onemore". | |
| 7 | 2251 */ |
| 777 | 2252 if (col > 0 && fixpos && restart_edit == 0 |
| 2253 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 2254 && (ve_flags & VE_ONEMORE) == 0 | |
| 2255 #endif | |
| 2256 ) | |
| 7 | 2257 { |
| 2258 --curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 2259 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 2260 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0; | |
| 2261 #endif | |
| 2262 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2263 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 2264 curwin->w_cursor.col -= | |
| 2265 (*mb_head_off)(oldp, oldp + curwin->w_cursor.col); | |
| 2266 #endif | |
| 2267 } | |
| 2268 count = oldlen - col; | |
| 2269 movelen = 1; | |
| 2270 } | |
| 2271 | |
| 2272 /* | |
| 2273 * If the old line has been allocated the deletion can be done in the | |
| 2274 * existing line. Otherwise a new line has to be allocated | |
| 1532 | 2275 * Can't do this when using Netbeans, because we would need to invoke |
| 2276 * netbeans_removed(), which deallocates the line. Let ml_replace() take | |
| 2277 * care of notifiying Netbeans. | |
| 7 | 2278 */ |
| 2279 #ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG | |
| 2210 | 2280 if (netbeans_active()) |
| 1532 | 2281 was_alloced = FALSE; |
| 2282 else | |
| 2283 #endif | |
| 2284 was_alloced = ml_line_alloced(); /* check if oldp was allocated */ | |
| 7 | 2285 if (was_alloced) |
| 2286 newp = oldp; /* use same allocated memory */ | |
| 2287 else | |
| 2288 { /* need to allocate a new line */ | |
| 2289 newp = alloc((unsigned)(oldlen + 1 - count)); | |
| 2290 if (newp == NULL) | |
| 2291 return FAIL; | |
| 2292 mch_memmove(newp, oldp, (size_t)col); | |
| 2293 } | |
| 2294 mch_memmove(newp + col, oldp + col + count, (size_t)movelen); | |
| 2295 if (!was_alloced) | |
| 2296 ml_replace(lnum, newp, FALSE); | |
| 2297 | |
| 2298 /* mark the buffer as changed and prepare for displaying */ | |
| 2299 changed_bytes(lnum, curwin->w_cursor.col); | |
| 2300 | |
| 2301 return OK; | |
| 2302 } | |
| 2303 | |
| 2304 /* | |
| 2305 * Delete from cursor to end of line. | |
| 2306 * Caller must have prepared for undo. | |
| 2307 * | |
| 2308 * return FAIL for failure, OK otherwise | |
| 2309 */ | |
| 2310 int | |
| 2311 truncate_line(fixpos) | |
| 2312 int fixpos; /* if TRUE fix the cursor position when done */ | |
| 2313 { | |
| 2314 char_u *newp; | |
| 2315 linenr_T lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 2316 colnr_T col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 2317 | |
| 2318 if (col == 0) | |
| 2319 newp = vim_strsave((char_u *)""); | |
| 2320 else | |
| 2321 newp = vim_strnsave(ml_get(lnum), col); | |
| 2322 | |
| 2323 if (newp == NULL) | |
| 2324 return FAIL; | |
| 2325 | |
| 2326 ml_replace(lnum, newp, FALSE); | |
| 2327 | |
| 2328 /* mark the buffer as changed and prepare for displaying */ | |
| 2329 changed_bytes(lnum, curwin->w_cursor.col); | |
| 2330 | |
| 2331 /* | |
| 2332 * If "fixpos" is TRUE we don't want to end up positioned at the NUL. | |
| 2333 */ | |
| 2334 if (fixpos && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0) | |
| 2335 --curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 2336 | |
| 2337 return OK; | |
| 2338 } | |
| 2339 | |
| 2340 /* | |
| 2341 * Delete "nlines" lines at the cursor. | |
| 2342 * Saves the lines for undo first if "undo" is TRUE. | |
| 2343 */ | |
| 2344 void | |
| 2345 del_lines(nlines, undo) | |
| 2346 long nlines; /* number of lines to delete */ | |
| 2347 int undo; /* if TRUE, prepare for undo */ | |
| 2348 { | |
| 2349 long n; | |
| 1929 | 2350 linenr_T first = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; |
| 7 | 2351 |
| 2352 if (nlines <= 0) | |
| 2353 return; | |
| 2354 | |
| 2355 /* save the deleted lines for undo */ | |
| 1929 | 2356 if (undo && u_savedel(first, nlines) == FAIL) |
| 7 | 2357 return; |
| 2358 | |
| 2359 for (n = 0; n < nlines; ) | |
| 2360 { | |
| 2361 if (curbuf->b_ml.ml_flags & ML_EMPTY) /* nothing to delete */ | |
| 2362 break; | |
| 2363 | |
| 1929 | 2364 ml_delete(first, TRUE); |
| 7 | 2365 ++n; |
| 2366 | |
| 2367 /* If we delete the last line in the file, stop */ | |
| 1929 | 2368 if (first > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) |
| 7 | 2369 break; |
| 2370 } | |
| 1929 | 2371 |
| 2372 /* Correct the cursor position before calling deleted_lines_mark(), it may | |
| 2373 * trigger a callback to display the cursor. */ | |
| 7 | 2374 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; |
| 2375 check_cursor_lnum(); | |
| 1929 | 2376 |
| 2377 /* adjust marks, mark the buffer as changed and prepare for displaying */ | |
| 2378 deleted_lines_mark(first, n); | |
| 7 | 2379 } |
| 2380 | |
| 2381 int | |
| 2382 gchar_pos(pos) | |
| 2383 pos_T *pos; | |
| 2384 { | |
| 2385 char_u *ptr = ml_get_pos(pos); | |
| 2386 | |
| 2387 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2388 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 2389 return (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr); | |
| 2390 #endif | |
| 2391 return (int)*ptr; | |
| 2392 } | |
| 2393 | |
| 2394 int | |
| 2395 gchar_cursor() | |
| 2396 { | |
| 2397 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2398 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 2399 return (*mb_ptr2char)(ml_get_cursor()); | |
| 2400 #endif | |
| 2401 return (int)*ml_get_cursor(); | |
| 2402 } | |
| 2403 | |
| 2404 /* | |
| 2405 * Write a character at the current cursor position. | |
| 2406 * It is directly written into the block. | |
| 2407 */ | |
| 2408 void | |
| 2409 pchar_cursor(c) | |
| 2410 int c; | |
| 2411 { | |
| 2412 *(ml_get_buf(curbuf, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, TRUE) | |
| 2413 + curwin->w_cursor.col) = c; | |
| 2414 } | |
| 2415 | |
| 2416 #if 0 /* not used */ | |
| 2417 /* | |
| 2418 * Put *pos at end of current buffer | |
| 2419 */ | |
| 2420 void | |
| 2421 goto_endofbuf(pos) | |
| 2422 pos_T *pos; | |
| 2423 { | |
| 2424 char_u *p; | |
| 2425 | |
| 2426 pos->lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; | |
| 2427 pos->col = 0; | |
| 2428 p = ml_get(pos->lnum); | |
| 2429 while (*p++) | |
| 2430 ++pos->col; | |
| 2431 } | |
| 2432 #endif | |
| 2433 | |
| 2434 /* | |
| 2435 * When extra == 0: Return TRUE if the cursor is before or on the first | |
| 2436 * non-blank in the line. | |
| 2437 * When extra == 1: Return TRUE if the cursor is before the first non-blank in | |
| 2438 * the line. | |
| 2439 */ | |
| 2440 int | |
| 2441 inindent(extra) | |
| 2442 int extra; | |
| 2443 { | |
| 2444 char_u *ptr; | |
| 2445 colnr_T col; | |
| 2446 | |
| 2447 for (col = 0, ptr = ml_get_curline(); vim_iswhite(*ptr); ++col) | |
| 2448 ++ptr; | |
| 2449 if (col >= curwin->w_cursor.col + extra) | |
| 2450 return TRUE; | |
| 2451 else | |
| 2452 return FALSE; | |
| 2453 } | |
| 2454 | |
| 2455 /* | |
| 2456 * Skip to next part of an option argument: Skip space and comma. | |
| 2457 */ | |
| 2458 char_u * | |
| 2459 skip_to_option_part(p) | |
| 2460 char_u *p; | |
| 2461 { | |
| 2462 if (*p == ',') | |
| 2463 ++p; | |
| 2464 while (*p == ' ') | |
| 2465 ++p; | |
| 2466 return p; | |
| 2467 } | |
| 2468 | |
| 2469 /* | |
| 2288 | 2470 * Call this function when something in the current buffer is changed. |
| 7 | 2471 * |
| 2472 * Most often called through changed_bytes() and changed_lines(), which also | |
| 2473 * mark the area of the display to be redrawn. | |
| 2288 | 2474 * |
| 2475 * Careful: may trigger autocommands that reload the buffer. | |
| 7 | 2476 */ |
| 2477 void | |
| 2478 changed() | |
| 2479 { | |
| 2480 #if defined(FEAT_XIM) && defined(FEAT_GUI_GTK) | |
| 2481 /* The text of the preediting area is inserted, but this doesn't | |
| 2482 * mean a change of the buffer yet. That is delayed until the | |
| 2483 * text is committed. (this means preedit becomes empty) */ | |
| 2484 if (im_is_preediting() && !xim_changed_while_preediting) | |
| 2485 return; | |
| 2486 xim_changed_while_preediting = FALSE; | |
| 2487 #endif | |
| 2488 | |
| 2489 if (!curbuf->b_changed) | |
| 2490 { | |
| 2491 int save_msg_scroll = msg_scroll; | |
| 2492 | |
| 819 | 2493 /* Give a warning about changing a read-only file. This may also |
| 2494 * check-out the file, thus change "curbuf"! */ | |
| 7 | 2495 change_warning(0); |
| 819 | 2496 |
| 7 | 2497 /* Create a swap file if that is wanted. |
| 2498 * Don't do this for "nofile" and "nowrite" buffer types. */ | |
| 2499 if (curbuf->b_may_swap | |
| 2500 #ifdef FEAT_QUICKFIX | |
| 2501 && !bt_dontwrite(curbuf) | |
| 2502 #endif | |
| 2503 ) | |
| 2504 { | |
| 2505 ml_open_file(curbuf); | |
| 2506 | |
| 2507 /* The ml_open_file() can cause an ATTENTION message. | |
| 2508 * Wait two seconds, to make sure the user reads this unexpected | |
| 2509 * message. Since we could be anywhere, call wait_return() now, | |
| 2510 * and don't let the emsg() set msg_scroll. */ | |
| 2511 if (need_wait_return && emsg_silent == 0) | |
| 2512 { | |
| 2513 out_flush(); | |
| 2514 ui_delay(2000L, TRUE); | |
| 2515 wait_return(TRUE); | |
| 2516 msg_scroll = save_msg_scroll; | |
| 2517 } | |
| 2518 } | |
|
2162
0527eb0f6918
After recovery check if the text changed. If it did mark the buffer as
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2129
diff
changeset
|
2519 changed_int(); |
|
0527eb0f6918
After recovery check if the text changed. If it did mark the buffer as
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2129
diff
changeset
|
2520 } |
|
0527eb0f6918
After recovery check if the text changed. If it did mark the buffer as
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2129
diff
changeset
|
2521 ++curbuf->b_changedtick; |
|
0527eb0f6918
After recovery check if the text changed. If it did mark the buffer as
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2129
diff
changeset
|
2522 } |
|
0527eb0f6918
After recovery check if the text changed. If it did mark the buffer as
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2129
diff
changeset
|
2523 |
|
0527eb0f6918
After recovery check if the text changed. If it did mark the buffer as
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2129
diff
changeset
|
2524 /* |
|
0527eb0f6918
After recovery check if the text changed. If it did mark the buffer as
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2129
diff
changeset
|
2525 * Internal part of changed(), no user interaction. |
|
0527eb0f6918
After recovery check if the text changed. If it did mark the buffer as
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2129
diff
changeset
|
2526 */ |
|
0527eb0f6918
After recovery check if the text changed. If it did mark the buffer as
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2129
diff
changeset
|
2527 void |
|
0527eb0f6918
After recovery check if the text changed. If it did mark the buffer as
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2129
diff
changeset
|
2528 changed_int() |
|
0527eb0f6918
After recovery check if the text changed. If it did mark the buffer as
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2129
diff
changeset
|
2529 { |
|
0527eb0f6918
After recovery check if the text changed. If it did mark the buffer as
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2129
diff
changeset
|
2530 curbuf->b_changed = TRUE; |
|
0527eb0f6918
After recovery check if the text changed. If it did mark the buffer as
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2129
diff
changeset
|
2531 ml_setflags(curbuf); |
| 7 | 2532 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
|
2162
0527eb0f6918
After recovery check if the text changed. If it did mark the buffer as
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2129
diff
changeset
|
2533 check_status(curbuf); |
|
0527eb0f6918
After recovery check if the text changed. If it did mark the buffer as
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2129
diff
changeset
|
2534 redraw_tabline = TRUE; |
| 7 | 2535 #endif |
| 2536 #ifdef FEAT_TITLE | |
|
2162
0527eb0f6918
After recovery check if the text changed. If it did mark the buffer as
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2129
diff
changeset
|
2537 need_maketitle = TRUE; /* set window title later */ |
|
0527eb0f6918
After recovery check if the text changed. If it did mark the buffer as
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2129
diff
changeset
|
2538 #endif |
| 7 | 2539 } |
| 2540 | |
| 265 | 2541 static void changedOneline __ARGS((buf_T *buf, linenr_T lnum)); |
| 2542 static void changed_lines_buf __ARGS((buf_T *buf, linenr_T lnum, linenr_T lnume, long xtra)); | |
| 7 | 2543 static void changed_common __ARGS((linenr_T lnum, colnr_T col, linenr_T lnume, long xtra)); |
| 2544 | |
| 2545 /* | |
| 2546 * Changed bytes within a single line for the current buffer. | |
| 2547 * - marks the windows on this buffer to be redisplayed | |
| 2548 * - marks the buffer changed by calling changed() | |
| 2549 * - invalidates cached values | |
| 2288 | 2550 * Careful: may trigger autocommands that reload the buffer. |
| 7 | 2551 */ |
| 2552 void | |
| 2553 changed_bytes(lnum, col) | |
| 2554 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 2555 colnr_T col; | |
| 2556 { | |
| 265 | 2557 changedOneline(curbuf, lnum); |
| 7 | 2558 changed_common(lnum, col, lnum + 1, 0L); |
| 265 | 2559 |
| 2560 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 2561 /* Diff highlighting in other diff windows may need to be updated too. */ | |
| 2562 if (curwin->w_p_diff) | |
| 2563 { | |
| 2564 win_T *wp; | |
| 2565 linenr_T wlnum; | |
| 2566 | |
| 2567 for (wp = firstwin; wp != NULL; wp = wp->w_next) | |
| 2568 if (wp->w_p_diff && wp != curwin) | |
| 2569 { | |
| 2570 redraw_win_later(wp, VALID); | |
| 2571 wlnum = diff_lnum_win(lnum, wp); | |
| 2572 if (wlnum > 0) | |
| 2573 changedOneline(wp->w_buffer, wlnum); | |
| 2574 } | |
| 2575 } | |
| 2576 #endif | |
| 7 | 2577 } |
| 2578 | |
| 2579 static void | |
| 265 | 2580 changedOneline(buf, lnum) |
| 2581 buf_T *buf; | |
| 7 | 2582 linenr_T lnum; |
| 2583 { | |
| 265 | 2584 if (buf->b_mod_set) |
| 7 | 2585 { |
| 2586 /* find the maximum area that must be redisplayed */ | |
| 265 | 2587 if (lnum < buf->b_mod_top) |
| 2588 buf->b_mod_top = lnum; | |
| 2589 else if (lnum >= buf->b_mod_bot) | |
| 2590 buf->b_mod_bot = lnum + 1; | |
| 7 | 2591 } |
| 2592 else | |
| 2593 { | |
| 2594 /* set the area that must be redisplayed to one line */ | |
| 265 | 2595 buf->b_mod_set = TRUE; |
| 2596 buf->b_mod_top = lnum; | |
| 2597 buf->b_mod_bot = lnum + 1; | |
| 2598 buf->b_mod_xlines = 0; | |
| 7 | 2599 } |
| 2600 } | |
| 2601 | |
| 2602 /* | |
| 2603 * Appended "count" lines below line "lnum" in the current buffer. | |
| 2604 * Must be called AFTER the change and after mark_adjust(). | |
| 2605 * Takes care of marking the buffer to be redrawn and sets the changed flag. | |
| 2606 */ | |
| 2607 void | |
| 2608 appended_lines(lnum, count) | |
| 2609 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 2610 long count; | |
| 2611 { | |
| 2612 changed_lines(lnum + 1, 0, lnum + 1, count); | |
| 2613 } | |
| 2614 | |
| 2615 /* | |
| 2616 * Like appended_lines(), but adjust marks first. | |
| 2617 */ | |
| 2618 void | |
| 2619 appended_lines_mark(lnum, count) | |
| 2620 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 2621 long count; | |
| 2622 { | |
| 2623 mark_adjust(lnum + 1, (linenr_T)MAXLNUM, count, 0L); | |
| 2624 changed_lines(lnum + 1, 0, lnum + 1, count); | |
| 2625 } | |
| 2626 | |
| 2627 /* | |
| 2628 * Deleted "count" lines at line "lnum" in the current buffer. | |
| 2629 * Must be called AFTER the change and after mark_adjust(). | |
| 2630 * Takes care of marking the buffer to be redrawn and sets the changed flag. | |
| 2631 */ | |
| 2632 void | |
| 2633 deleted_lines(lnum, count) | |
| 2634 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 2635 long count; | |
| 2636 { | |
| 2637 changed_lines(lnum, 0, lnum + count, -count); | |
| 2638 } | |
| 2639 | |
| 2640 /* | |
| 2641 * Like deleted_lines(), but adjust marks first. | |
| 1929 | 2642 * Make sure the cursor is on a valid line before calling, a GUI callback may |
| 2643 * be triggered to display the cursor. | |
| 7 | 2644 */ |
| 2645 void | |
| 2646 deleted_lines_mark(lnum, count) | |
| 2647 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 2648 long count; | |
| 2649 { | |
| 2650 mark_adjust(lnum, (linenr_T)(lnum + count - 1), (long)MAXLNUM, -count); | |
| 2651 changed_lines(lnum, 0, lnum + count, -count); | |
| 2652 } | |
| 2653 | |
| 2654 /* | |
| 2655 * Changed lines for the current buffer. | |
| 2656 * Must be called AFTER the change and after mark_adjust(). | |
| 2657 * - mark the buffer changed by calling changed() | |
| 2658 * - mark the windows on this buffer to be redisplayed | |
| 2659 * - invalidate cached values | |
| 2660 * "lnum" is the first line that needs displaying, "lnume" the first line | |
| 2661 * below the changed lines (BEFORE the change). | |
| 2662 * When only inserting lines, "lnum" and "lnume" are equal. | |
| 2663 * Takes care of calling changed() and updating b_mod_*. | |
| 2288 | 2664 * Careful: may trigger autocommands that reload the buffer. |
| 7 | 2665 */ |
| 2666 void | |
| 2667 changed_lines(lnum, col, lnume, xtra) | |
| 2668 linenr_T lnum; /* first line with change */ | |
| 2669 colnr_T col; /* column in first line with change */ | |
| 2670 linenr_T lnume; /* line below last changed line */ | |
| 2671 long xtra; /* number of extra lines (negative when deleting) */ | |
| 2672 { | |
| 265 | 2673 changed_lines_buf(curbuf, lnum, lnume, xtra); |
| 2674 | |
| 2675 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 2676 if (xtra == 0 && curwin->w_p_diff) | |
| 2677 { | |
| 2678 /* When the number of lines doesn't change then mark_adjust() isn't | |
| 2679 * called and other diff buffers still need to be marked for | |
| 2680 * displaying. */ | |
| 2681 win_T *wp; | |
| 2682 linenr_T wlnum; | |
| 2683 | |
| 2684 for (wp = firstwin; wp != NULL; wp = wp->w_next) | |
| 2685 if (wp->w_p_diff && wp != curwin) | |
| 2686 { | |
| 2687 redraw_win_later(wp, VALID); | |
| 2688 wlnum = diff_lnum_win(lnum, wp); | |
| 2689 if (wlnum > 0) | |
| 2690 changed_lines_buf(wp->w_buffer, wlnum, | |
| 2691 lnume - lnum + wlnum, 0L); | |
| 2692 } | |
| 2693 } | |
| 2694 #endif | |
| 2695 | |
| 2696 changed_common(lnum, col, lnume, xtra); | |
| 2697 } | |
| 2698 | |
| 2699 static void | |
| 2700 changed_lines_buf(buf, lnum, lnume, xtra) | |
| 2701 buf_T *buf; | |
| 2702 linenr_T lnum; /* first line with change */ | |
| 2703 linenr_T lnume; /* line below last changed line */ | |
| 2704 long xtra; /* number of extra lines (negative when deleting) */ | |
| 2705 { | |
| 2706 if (buf->b_mod_set) | |
| 7 | 2707 { |
| 2708 /* find the maximum area that must be redisplayed */ | |
| 265 | 2709 if (lnum < buf->b_mod_top) |
| 2710 buf->b_mod_top = lnum; | |
| 2711 if (lnum < buf->b_mod_bot) | |
| 7 | 2712 { |
| 2713 /* adjust old bot position for xtra lines */ | |
| 265 | 2714 buf->b_mod_bot += xtra; |
| 2715 if (buf->b_mod_bot < lnum) | |
| 2716 buf->b_mod_bot = lnum; | |
| 7 | 2717 } |
| 265 | 2718 if (lnume + xtra > buf->b_mod_bot) |
| 2719 buf->b_mod_bot = lnume + xtra; | |
| 2720 buf->b_mod_xlines += xtra; | |
| 7 | 2721 } |
| 2722 else | |
| 2723 { | |
| 2724 /* set the area that must be redisplayed */ | |
| 265 | 2725 buf->b_mod_set = TRUE; |
| 2726 buf->b_mod_top = lnum; | |
| 2727 buf->b_mod_bot = lnume + xtra; | |
| 2728 buf->b_mod_xlines = xtra; | |
| 2729 } | |
| 7 | 2730 } |
| 2731 | |
| 2288 | 2732 /* |
| 2733 * Common code for when a change is was made. | |
| 2734 * See changed_lines() for the arguments. | |
| 2735 * Careful: may trigger autocommands that reload the buffer. | |
| 2736 */ | |
| 7 | 2737 static void |
| 2738 changed_common(lnum, col, lnume, xtra) | |
| 2739 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 2740 colnr_T col; | |
| 2741 linenr_T lnume; | |
| 2742 long xtra; | |
| 2743 { | |
| 2744 win_T *wp; | |
| 1863 | 2745 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
| 2746 tabpage_T *tp; | |
| 2747 #endif | |
| 7 | 2748 int i; |
| 2749 #ifdef FEAT_JUMPLIST | |
| 2750 int cols; | |
| 2751 pos_T *p; | |
| 2752 int add; | |
| 2753 #endif | |
| 2754 | |
| 2755 /* mark the buffer as modified */ | |
| 2756 changed(); | |
| 2757 | |
| 2758 /* set the '. mark */ | |
| 2759 if (!cmdmod.keepjumps) | |
| 2760 { | |
| 2761 curbuf->b_last_change.lnum = lnum; | |
| 2762 curbuf->b_last_change.col = col; | |
| 2763 | |
| 2764 #ifdef FEAT_JUMPLIST | |
| 2765 /* Create a new entry if a new undo-able change was started or we | |
| 2766 * don't have an entry yet. */ | |
| 2767 if (curbuf->b_new_change || curbuf->b_changelistlen == 0) | |
| 2768 { | |
| 2769 if (curbuf->b_changelistlen == 0) | |
| 2770 add = TRUE; | |
| 2771 else | |
| 2772 { | |
| 2773 /* Don't create a new entry when the line number is the same | |
| 2774 * as the last one and the column is not too far away. Avoids | |
| 2775 * creating many entries for typing "xxxxx". */ | |
| 2776 p = &curbuf->b_changelist[curbuf->b_changelistlen - 1]; | |
| 2777 if (p->lnum != lnum) | |
| 2778 add = TRUE; | |
| 2779 else | |
| 2780 { | |
| 2781 cols = comp_textwidth(FALSE); | |
| 2782 if (cols == 0) | |
| 2783 cols = 79; | |
| 2784 add = (p->col + cols < col || col + cols < p->col); | |
| 2785 } | |
| 2786 } | |
| 2787 if (add) | |
| 2788 { | |
| 2789 /* This is the first of a new sequence of undo-able changes | |
| 2790 * and it's at some distance of the last change. Use a new | |
| 2791 * position in the changelist. */ | |
| 2792 curbuf->b_new_change = FALSE; | |
| 2793 | |
| 2794 if (curbuf->b_changelistlen == JUMPLISTSIZE) | |
| 2795 { | |
| 2796 /* changelist is full: remove oldest entry */ | |
| 2797 curbuf->b_changelistlen = JUMPLISTSIZE - 1; | |
| 2798 mch_memmove(curbuf->b_changelist, curbuf->b_changelist + 1, | |
| 2799 sizeof(pos_T) * (JUMPLISTSIZE - 1)); | |
| 1863 | 2800 FOR_ALL_TAB_WINDOWS(tp, wp) |
| 7 | 2801 { |
| 2802 /* Correct position in changelist for other windows on | |
| 2803 * this buffer. */ | |
| 2804 if (wp->w_buffer == curbuf && wp->w_changelistidx > 0) | |
| 2805 --wp->w_changelistidx; | |
| 2806 } | |
| 2807 } | |
| 1863 | 2808 FOR_ALL_TAB_WINDOWS(tp, wp) |
| 7 | 2809 { |
| 2810 /* For other windows, if the position in the changelist is | |
| 2811 * at the end it stays at the end. */ | |
| 2812 if (wp->w_buffer == curbuf | |
| 2813 && wp->w_changelistidx == curbuf->b_changelistlen) | |
| 2814 ++wp->w_changelistidx; | |
| 2815 } | |
| 2816 ++curbuf->b_changelistlen; | |
| 2817 } | |
| 2818 } | |
| 2819 curbuf->b_changelist[curbuf->b_changelistlen - 1] = | |
| 2820 curbuf->b_last_change; | |
| 2821 /* The current window is always after the last change, so that "g," | |
| 2822 * takes you back to it. */ | |
| 2823 curwin->w_changelistidx = curbuf->b_changelistlen; | |
| 2824 #endif | |
| 2825 } | |
| 2826 | |
| 1863 | 2827 FOR_ALL_TAB_WINDOWS(tp, wp) |
| 7 | 2828 { |
| 2829 if (wp->w_buffer == curbuf) | |
| 2830 { | |
| 2831 /* Mark this window to be redrawn later. */ | |
| 2832 if (wp->w_redr_type < VALID) | |
| 2833 wp->w_redr_type = VALID; | |
| 2834 | |
| 2835 /* Check if a change in the buffer has invalidated the cached | |
| 2836 * values for the cursor. */ | |
| 2837 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 2838 /* | |
| 2839 * Update the folds for this window. Can't postpone this, because | |
| 2840 * a following operator might work on the whole fold: ">>dd". | |
| 2841 */ | |
| 2842 foldUpdate(wp, lnum, lnume + xtra - 1); | |
| 2843 | |
| 2844 /* The change may cause lines above or below the change to become | |
| 2845 * included in a fold. Set lnum/lnume to the first/last line that | |
| 2846 * might be displayed differently. | |
| 2847 * Set w_cline_folded here as an efficient way to update it when | |
| 2848 * inserting lines just above a closed fold. */ | |
| 2849 i = hasFoldingWin(wp, lnum, &lnum, NULL, FALSE, NULL); | |
| 2850 if (wp->w_cursor.lnum == lnum) | |
| 2851 wp->w_cline_folded = i; | |
| 2852 i = hasFoldingWin(wp, lnume, NULL, &lnume, FALSE, NULL); | |
| 2853 if (wp->w_cursor.lnum == lnume) | |
| 2854 wp->w_cline_folded = i; | |
| 2855 | |
| 2856 /* If the changed line is in a range of previously folded lines, | |
| 2857 * compare with the first line in that range. */ | |
| 2858 if (wp->w_cursor.lnum <= lnum) | |
| 2859 { | |
| 2860 i = find_wl_entry(wp, lnum); | |
| 2861 if (i >= 0 && wp->w_cursor.lnum > wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum) | |
| 2862 changed_line_abv_curs_win(wp); | |
| 2863 } | |
| 2864 #endif | |
| 2865 | |
| 2866 if (wp->w_cursor.lnum > lnum) | |
| 2867 changed_line_abv_curs_win(wp); | |
| 2868 else if (wp->w_cursor.lnum == lnum && wp->w_cursor.col >= col) | |
| 2869 changed_cline_bef_curs_win(wp); | |
| 2870 if (wp->w_botline >= lnum) | |
| 2871 { | |
| 2872 /* Assume that botline doesn't change (inserted lines make | |
| 2873 * other lines scroll down below botline). */ | |
| 2874 approximate_botline_win(wp); | |
| 2875 } | |
| 2876 | |
| 2877 /* Check if any w_lines[] entries have become invalid. | |
| 2878 * For entries below the change: Correct the lnums for | |
| 2879 * inserted/deleted lines. Makes it possible to stop displaying | |
| 2880 * after the change. */ | |
| 2881 for (i = 0; i < wp->w_lines_valid; ++i) | |
| 2882 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid) | |
| 2883 { | |
| 2884 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum >= lnum) | |
| 2885 { | |
| 2886 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum < lnume) | |
| 2887 { | |
| 2888 /* line included in change */ | |
| 2889 wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid = FALSE; | |
| 2890 } | |
| 2891 else if (xtra != 0) | |
| 2892 { | |
| 2893 /* line below change */ | |
| 2894 wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum += xtra; | |
| 2895 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 2896 wp->w_lines[i].wl_lastlnum += xtra; | |
| 2897 #endif | |
| 2898 } | |
| 2899 } | |
| 2900 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 2901 else if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_lastlnum >= lnum) | |
| 2902 { | |
| 2903 /* change somewhere inside this range of folded lines, | |
| 2904 * may need to be redrawn */ | |
| 2905 wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid = FALSE; | |
| 2906 } | |
| 2907 #endif | |
| 2908 } | |
| 1987 | 2909 |
| 2910 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 2911 /* Take care of side effects for setting w_topline when folds have | |
| 2912 * changed. Esp. when the buffer was changed in another window. */ | |
| 2913 if (hasAnyFolding(wp)) | |
| 2914 set_topline(wp, wp->w_topline); | |
| 2915 #endif | |
| 7 | 2916 } |
| 2917 } | |
| 2918 | |
| 2919 /* Call update_screen() later, which checks out what needs to be redrawn, | |
| 2920 * since it notices b_mod_set and then uses b_mod_*. */ | |
| 2921 if (must_redraw < VALID) | |
| 2922 must_redraw = VALID; | |
| 694 | 2923 |
| 2924 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD | |
| 2925 /* when the cursor line is changed always trigger CursorMoved */ | |
| 1010 | 2926 if (lnum <= curwin->w_cursor.lnum |
| 2927 && lnume + (xtra < 0 ? -xtra : xtra) > curwin->w_cursor.lnum) | |
| 694 | 2928 last_cursormoved.lnum = 0; |
| 2929 #endif | |
| 7 | 2930 } |
| 2931 | |
| 2932 /* | |
| 2933 * unchanged() is called when the changed flag must be reset for buffer 'buf' | |
| 2934 */ | |
| 2935 void | |
| 2936 unchanged(buf, ff) | |
| 2937 buf_T *buf; | |
| 2938 int ff; /* also reset 'fileformat' */ | |
| 2939 { | |
| 2940 if (buf->b_changed || (ff && file_ff_differs(buf))) | |
| 2941 { | |
| 2942 buf->b_changed = 0; | |
| 39 | 2943 ml_setflags(buf); |
| 7 | 2944 if (ff) |
| 2945 save_file_ff(buf); | |
| 2946 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 2947 check_status(buf); | |
| 673 | 2948 redraw_tabline = TRUE; |
| 7 | 2949 #endif |
| 2950 #ifdef FEAT_TITLE | |
| 2951 need_maketitle = TRUE; /* set window title later */ | |
| 2952 #endif | |
| 2953 } | |
| 2954 ++buf->b_changedtick; | |
| 2955 #ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG | |
| 2956 netbeans_unmodified(buf); | |
| 2957 #endif | |
| 2958 } | |
| 2959 | |
| 2960 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 2961 /* | |
| 2962 * check_status: called when the status bars for the buffer 'buf' | |
| 2963 * need to be updated | |
| 2964 */ | |
| 2965 void | |
| 2966 check_status(buf) | |
| 2967 buf_T *buf; | |
| 2968 { | |
| 2969 win_T *wp; | |
| 2970 | |
| 2971 for (wp = firstwin; wp != NULL; wp = wp->w_next) | |
| 2972 if (wp->w_buffer == buf && wp->w_status_height) | |
| 2973 { | |
| 2974 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; | |
| 2975 if (must_redraw < VALID) | |
| 2976 must_redraw = VALID; | |
| 2977 } | |
| 2978 } | |
| 2979 #endif | |
| 2980 | |
| 2981 /* | |
| 2982 * If the file is readonly, give a warning message with the first change. | |
| 2983 * Don't do this for autocommands. | |
| 2984 * Don't use emsg(), because it flushes the macro buffer. | |
| 548 | 2985 * If we have undone all changes b_changed will be FALSE, but "b_did_warn" |
| 7 | 2986 * will be TRUE. |
| 2288 | 2987 * Careful: may trigger autocommands that reload the buffer. |
| 7 | 2988 */ |
| 2989 void | |
| 2990 change_warning(col) | |
| 2991 int col; /* column for message; non-zero when in insert | |
| 2992 mode and 'showmode' is on */ | |
| 2993 { | |
| 1848 | 2994 static char *w_readonly = N_("W10: Warning: Changing a readonly file"); |
| 2995 | |
| 7 | 2996 if (curbuf->b_did_warn == FALSE |
| 2997 && curbufIsChanged() == 0 | |
| 2998 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD | |
| 2999 && !autocmd_busy | |
| 3000 #endif | |
| 3001 && curbuf->b_p_ro) | |
| 3002 { | |
| 3003 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD | |
| 819 | 3004 ++curbuf_lock; |
| 7 | 3005 apply_autocmds(EVENT_FILECHANGEDRO, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); |
| 819 | 3006 --curbuf_lock; |
| 7 | 3007 if (!curbuf->b_p_ro) |
| 3008 return; | |
| 3009 #endif | |
| 3010 /* | |
| 3011 * Do what msg() does, but with a column offset if the warning should | |
| 3012 * be after the mode message. | |
| 3013 */ | |
| 3014 msg_start(); | |
| 3015 if (msg_row == Rows - 1) | |
| 3016 msg_col = col; | |
| 16 | 3017 msg_source(hl_attr(HLF_W)); |
| 1848 | 3018 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(w_readonly), hl_attr(HLF_W) | MSG_HIST); |
| 3019 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL | |
| 3020 set_vim_var_string(VV_WARNINGMSG, (char_u *)_(w_readonly), -1); | |
| 3021 #endif | |
| 7 | 3022 msg_clr_eos(); |
| 3023 (void)msg_end(); | |
| 3024 if (msg_silent == 0 && !silent_mode) | |
| 3025 { | |
| 3026 out_flush(); | |
| 3027 ui_delay(1000L, TRUE); /* give the user time to think about it */ | |
| 3028 } | |
| 3029 curbuf->b_did_warn = TRUE; | |
| 3030 redraw_cmdline = FALSE; /* don't redraw and erase the message */ | |
| 3031 if (msg_row < Rows - 1) | |
| 3032 showmode(); | |
| 3033 } | |
| 3034 } | |
| 3035 | |
| 3036 /* | |
| 3037 * Ask for a reply from the user, a 'y' or a 'n'. | |
| 3038 * No other characters are accepted, the message is repeated until a valid | |
| 3039 * reply is entered or CTRL-C is hit. | |
| 3040 * If direct is TRUE, don't use vgetc() but ui_inchar(), don't get characters | |
| 3041 * from any buffers but directly from the user. | |
| 3042 * | |
| 3043 * return the 'y' or 'n' | |
| 3044 */ | |
| 3045 int | |
| 3046 ask_yesno(str, direct) | |
| 3047 char_u *str; | |
| 3048 int direct; | |
| 3049 { | |
| 3050 int r = ' '; | |
| 3051 int save_State = State; | |
| 3052 | |
| 3053 if (exiting) /* put terminal in raw mode for this question */ | |
| 3054 settmode(TMODE_RAW); | |
| 3055 ++no_wait_return; | |
| 3056 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL | |
| 3057 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */ | |
| 3058 #endif | |
| 3059 State = CONFIRM; /* mouse behaves like with :confirm */ | |
| 3060 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE | |
| 3061 setmouse(); /* disables mouse for xterm */ | |
| 3062 #endif | |
| 3063 ++no_mapping; | |
| 3064 ++allow_keys; /* no mapping here, but recognize keys */ | |
| 3065 | |
| 3066 while (r != 'y' && r != 'n') | |
| 3067 { | |
| 3068 /* same highlighting as for wait_return */ | |
| 3069 smsg_attr(hl_attr(HLF_R), (char_u *)"%s (y/n)?", str); | |
| 3070 if (direct) | |
| 3071 r = get_keystroke(); | |
| 3072 else | |
| 1474 | 3073 r = plain_vgetc(); |
| 7 | 3074 if (r == Ctrl_C || r == ESC) |
| 3075 r = 'n'; | |
| 3076 msg_putchar(r); /* show what you typed */ | |
| 3077 out_flush(); | |
| 3078 } | |
| 3079 --no_wait_return; | |
| 3080 State = save_State; | |
| 3081 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE | |
| 3082 setmouse(); | |
| 3083 #endif | |
| 3084 --no_mapping; | |
| 3085 --allow_keys; | |
| 3086 | |
| 3087 return r; | |
| 3088 } | |
| 3089 | |
| 3090 /* | |
| 3091 * Get a key stroke directly from the user. | |
| 3092 * Ignores mouse clicks and scrollbar events, except a click for the left | |
| 3093 * button (used at the more prompt). | |
| 3094 * Doesn't use vgetc(), because it syncs undo and eats mapped characters. | |
| 3095 * Disadvantage: typeahead is ignored. | |
| 3096 * Translates the interrupt character for unix to ESC. | |
| 3097 */ | |
| 3098 int | |
| 3099 get_keystroke() | |
| 3100 { | |
| 3101 #define CBUFLEN 151 | |
| 3102 char_u buf[CBUFLEN]; | |
| 3103 int len = 0; | |
| 3104 int n; | |
| 3105 int save_mapped_ctrl_c = mapped_ctrl_c; | |
| 964 | 3106 int waited = 0; |
| 7 | 3107 |
| 3108 mapped_ctrl_c = FALSE; /* mappings are not used here */ | |
| 3109 for (;;) | |
| 3110 { | |
| 3111 cursor_on(); | |
| 3112 out_flush(); | |
| 3113 | |
| 3114 /* First time: blocking wait. Second time: wait up to 100ms for a | |
| 3115 * terminal code to complete. Leave some room for check_termcode() to | |
| 3116 * insert a key code into (max 5 chars plus NUL). And | |
| 3117 * fix_input_buffer() can triple the number of bytes. */ | |
| 3118 n = ui_inchar(buf + len, (CBUFLEN - 6 - len) / 3, | |
| 3119 len == 0 ? -1L : 100L, 0); | |
| 3120 if (n > 0) | |
| 3121 { | |
| 3122 /* Replace zero and CSI by a special key code. */ | |
| 3123 n = fix_input_buffer(buf + len, n, FALSE); | |
| 3124 len += n; | |
| 964 | 3125 waited = 0; |
| 3126 } | |
| 3127 else if (len > 0) | |
| 3128 ++waited; /* keep track of the waiting time */ | |
| 3129 | |
| 3130 /* Incomplete termcode and not timed out yet: get more characters */ | |
| 3131 if ((n = check_termcode(1, buf, len)) < 0 | |
| 3132 && (!p_ttimeout || waited * 100L < (p_ttm < 0 ? p_tm : p_ttm))) | |
| 7 | 3133 continue; |
| 964 | 3134 |
| 7 | 3135 /* found a termcode: adjust length */ |
| 3136 if (n > 0) | |
| 3137 len = n; | |
| 3138 if (len == 0) /* nothing typed yet */ | |
| 3139 continue; | |
| 3140 | |
| 3141 /* Handle modifier and/or special key code. */ | |
| 3142 n = buf[0]; | |
| 3143 if (n == K_SPECIAL) | |
| 3144 { | |
| 3145 n = TO_SPECIAL(buf[1], buf[2]); | |
| 3146 if (buf[1] == KS_MODIFIER | |
| 3147 || n == K_IGNORE | |
| 3148 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE | |
| 3149 || n == K_LEFTMOUSE_NM | |
| 3150 || n == K_LEFTDRAG | |
| 3151 || n == K_LEFTRELEASE | |
| 3152 || n == K_LEFTRELEASE_NM | |
| 3153 || n == K_MIDDLEMOUSE | |
| 3154 || n == K_MIDDLEDRAG | |
| 3155 || n == K_MIDDLERELEASE | |
| 3156 || n == K_RIGHTMOUSE | |
| 3157 || n == K_RIGHTDRAG | |
| 3158 || n == K_RIGHTRELEASE | |
| 3159 || n == K_MOUSEDOWN | |
| 3160 || n == K_MOUSEUP | |
| 3161 || n == K_X1MOUSE | |
| 3162 || n == K_X1DRAG | |
| 3163 || n == K_X1RELEASE | |
| 3164 || n == K_X2MOUSE | |
| 3165 || n == K_X2DRAG | |
| 3166 || n == K_X2RELEASE | |
| 3167 # ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 3168 || n == K_VER_SCROLLBAR | |
| 3169 || n == K_HOR_SCROLLBAR | |
| 3170 # endif | |
| 3171 #endif | |
| 3172 ) | |
| 3173 { | |
| 3174 if (buf[1] == KS_MODIFIER) | |
| 3175 mod_mask = buf[2]; | |
| 3176 len -= 3; | |
| 3177 if (len > 0) | |
| 3178 mch_memmove(buf, buf + 3, (size_t)len); | |
| 3179 continue; | |
| 3180 } | |
| 828 | 3181 break; |
| 7 | 3182 } |
| 3183 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 3184 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 3185 { | |
| 3186 if (MB_BYTE2LEN(n) > len) | |
| 3187 continue; /* more bytes to get */ | |
| 3188 buf[len >= CBUFLEN ? CBUFLEN - 1 : len] = NUL; | |
| 3189 n = (*mb_ptr2char)(buf); | |
| 3190 } | |
| 3191 #endif | |
| 3192 #ifdef UNIX | |
| 3193 if (n == intr_char) | |
| 3194 n = ESC; | |
| 3195 #endif | |
| 3196 break; | |
| 3197 } | |
| 3198 | |
| 3199 mapped_ctrl_c = save_mapped_ctrl_c; | |
| 3200 return n; | |
| 3201 } | |
| 3202 | |
| 3203 /* | |
| 374 | 3204 * Get a number from the user. |
| 3205 * When "mouse_used" is not NULL allow using the mouse. | |
| 7 | 3206 */ |
| 3207 int | |
| 374 | 3208 get_number(colon, mouse_used) |
| 3209 int colon; /* allow colon to abort */ | |
| 3210 int *mouse_used; | |
| 7 | 3211 { |
| 3212 int n = 0; | |
| 3213 int c; | |
| 810 | 3214 int typed = 0; |
| 7 | 3215 |
| 374 | 3216 if (mouse_used != NULL) |
| 3217 *mouse_used = FALSE; | |
| 3218 | |
| 7 | 3219 /* When not printing messages, the user won't know what to type, return a |
| 3220 * zero (as if CR was hit). */ | |
| 3221 if (msg_silent != 0) | |
| 3222 return 0; | |
| 3223 | |
| 3224 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL | |
| 3225 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */ | |
| 3226 #endif | |
| 3227 ++no_mapping; | |
| 3228 ++allow_keys; /* no mapping here, but recognize keys */ | |
| 3229 for (;;) | |
| 3230 { | |
| 3231 windgoto(msg_row, msg_col); | |
| 3232 c = safe_vgetc(); | |
| 3233 if (VIM_ISDIGIT(c)) | |
| 3234 { | |
| 3235 n = n * 10 + c - '0'; | |
| 3236 msg_putchar(c); | |
| 810 | 3237 ++typed; |
| 7 | 3238 } |
| 3239 else if (c == K_DEL || c == K_KDEL || c == K_BS || c == Ctrl_H) | |
| 3240 { | |
| 810 | 3241 if (typed > 0) |
| 3242 { | |
| 3243 MSG_PUTS("\b \b"); | |
| 3244 --typed; | |
| 3245 } | |
| 7 | 3246 n /= 10; |
| 3247 } | |
| 374 | 3248 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE |
| 3249 else if (mouse_used != NULL && c == K_LEFTMOUSE) | |
| 3250 { | |
| 3251 *mouse_used = TRUE; | |
| 3252 n = mouse_row + 1; | |
| 3253 break; | |
| 3254 } | |
| 3255 #endif | |
| 7 | 3256 else if (n == 0 && c == ':' && colon) |
| 3257 { | |
| 3258 stuffcharReadbuff(':'); | |
| 3259 if (!exmode_active) | |
| 3260 cmdline_row = msg_row; | |
| 3261 skip_redraw = TRUE; /* skip redraw once */ | |
| 3262 do_redraw = FALSE; | |
| 3263 break; | |
| 3264 } | |
| 3265 else if (c == CAR || c == NL || c == Ctrl_C || c == ESC) | |
| 3266 break; | |
| 3267 } | |
| 3268 --no_mapping; | |
| 3269 --allow_keys; | |
| 3270 return n; | |
| 3271 } | |
| 3272 | |
| 323 | 3273 /* |
| 3274 * Ask the user to enter a number. | |
| 374 | 3275 * When "mouse_used" is not NULL allow using the mouse and in that case return |
| 3276 * the line number. | |
| 323 | 3277 */ |
| 3278 int | |
| 374 | 3279 prompt_for_number(mouse_used) |
| 3280 int *mouse_used; | |
| 323 | 3281 { |
| 3282 int i; | |
| 344 | 3283 int save_cmdline_row; |
| 3284 int save_State; | |
| 323 | 3285 |
| 3286 /* When using ":silent" assume that <CR> was entered. */ | |
| 375 | 3287 if (mouse_used != NULL) |
| 1733 | 3288 MSG_PUTS(_("Type number and <Enter> or click with mouse (empty cancels): ")); |
| 375 | 3289 else |
| 1733 | 3290 MSG_PUTS(_("Type number and <Enter> (empty cancels): ")); |
| 344 | 3291 |
| 957 | 3292 /* Set the state such that text can be selected/copied/pasted and we still |
| 3293 * get mouse events. */ | |
| 344 | 3294 save_cmdline_row = cmdline_row; |
| 957 | 3295 cmdline_row = 0; |
| 344 | 3296 save_State = State; |
| 957 | 3297 State = CMDLINE; |
| 374 | 3298 |
| 3299 i = get_number(TRUE, mouse_used); | |
| 3300 if (KeyTyped) | |
| 3301 { | |
| 3302 /* don't call wait_return() now */ | |
| 3303 /* msg_putchar('\n'); */ | |
| 323 | 3304 cmdline_row = msg_row - 1; |
| 3305 need_wait_return = FALSE; | |
| 3306 msg_didany = FALSE; | |
| 1938 | 3307 msg_didout = FALSE; |
| 323 | 3308 } |
| 344 | 3309 else |
| 3310 cmdline_row = save_cmdline_row; | |
| 3311 State = save_State; | |
| 3312 | |
| 323 | 3313 return i; |
| 3314 } | |
| 3315 | |
| 7 | 3316 void |
| 3317 msgmore(n) | |
| 3318 long n; | |
| 3319 { | |
| 3320 long pn; | |
| 3321 | |
| 3322 if (global_busy /* no messages now, wait until global is finished */ | |
| 3323 || !messaging()) /* 'lazyredraw' set, don't do messages now */ | |
| 3324 return; | |
| 3325 | |
| 135 | 3326 /* We don't want to overwrite another important message, but do overwrite |
| 3327 * a previous "more lines" or "fewer lines" message, so that "5dd" and | |
| 3328 * then "put" reports the last action. */ | |
| 3329 if (keep_msg != NULL && !keep_msg_more) | |
| 3330 return; | |
| 3331 | |
| 7 | 3332 if (n > 0) |
| 3333 pn = n; | |
| 3334 else | |
| 3335 pn = -n; | |
| 3336 | |
| 3337 if (pn > p_report) | |
| 3338 { | |
| 3339 if (pn == 1) | |
| 3340 { | |
| 3341 if (n > 0) | |
| 3342 STRCPY(msg_buf, _("1 more line")); | |
| 3343 else | |
| 3344 STRCPY(msg_buf, _("1 line less")); | |
| 3345 } | |
| 3346 else | |
| 3347 { | |
| 3348 if (n > 0) | |
| 3349 sprintf((char *)msg_buf, _("%ld more lines"), pn); | |
| 3350 else | |
| 3351 sprintf((char *)msg_buf, _("%ld fewer lines"), pn); | |
| 3352 } | |
| 3353 if (got_int) | |
| 3354 STRCAT(msg_buf, _(" (Interrupted)")); | |
| 3355 if (msg(msg_buf)) | |
| 3356 { | |
| 680 | 3357 set_keep_msg(msg_buf, 0); |
| 135 | 3358 keep_msg_more = TRUE; |
| 7 | 3359 } |
| 3360 } | |
| 3361 } | |
| 3362 | |
| 3363 /* | |
| 3364 * flush map and typeahead buffers and give a warning for an error | |
| 3365 */ | |
| 3366 void | |
| 3367 beep_flush() | |
| 3368 { | |
| 3369 if (emsg_silent == 0) | |
| 3370 { | |
| 3371 flush_buffers(FALSE); | |
| 3372 vim_beep(); | |
| 3373 } | |
| 3374 } | |
| 3375 | |
| 3376 /* | |
| 3377 * give a warning for an error | |
| 3378 */ | |
| 3379 void | |
| 3380 vim_beep() | |
| 3381 { | |
| 3382 if (emsg_silent == 0) | |
| 3383 { | |
| 3384 if (p_vb | |
| 3385 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 3386 /* While the GUI is starting up the termcap is set for the GUI | |
| 3387 * but the output still goes to a terminal. */ | |
| 3388 && !(gui.in_use && gui.starting) | |
| 3389 #endif | |
| 3390 ) | |
| 3391 { | |
| 3392 out_str(T_VB); | |
| 3393 } | |
| 3394 else | |
| 3395 { | |
| 3396 #ifdef MSDOS | |
| 3397 /* | |
| 3398 * The number of beeps outputted is reduced to avoid having to wait | |
| 3399 * for all the beeps to finish. This is only a problem on systems | |
| 3400 * where the beeps don't overlap. | |
| 3401 */ | |
| 3402 if (beep_count == 0 || beep_count == 10) | |
| 3403 { | |
| 3404 out_char(BELL); | |
| 3405 beep_count = 1; | |
| 3406 } | |
| 3407 else | |
| 3408 ++beep_count; | |
| 3409 #else | |
| 3410 out_char(BELL); | |
| 3411 #endif | |
| 3412 } | |
| 169 | 3413 |
| 3414 /* When 'verbose' is set and we are sourcing a script or executing a | |
| 3415 * function give the user a hint where the beep comes from. */ | |
| 3416 if (vim_strchr(p_debug, 'e') != NULL) | |
| 3417 { | |
| 3418 msg_source(hl_attr(HLF_W)); | |
| 3419 msg_attr((char_u *)_("Beep!"), hl_attr(HLF_W)); | |
| 3420 } | |
| 7 | 3421 } |
| 3422 } | |
| 3423 | |
| 3424 /* | |
| 3425 * To get the "real" home directory: | |
| 3426 * - get value of $HOME | |
| 3427 * For Unix: | |
| 3428 * - go to that directory | |
| 3429 * - do mch_dirname() to get the real name of that directory. | |
| 3430 * This also works with mounts and links. | |
| 3431 * Don't do this for MS-DOS, it will change the "current dir" for a drive. | |
| 3432 */ | |
| 3433 static char_u *homedir = NULL; | |
| 3434 | |
| 3435 void | |
| 3436 init_homedir() | |
| 3437 { | |
| 3438 char_u *var; | |
| 3439 | |
| 170 | 3440 /* In case we are called a second time (when 'encoding' changes). */ |
| 3441 vim_free(homedir); | |
| 3442 homedir = NULL; | |
| 3443 | |
| 7 | 3444 #ifdef VMS |
| 3445 var = mch_getenv((char_u *)"SYS$LOGIN"); | |
| 3446 #else | |
| 3447 var = mch_getenv((char_u *)"HOME"); | |
| 3448 #endif | |
| 3449 | |
| 3450 if (var != NULL && *var == NUL) /* empty is same as not set */ | |
| 3451 var = NULL; | |
| 3452 | |
| 3453 #ifdef WIN3264 | |
| 3454 /* | |
| 3455 * Weird but true: $HOME may contain an indirect reference to another | |
| 3456 * variable, esp. "%USERPROFILE%". Happens when $USERPROFILE isn't set | |
| 3457 * when $HOME is being set. | |
| 3458 */ | |
| 3459 if (var != NULL && *var == '%') | |
| 3460 { | |
| 3461 char_u *p; | |
| 3462 char_u *exp; | |
| 3463 | |
| 3464 p = vim_strchr(var + 1, '%'); | |
| 3465 if (p != NULL) | |
| 3466 { | |
| 419 | 3467 vim_strncpy(NameBuff, var + 1, p - (var + 1)); |
| 7 | 3468 exp = mch_getenv(NameBuff); |
| 3469 if (exp != NULL && *exp != NUL | |
| 3470 && STRLEN(exp) + STRLEN(p) < MAXPATHL) | |
| 3471 { | |
| 274 | 3472 vim_snprintf((char *)NameBuff, MAXPATHL, "%s%s", exp, p + 1); |
| 7 | 3473 var = NameBuff; |
| 3474 /* Also set $HOME, it's needed for _viminfo. */ | |
| 3475 vim_setenv((char_u *)"HOME", NameBuff); | |
| 3476 } | |
| 3477 } | |
| 3478 } | |
| 3479 | |
| 3480 /* | |
| 3481 * Typically, $HOME is not defined on Windows, unless the user has | |
| 3482 * specifically defined it for Vim's sake. However, on Windows NT | |
| 3483 * platforms, $HOMEDRIVE and $HOMEPATH are automatically defined for | |
| 3484 * each user. Try constructing $HOME from these. | |
| 3485 */ | |
| 3486 if (var == NULL) | |
| 3487 { | |
| 3488 char_u *homedrive, *homepath; | |
| 3489 | |
| 3490 homedrive = mch_getenv((char_u *)"HOMEDRIVE"); | |
| 3491 homepath = mch_getenv((char_u *)"HOMEPATH"); | |
|
2030
66b1822ba176
updated for version 7.2.326
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2017
diff
changeset
|
3492 if (homepath == NULL || *homepath == NUL) |
|
66b1822ba176
updated for version 7.2.326
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2017
diff
changeset
|
3493 homepath = "\\"; |
|
66b1822ba176
updated for version 7.2.326
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2017
diff
changeset
|
3494 if (homedrive != NULL |
| 7 | 3495 && STRLEN(homedrive) + STRLEN(homepath) < MAXPATHL) |
| 3496 { | |
| 3497 sprintf((char *)NameBuff, "%s%s", homedrive, homepath); | |
| 3498 if (NameBuff[0] != NUL) | |
| 3499 { | |
| 3500 var = NameBuff; | |
| 3501 /* Also set $HOME, it's needed for _viminfo. */ | |
| 3502 vim_setenv((char_u *)"HOME", NameBuff); | |
| 3503 } | |
| 3504 } | |
| 3505 } | |
| 170 | 3506 |
| 3507 # if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) | |
| 3508 if (enc_utf8 && var != NULL) | |
| 3509 { | |
| 3510 int len; | |
| 3511 char_u *pp; | |
| 3512 | |
| 3513 /* Convert from active codepage to UTF-8. Other conversions are | |
| 3514 * not done, because they would fail for non-ASCII characters. */ | |
| 835 | 3515 acp_to_enc(var, (int)STRLEN(var), &pp, &len); |
| 170 | 3516 if (pp != NULL) |
| 3517 { | |
| 3518 homedir = pp; | |
| 3519 return; | |
| 3520 } | |
| 3521 } | |
| 3522 # endif | |
| 7 | 3523 #endif |
| 3524 | |
| 3525 #if defined(OS2) || defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN) | |
| 3526 /* | |
| 3527 * Default home dir is C:/ | |
| 3528 * Best assumption we can make in such a situation. | |
| 3529 */ | |
| 3530 if (var == NULL) | |
| 3531 var = "C:/"; | |
| 3532 #endif | |
| 3533 if (var != NULL) | |
| 3534 { | |
| 3535 #ifdef UNIX | |
| 3536 /* | |
| 3537 * Change to the directory and get the actual path. This resolves | |
| 3538 * links. Don't do it when we can't return. | |
| 3539 */ | |
| 3540 if (mch_dirname(NameBuff, MAXPATHL) == OK | |
| 3541 && mch_chdir((char *)NameBuff) == 0) | |
| 3542 { | |
| 3543 if (!mch_chdir((char *)var) && mch_dirname(IObuff, IOSIZE) == OK) | |
| 3544 var = IObuff; | |
| 3545 if (mch_chdir((char *)NameBuff) != 0) | |
| 3546 EMSG(_(e_prev_dir)); | |
| 3547 } | |
| 3548 #endif | |
| 3549 homedir = vim_strsave(var); | |
| 3550 } | |
| 3551 } | |
| 3552 | |
| 359 | 3553 #if defined(EXITFREE) || defined(PROTO) |
| 3554 void | |
| 3555 free_homedir() | |
| 3556 { | |
| 3557 vim_free(homedir); | |
| 3558 } | |
| 3559 #endif | |
| 3560 | |
| 7 | 3561 /* |
| 1408 | 3562 * Call expand_env() and store the result in an allocated string. |
| 3563 * This is not very memory efficient, this expects the result to be freed | |
| 3564 * again soon. | |
| 3565 */ | |
| 3566 char_u * | |
| 3567 expand_env_save(src) | |
| 3568 char_u *src; | |
| 3569 { | |
| 3570 return expand_env_save_opt(src, FALSE); | |
| 3571 } | |
| 3572 | |
| 3573 /* | |
| 3574 * Idem, but when "one" is TRUE handle the string as one file name, only | |
| 3575 * expand "~" at the start. | |
| 3576 */ | |
| 3577 char_u * | |
| 3578 expand_env_save_opt(src, one) | |
| 3579 char_u *src; | |
| 3580 int one; | |
| 3581 { | |
| 3582 char_u *p; | |
| 3583 | |
| 3584 p = alloc(MAXPATHL); | |
| 3585 if (p != NULL) | |
| 3586 expand_env_esc(src, p, MAXPATHL, FALSE, one, NULL); | |
| 3587 return p; | |
| 3588 } | |
| 3589 | |
| 3590 /* | |
| 7 | 3591 * Expand environment variable with path name. |
| 3592 * "~/" is also expanded, using $HOME. For Unix "~user/" is expanded. | |
| 1408 | 3593 * Skips over "\ ", "\~" and "\$" (not for Win32 though). |
| 7 | 3594 * If anything fails no expansion is done and dst equals src. |
| 3595 */ | |
| 3596 void | |
| 3597 expand_env(src, dst, dstlen) | |
| 3598 char_u *src; /* input string e.g. "$HOME/vim.hlp" */ | |
| 3599 char_u *dst; /* where to put the result */ | |
| 3600 int dstlen; /* maximum length of the result */ | |
| 3601 { | |
| 1408 | 3602 expand_env_esc(src, dst, dstlen, FALSE, FALSE, NULL); |
| 7 | 3603 } |
| 3604 | |
| 3605 void | |
| 1408 | 3606 expand_env_esc(srcp, dst, dstlen, esc, one, startstr) |
| 374 | 3607 char_u *srcp; /* input string e.g. "$HOME/vim.hlp" */ |
| 7 | 3608 char_u *dst; /* where to put the result */ |
| 3609 int dstlen; /* maximum length of the result */ | |
| 3610 int esc; /* escape spaces in expanded variables */ | |
| 1408 | 3611 int one; /* "srcp" is one file name */ |
| 374 | 3612 char_u *startstr; /* start again after this (can be NULL) */ |
| 3613 { | |
| 3614 char_u *src; | |
| 7 | 3615 char_u *tail; |
| 3616 int c; | |
| 3617 char_u *var; | |
| 3618 int copy_char; | |
| 3619 int mustfree; /* var was allocated, need to free it later */ | |
| 3620 int at_start = TRUE; /* at start of a name */ | |
| 374 | 3621 int startstr_len = 0; |
| 3622 | |
| 3623 if (startstr != NULL) | |
| 835 | 3624 startstr_len = (int)STRLEN(startstr); |
| 374 | 3625 |
| 3626 src = skipwhite(srcp); | |
| 7 | 3627 --dstlen; /* leave one char space for "\," */ |
| 3628 while (*src && dstlen > 0) | |
| 3629 { | |
| 3630 copy_char = TRUE; | |
| 22 | 3631 if ((*src == '$' |
| 3632 #ifdef VMS | |
| 3633 && at_start | |
| 3634 #endif | |
| 3635 ) | |
| 7 | 3636 #if defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN) || defined(OS2) |
| 3637 || *src == '%' | |
| 3638 #endif | |
| 3639 || (*src == '~' && at_start)) | |
| 3640 { | |
| 3641 mustfree = FALSE; | |
| 3642 | |
| 3643 /* | |
| 3644 * The variable name is copied into dst temporarily, because it may | |
| 3645 * be a string in read-only memory and a NUL needs to be appended. | |
| 3646 */ | |
| 3647 if (*src != '~') /* environment var */ | |
| 3648 { | |
| 3649 tail = src + 1; | |
| 3650 var = dst; | |
| 3651 c = dstlen - 1; | |
| 3652 | |
| 3653 #ifdef UNIX | |
| 3654 /* Unix has ${var-name} type environment vars */ | |
| 3655 if (*tail == '{' && !vim_isIDc('{')) | |
| 3656 { | |
| 3657 tail++; /* ignore '{' */ | |
| 3658 while (c-- > 0 && *tail && *tail != '}') | |
| 3659 *var++ = *tail++; | |
| 3660 } | |
| 3661 else | |
| 3662 #endif | |
| 3663 { | |
| 3664 while (c-- > 0 && *tail != NUL && ((vim_isIDc(*tail)) | |
| 3665 #if defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN) || defined(OS2) | |
| 3666 || (*src == '%' && *tail != '%') | |
| 3667 #endif | |
| 3668 )) | |
| 3669 { | |
| 3670 #ifdef OS2 /* env vars only in uppercase */ | |
| 3671 *var++ = TOUPPER_LOC(*tail); | |
| 3672 tail++; /* toupper() may be a macro! */ | |
| 3673 #else | |
| 3674 *var++ = *tail++; | |
| 3675 #endif | |
| 3676 } | |
| 3677 } | |
| 3678 | |
| 3679 #if defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN) || defined(OS2) || defined(UNIX) | |
| 3680 # ifdef UNIX | |
| 3681 if (src[1] == '{' && *tail != '}') | |
| 3682 # else | |
| 3683 if (*src == '%' && *tail != '%') | |
| 3684 # endif | |
| 3685 var = NULL; | |
| 3686 else | |
| 3687 { | |
| 3688 # ifdef UNIX | |
| 3689 if (src[1] == '{') | |
| 3690 # else | |
| 3691 if (*src == '%') | |
| 3692 #endif | |
| 3693 ++tail; | |
| 3694 #endif | |
| 3695 *var = NUL; | |
| 3696 var = vim_getenv(dst, &mustfree); | |
| 3697 #if defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN) || defined(OS2) || defined(UNIX) | |
| 3698 } | |
| 3699 #endif | |
| 3700 } | |
| 3701 /* home directory */ | |
| 3702 else if ( src[1] == NUL | |
| 3703 || vim_ispathsep(src[1]) | |
| 3704 || vim_strchr((char_u *)" ,\t\n", src[1]) != NULL) | |
| 3705 { | |
| 3706 var = homedir; | |
| 3707 tail = src + 1; | |
| 3708 } | |
| 3709 else /* user directory */ | |
| 3710 { | |
| 3711 #if defined(UNIX) || (defined(VMS) && defined(USER_HOME)) | |
| 3712 /* | |
| 3713 * Copy ~user to dst[], so we can put a NUL after it. | |
| 3714 */ | |
| 3715 tail = src; | |
| 3716 var = dst; | |
| 3717 c = dstlen - 1; | |
| 3718 while ( c-- > 0 | |
| 3719 && *tail | |
| 3720 && vim_isfilec(*tail) | |
| 3721 && !vim_ispathsep(*tail)) | |
| 3722 *var++ = *tail++; | |
| 3723 *var = NUL; | |
| 3724 # ifdef UNIX | |
| 3725 /* | |
| 3726 * If the system supports getpwnam(), use it. | |
| 3727 * Otherwise, or if getpwnam() fails, the shell is used to | |
| 3728 * expand ~user. This is slower and may fail if the shell | |
| 3729 * does not support ~user (old versions of /bin/sh). | |
| 3730 */ | |
| 3731 # if defined(HAVE_GETPWNAM) && defined(HAVE_PWD_H) | |
| 3732 { | |
| 3733 struct passwd *pw; | |
| 3734 | |
| 626 | 3735 /* Note: memory allocated by getpwnam() is never freed. |
| 3736 * Calling endpwent() apparently doesn't help. */ | |
| 7 | 3737 pw = getpwnam((char *)dst + 1); |
| 3738 if (pw != NULL) | |
| 3739 var = (char_u *)pw->pw_dir; | |
| 3740 else | |
| 3741 var = NULL; | |
| 3742 } | |
| 3743 if (var == NULL) | |
| 3744 # endif | |
| 3745 { | |
| 3746 expand_T xpc; | |
| 3747 | |
| 3748 ExpandInit(&xpc); | |
| 3749 xpc.xp_context = EXPAND_FILES; | |
| 3750 var = ExpandOne(&xpc, dst, NULL, | |
| 3751 WILD_ADD_SLASH|WILD_SILENT, WILD_EXPAND_FREE); | |
| 3752 mustfree = TRUE; | |
| 3753 } | |
| 3754 | |
| 3755 # else /* !UNIX, thus VMS */ | |
| 3756 /* | |
| 3757 * USER_HOME is a comma-separated list of | |
| 3758 * directories to search for the user account in. | |
| 3759 */ | |
| 3760 { | |
| 3761 char_u test[MAXPATHL], paths[MAXPATHL]; | |
| 3762 char_u *path, *next_path, *ptr; | |
| 3763 struct stat st; | |
| 3764 | |
| 3765 STRCPY(paths, USER_HOME); | |
| 3766 next_path = paths; | |
| 3767 while (*next_path) | |
| 3768 { | |
| 3769 for (path = next_path; *next_path && *next_path != ','; | |
| 3770 next_path++); | |
| 3771 if (*next_path) | |
| 3772 *next_path++ = NUL; | |
| 3773 STRCPY(test, path); | |
| 3774 STRCAT(test, "/"); | |
| 3775 STRCAT(test, dst + 1); | |
| 3776 if (mch_stat(test, &st) == 0) | |
| 3777 { | |
| 3778 var = alloc(STRLEN(test) + 1); | |
| 3779 STRCPY(var, test); | |
| 3780 mustfree = TRUE; | |
| 3781 break; | |
| 3782 } | |
| 3783 } | |
| 3784 } | |
| 3785 # endif /* UNIX */ | |
| 3786 #else | |
| 3787 /* cannot expand user's home directory, so don't try */ | |
| 3788 var = NULL; | |
| 3789 tail = (char_u *)""; /* for gcc */ | |
| 3790 #endif /* UNIX || VMS */ | |
| 3791 } | |
| 3792 | |
| 3793 #ifdef BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME | |
| 3794 /* If 'shellslash' is set change backslashes to forward slashes. | |
| 3795 * Can't use slash_adjust(), p_ssl may be set temporarily. */ | |
| 3796 if (p_ssl && var != NULL && vim_strchr(var, '\\') != NULL) | |
| 3797 { | |
| 3798 char_u *p = vim_strsave(var); | |
| 3799 | |
| 3800 if (p != NULL) | |
| 3801 { | |
| 3802 if (mustfree) | |
| 3803 vim_free(var); | |
| 3804 var = p; | |
| 3805 mustfree = TRUE; | |
| 3806 forward_slash(var); | |
| 3807 } | |
| 3808 } | |
| 3809 #endif | |
| 3810 | |
| 3811 /* If "var" contains white space, escape it with a backslash. | |
| 3812 * Required for ":e ~/tt" when $HOME includes a space. */ | |
| 3813 if (esc && var != NULL && vim_strpbrk(var, (char_u *)" \t") != NULL) | |
| 3814 { | |
| 3815 char_u *p = vim_strsave_escaped(var, (char_u *)" \t"); | |
| 3816 | |
| 3817 if (p != NULL) | |
| 3818 { | |
| 3819 if (mustfree) | |
| 3820 vim_free(var); | |
| 3821 var = p; | |
| 3822 mustfree = TRUE; | |
| 3823 } | |
| 3824 } | |
| 3825 | |
| 3826 if (var != NULL && *var != NUL | |
| 3827 && (STRLEN(var) + STRLEN(tail) + 1 < (unsigned)dstlen)) | |
| 3828 { | |
| 3829 STRCPY(dst, var); | |
| 3830 dstlen -= (int)STRLEN(var); | |
| 835 | 3831 c = (int)STRLEN(var); |
| 7 | 3832 /* if var[] ends in a path separator and tail[] starts |
| 3833 * with it, skip a character */ | |
| 39 | 3834 if (*var != NUL && after_pathsep(dst, dst + c) |
| 7 | 3835 #if defined(BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME) || defined(AMIGA) |
| 3836 && dst[-1] != ':' | |
| 3837 #endif | |
| 3838 && vim_ispathsep(*tail)) | |
| 3839 ++tail; | |
| 39 | 3840 dst += c; |
| 7 | 3841 src = tail; |
| 3842 copy_char = FALSE; | |
| 3843 } | |
| 3844 if (mustfree) | |
| 3845 vim_free(var); | |
| 3846 } | |
| 3847 | |
| 3848 if (copy_char) /* copy at least one char */ | |
| 3849 { | |
| 3850 /* | |
| 1224 | 3851 * Recognize the start of a new name, for '~'. |
| 1408 | 3852 * Don't do this when "one" is TRUE, to avoid expanding "~" in |
| 3853 * ":edit foo ~ foo". | |
| 7 | 3854 */ |
| 3855 at_start = FALSE; | |
| 3856 if (src[0] == '\\' && src[1] != NUL) | |
| 3857 { | |
| 3858 *dst++ = *src++; | |
| 3859 --dstlen; | |
| 3860 } | |
| 1408 | 3861 else if ((src[0] == ' ' || src[0] == ',') && !one) |
| 7 | 3862 at_start = TRUE; |
| 3863 *dst++ = *src++; | |
| 3864 --dstlen; | |
| 374 | 3865 |
| 3866 if (startstr != NULL && src - startstr_len >= srcp | |
| 3867 && STRNCMP(src - startstr_len, startstr, startstr_len) == 0) | |
| 3868 at_start = TRUE; | |
| 7 | 3869 } |
| 3870 } | |
| 3871 *dst = NUL; | |
| 3872 } | |
| 3873 | |
| 3874 /* | |
| 3875 * Vim's version of getenv(). | |
| 3876 * Special handling of $HOME, $VIM and $VIMRUNTIME. | |
| 196 | 3877 * Also does ACP to 'enc' conversion for Win32. |
| 7 | 3878 */ |
| 3879 char_u * | |
| 3880 vim_getenv(name, mustfree) | |
| 3881 char_u *name; | |
| 3882 int *mustfree; /* set to TRUE when returned is allocated */ | |
| 3883 { | |
| 3884 char_u *p; | |
| 3885 char_u *pend; | |
| 3886 int vimruntime; | |
| 3887 | |
| 3888 #if defined(OS2) || defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN) | |
| 3889 /* use "C:/" when $HOME is not set */ | |
| 3890 if (STRCMP(name, "HOME") == 0) | |
| 3891 return homedir; | |
| 3892 #endif | |
| 3893 | |
| 3894 p = mch_getenv(name); | |
| 3895 if (p != NULL && *p == NUL) /* empty is the same as not set */ | |
| 3896 p = NULL; | |
| 3897 | |
| 3898 if (p != NULL) | |
| 170 | 3899 { |
| 3900 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) && defined(WIN3264) | |
| 3901 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 3902 { | |
| 3903 int len; | |
| 3904 char_u *pp; | |
| 3905 | |
| 3906 /* Convert from active codepage to UTF-8. Other conversions are | |
| 3907 * not done, because they would fail for non-ASCII characters. */ | |
| 835 | 3908 acp_to_enc(p, (int)STRLEN(p), &pp, &len); |
| 170 | 3909 if (pp != NULL) |
| 3910 { | |
| 3911 p = pp; | |
| 3912 *mustfree = TRUE; | |
| 3913 } | |
| 3914 } | |
| 3915 #endif | |
| 7 | 3916 return p; |
| 170 | 3917 } |
| 7 | 3918 |
| 3919 vimruntime = (STRCMP(name, "VIMRUNTIME") == 0); | |
| 3920 if (!vimruntime && STRCMP(name, "VIM") != 0) | |
| 3921 return NULL; | |
| 3922 | |
| 3923 /* | |
| 3924 * When expanding $VIMRUNTIME fails, try using $VIM/vim<version> or $VIM. | |
| 3925 * Don't do this when default_vimruntime_dir is non-empty. | |
| 3926 */ | |
| 3927 if (vimruntime | |
| 3928 #ifdef HAVE_PATHDEF | |
| 3929 && *default_vimruntime_dir == NUL | |
| 3930 #endif | |
| 3931 ) | |
| 3932 { | |
| 3933 p = mch_getenv((char_u *)"VIM"); | |
| 3934 if (p != NULL && *p == NUL) /* empty is the same as not set */ | |
| 3935 p = NULL; | |
| 3936 if (p != NULL) | |
| 3937 { | |
| 3938 p = vim_version_dir(p); | |
| 3939 if (p != NULL) | |
| 3940 *mustfree = TRUE; | |
| 3941 else | |
| 3942 p = mch_getenv((char_u *)"VIM"); | |
| 170 | 3943 |
| 3944 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) && defined(WIN3264) | |
| 3945 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 3946 { | |
| 3947 int len; | |
| 3948 char_u *pp; | |
| 3949 | |
| 3950 /* Convert from active codepage to UTF-8. Other conversions | |
| 3951 * are not done, because they would fail for non-ASCII | |
| 3952 * characters. */ | |
| 835 | 3953 acp_to_enc(p, (int)STRLEN(p), &pp, &len); |
| 170 | 3954 if (pp != NULL) |
| 3955 { | |
| 3956 if (mustfree) | |
| 3957 vim_free(p); | |
| 3958 p = pp; | |
| 3959 *mustfree = TRUE; | |
| 3960 } | |
| 3961 } | |
| 3962 #endif | |
| 7 | 3963 } |
| 3964 } | |
| 3965 | |
| 3966 /* | |
| 3967 * When expanding $VIM or $VIMRUNTIME fails, try using: | |
| 3968 * - the directory name from 'helpfile' (unless it contains '$') | |
| 3969 * - the executable name from argv[0] | |
| 3970 */ | |
| 3971 if (p == NULL) | |
| 3972 { | |
| 3973 if (p_hf != NULL && vim_strchr(p_hf, '$') == NULL) | |
| 3974 p = p_hf; | |
| 3975 #ifdef USE_EXE_NAME | |
| 3976 /* | |
| 3977 * Use the name of the executable, obtained from argv[0]. | |
| 3978 */ | |
| 3979 else | |
| 3980 p = exe_name; | |
| 3981 #endif | |
| 3982 if (p != NULL) | |
| 3983 { | |
| 3984 /* remove the file name */ | |
| 3985 pend = gettail(p); | |
| 3986 | |
| 3987 /* remove "doc/" from 'helpfile', if present */ | |
| 3988 if (p == p_hf) | |
| 3989 pend = remove_tail(p, pend, (char_u *)"doc"); | |
| 3990 | |
| 3991 #ifdef USE_EXE_NAME | |
| 3992 # ifdef MACOS_X | |
| 768 | 3993 /* remove "MacOS" from exe_name and add "Resources/vim" */ |
| 7 | 3994 if (p == exe_name) |
| 3995 { | |
| 3996 char_u *pend1; | |
| 768 | 3997 char_u *pnew; |
| 3998 | |
| 3999 pend1 = remove_tail(p, pend, (char_u *)"MacOS"); | |
| 4000 if (pend1 != pend) | |
| 4001 { | |
| 4002 pnew = alloc((unsigned)(pend1 - p) + 15); | |
| 4003 if (pnew != NULL) | |
| 4004 { | |
| 4005 STRNCPY(pnew, p, (pend1 - p)); | |
| 4006 STRCPY(pnew + (pend1 - p), "Resources/vim"); | |
| 4007 p = pnew; | |
| 4008 pend = p + STRLEN(p); | |
| 4009 } | |
| 4010 } | |
| 7 | 4011 } |
| 4012 # endif | |
| 4013 /* remove "src/" from exe_name, if present */ | |
| 4014 if (p == exe_name) | |
| 4015 pend = remove_tail(p, pend, (char_u *)"src"); | |
| 4016 #endif | |
| 4017 | |
| 4018 /* for $VIM, remove "runtime/" or "vim54/", if present */ | |
| 4019 if (!vimruntime) | |
| 4020 { | |
| 4021 pend = remove_tail(p, pend, (char_u *)RUNTIME_DIRNAME); | |
| 4022 pend = remove_tail(p, pend, (char_u *)VIM_VERSION_NODOT); | |
| 4023 } | |
| 4024 | |
| 4025 /* remove trailing path separator */ | |
| 4026 #ifndef MACOS_CLASSIC | |
| 4027 /* With MacOS path (with colons) the final colon is required */ | |
| 1532 | 4028 /* to avoid confusion between absolute and relative path */ |
| 39 | 4029 if (pend > p && after_pathsep(p, pend)) |
| 7 | 4030 --pend; |
| 4031 #endif | |
| 4032 | |
| 768 | 4033 #ifdef MACOS_X |
| 4034 if (p == exe_name || p == p_hf) | |
| 4035 #endif | |
| 4036 /* check that the result is a directory name */ | |
| 4037 p = vim_strnsave(p, (int)(pend - p)); | |
| 7 | 4038 |
| 4039 if (p != NULL && !mch_isdir(p)) | |
| 4040 { | |
| 4041 vim_free(p); | |
| 4042 p = NULL; | |
| 4043 } | |
| 4044 else | |
| 4045 { | |
| 4046 #ifdef USE_EXE_NAME | |
| 4047 /* may add "/vim54" or "/runtime" if it exists */ | |
| 4048 if (vimruntime && (pend = vim_version_dir(p)) != NULL) | |
| 4049 { | |
| 4050 vim_free(p); | |
| 4051 p = pend; | |
| 4052 } | |
| 4053 #endif | |
| 4054 *mustfree = TRUE; | |
| 4055 } | |
| 4056 } | |
| 4057 } | |
| 4058 | |
| 4059 #ifdef HAVE_PATHDEF | |
| 4060 /* When there is a pathdef.c file we can use default_vim_dir and | |
| 4061 * default_vimruntime_dir */ | |
| 4062 if (p == NULL) | |
| 4063 { | |
| 4064 /* Only use default_vimruntime_dir when it is not empty */ | |
| 4065 if (vimruntime && *default_vimruntime_dir != NUL) | |
| 4066 { | |
| 4067 p = default_vimruntime_dir; | |
| 4068 *mustfree = FALSE; | |
| 4069 } | |
| 4070 else if (*default_vim_dir != NUL) | |
| 4071 { | |
| 4072 if (vimruntime && (p = vim_version_dir(default_vim_dir)) != NULL) | |
| 4073 *mustfree = TRUE; | |
| 4074 else | |
| 4075 { | |
| 4076 p = default_vim_dir; | |
| 4077 *mustfree = FALSE; | |
| 4078 } | |
| 4079 } | |
| 4080 } | |
| 4081 #endif | |
| 4082 | |
| 4083 /* | |
| 4084 * Set the environment variable, so that the new value can be found fast | |
| 4085 * next time, and others can also use it (e.g. Perl). | |
| 4086 */ | |
| 4087 if (p != NULL) | |
| 4088 { | |
| 4089 if (vimruntime) | |
| 4090 { | |
| 4091 vim_setenv((char_u *)"VIMRUNTIME", p); | |
| 4092 didset_vimruntime = TRUE; | |
| 4093 #ifdef FEAT_GETTEXT | |
| 4094 { | |
| 115 | 4095 char_u *buf = concat_str(p, (char_u *)"/lang"); |
| 7 | 4096 |
| 4097 if (buf != NULL) | |
| 4098 { | |
| 4099 bindtextdomain(VIMPACKAGE, (char *)buf); | |
| 4100 vim_free(buf); | |
| 4101 } | |
| 4102 } | |
| 4103 #endif | |
| 4104 } | |
| 4105 else | |
| 4106 { | |
| 4107 vim_setenv((char_u *)"VIM", p); | |
| 4108 didset_vim = TRUE; | |
| 4109 } | |
| 4110 } | |
| 4111 return p; | |
| 4112 } | |
| 4113 | |
| 4114 /* | |
| 4115 * Check if the directory "vimdir/<version>" or "vimdir/runtime" exists. | |
| 4116 * Return NULL if not, return its name in allocated memory otherwise. | |
| 4117 */ | |
| 4118 static char_u * | |
| 4119 vim_version_dir(vimdir) | |
| 4120 char_u *vimdir; | |
| 4121 { | |
| 4122 char_u *p; | |
| 4123 | |
| 4124 if (vimdir == NULL || *vimdir == NUL) | |
| 4125 return NULL; | |
| 4126 p = concat_fnames(vimdir, (char_u *)VIM_VERSION_NODOT, TRUE); | |
| 4127 if (p != NULL && mch_isdir(p)) | |
| 4128 return p; | |
| 4129 vim_free(p); | |
| 4130 p = concat_fnames(vimdir, (char_u *)RUNTIME_DIRNAME, TRUE); | |
| 4131 if (p != NULL && mch_isdir(p)) | |
| 4132 return p; | |
| 4133 vim_free(p); | |
| 4134 return NULL; | |
| 4135 } | |
| 4136 | |
| 4137 /* | |
| 4138 * If the string between "p" and "pend" ends in "name/", return "pend" minus | |
| 4139 * the length of "name/". Otherwise return "pend". | |
| 4140 */ | |
| 4141 static char_u * | |
| 4142 remove_tail(p, pend, name) | |
| 4143 char_u *p; | |
| 4144 char_u *pend; | |
| 4145 char_u *name; | |
| 4146 { | |
| 4147 int len = (int)STRLEN(name) + 1; | |
| 4148 char_u *newend = pend - len; | |
| 4149 | |
| 4150 if (newend >= p | |
| 4151 && fnamencmp(newend, name, len - 1) == 0 | |
| 39 | 4152 && (newend == p || after_pathsep(p, newend))) |
| 7 | 4153 return newend; |
| 4154 return pend; | |
| 4155 } | |
| 4156 | |
| 4157 /* | |
| 4158 * Our portable version of setenv. | |
| 4159 */ | |
| 4160 void | |
| 4161 vim_setenv(name, val) | |
| 4162 char_u *name; | |
| 4163 char_u *val; | |
| 4164 { | |
| 4165 #ifdef HAVE_SETENV | |
| 4166 mch_setenv((char *)name, (char *)val, 1); | |
| 4167 #else | |
| 4168 char_u *envbuf; | |
| 4169 | |
| 4170 /* | |
| 4171 * Putenv does not copy the string, it has to remain | |
| 4172 * valid. The allocated memory will never be freed. | |
| 4173 */ | |
| 4174 envbuf = alloc((unsigned)(STRLEN(name) + STRLEN(val) + 2)); | |
| 4175 if (envbuf != NULL) | |
| 4176 { | |
| 4177 sprintf((char *)envbuf, "%s=%s", name, val); | |
| 4178 putenv((char *)envbuf); | |
| 4179 } | |
| 4180 #endif | |
| 4181 } | |
| 4182 | |
| 4183 #if defined(FEAT_CMDL_COMPL) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 4184 /* | |
| 4185 * Function given to ExpandGeneric() to obtain an environment variable name. | |
| 4186 */ | |
| 4187 char_u * | |
| 4188 get_env_name(xp, idx) | |
| 1883 | 4189 expand_T *xp UNUSED; |
| 7 | 4190 int idx; |
| 4191 { | |
| 4192 # if defined(AMIGA) || defined(__MRC__) || defined(__SC__) | |
| 4193 /* | |
| 4194 * No environ[] on the Amiga and on the Mac (using MPW). | |
| 4195 */ | |
| 4196 return NULL; | |
| 4197 # else | |
| 4198 # ifndef __WIN32__ | |
| 4199 /* Borland C++ 5.2 has this in a header file. */ | |
| 4200 extern char **environ; | |
| 4201 # endif | |
| 17 | 4202 # define ENVNAMELEN 100 |
| 4203 static char_u name[ENVNAMELEN]; | |
| 7 | 4204 char_u *str; |
| 4205 int n; | |
| 4206 | |
| 4207 str = (char_u *)environ[idx]; | |
| 4208 if (str == NULL) | |
| 4209 return NULL; | |
| 4210 | |
| 17 | 4211 for (n = 0; n < ENVNAMELEN - 1; ++n) |
| 7 | 4212 { |
| 4213 if (str[n] == '=' || str[n] == NUL) | |
| 4214 break; | |
| 4215 name[n] = str[n]; | |
| 4216 } | |
| 4217 name[n] = NUL; | |
| 4218 return name; | |
| 4219 # endif | |
| 4220 } | |
| 4221 #endif | |
| 4222 | |
| 4223 /* | |
| 4224 * Replace home directory by "~" in each space or comma separated file name in | |
| 4225 * 'src'. | |
| 4226 * If anything fails (except when out of space) dst equals src. | |
| 4227 */ | |
| 4228 void | |
| 4229 home_replace(buf, src, dst, dstlen, one) | |
| 4230 buf_T *buf; /* when not NULL, check for help files */ | |
| 4231 char_u *src; /* input file name */ | |
| 4232 char_u *dst; /* where to put the result */ | |
| 4233 int dstlen; /* maximum length of the result */ | |
| 4234 int one; /* if TRUE, only replace one file name, include | |
| 4235 spaces and commas in the file name. */ | |
| 4236 { | |
| 4237 size_t dirlen = 0, envlen = 0; | |
| 4238 size_t len; | |
| 4239 char_u *homedir_env; | |
| 4240 char_u *p; | |
| 4241 | |
| 4242 if (src == NULL) | |
| 4243 { | |
| 4244 *dst = NUL; | |
| 4245 return; | |
| 4246 } | |
| 4247 | |
| 4248 /* | |
| 4249 * If the file is a help file, remove the path completely. | |
| 4250 */ | |
| 4251 if (buf != NULL && buf->b_help) | |
| 4252 { | |
| 4253 STRCPY(dst, gettail(src)); | |
| 4254 return; | |
| 4255 } | |
| 4256 | |
| 4257 /* | |
| 4258 * We check both the value of the $HOME environment variable and the | |
| 4259 * "real" home directory. | |
| 4260 */ | |
| 4261 if (homedir != NULL) | |
| 4262 dirlen = STRLEN(homedir); | |
| 4263 | |
| 4264 #ifdef VMS | |
| 4265 homedir_env = mch_getenv((char_u *)"SYS$LOGIN"); | |
| 4266 #else | |
| 4267 homedir_env = mch_getenv((char_u *)"HOME"); | |
| 4268 #endif | |
| 4269 | |
| 4270 if (homedir_env != NULL && *homedir_env == NUL) | |
| 4271 homedir_env = NULL; | |
| 4272 if (homedir_env != NULL) | |
| 4273 envlen = STRLEN(homedir_env); | |
| 4274 | |
| 4275 if (!one) | |
| 4276 src = skipwhite(src); | |
| 4277 while (*src && dstlen > 0) | |
| 4278 { | |
| 4279 /* | |
| 4280 * Here we are at the beginning of a file name. | |
| 4281 * First, check to see if the beginning of the file name matches | |
| 4282 * $HOME or the "real" home directory. Check that there is a '/' | |
| 4283 * after the match (so that if e.g. the file is "/home/pieter/bla", | |
| 4284 * and the home directory is "/home/piet", the file does not end up | |
| 4285 * as "~er/bla" (which would seem to indicate the file "bla" in user | |
| 4286 * er's home directory)). | |
| 4287 */ | |
| 4288 p = homedir; | |
| 4289 len = dirlen; | |
| 4290 for (;;) | |
| 4291 { | |
| 4292 if ( len | |
| 4293 && fnamencmp(src, p, len) == 0 | |
| 4294 && (vim_ispathsep(src[len]) | |
| 4295 || (!one && (src[len] == ',' || src[len] == ' ')) | |
| 4296 || src[len] == NUL)) | |
| 4297 { | |
| 4298 src += len; | |
| 4299 if (--dstlen > 0) | |
| 4300 *dst++ = '~'; | |
| 4301 | |
| 4302 /* | |
| 4303 * If it's just the home directory, add "/". | |
| 4304 */ | |
| 4305 if (!vim_ispathsep(src[0]) && --dstlen > 0) | |
| 4306 *dst++ = '/'; | |
| 4307 break; | |
| 4308 } | |
| 4309 if (p == homedir_env) | |
| 4310 break; | |
| 4311 p = homedir_env; | |
| 4312 len = envlen; | |
| 4313 } | |
| 4314 | |
| 4315 /* if (!one) skip to separator: space or comma */ | |
| 4316 while (*src && (one || (*src != ',' && *src != ' ')) && --dstlen > 0) | |
| 4317 *dst++ = *src++; | |
| 4318 /* skip separator */ | |
| 4319 while ((*src == ' ' || *src == ',') && --dstlen > 0) | |
| 4320 *dst++ = *src++; | |
| 4321 } | |
| 4322 /* if (dstlen == 0) out of space, what to do??? */ | |
| 4323 | |
| 4324 *dst = NUL; | |
| 4325 } | |
| 4326 | |
| 4327 /* | |
| 4328 * Like home_replace, store the replaced string in allocated memory. | |
| 4329 * When something fails, NULL is returned. | |
| 4330 */ | |
| 4331 char_u * | |
| 4332 home_replace_save(buf, src) | |
| 4333 buf_T *buf; /* when not NULL, check for help files */ | |
| 4334 char_u *src; /* input file name */ | |
| 4335 { | |
| 4336 char_u *dst; | |
| 4337 unsigned len; | |
| 4338 | |
| 4339 len = 3; /* space for "~/" and trailing NUL */ | |
| 4340 if (src != NULL) /* just in case */ | |
| 4341 len += (unsigned)STRLEN(src); | |
| 4342 dst = alloc(len); | |
| 4343 if (dst != NULL) | |
| 4344 home_replace(buf, src, dst, len, TRUE); | |
| 4345 return dst; | |
| 4346 } | |
| 4347 | |
| 4348 /* | |
| 4349 * Compare two file names and return: | |
| 4350 * FPC_SAME if they both exist and are the same file. | |
| 4351 * FPC_SAMEX if they both don't exist and have the same file name. | |
| 4352 * FPC_DIFF if they both exist and are different files. | |
| 4353 * FPC_NOTX if they both don't exist. | |
| 4354 * FPC_DIFFX if one of them doesn't exist. | |
| 4355 * For the first name environment variables are expanded | |
| 4356 */ | |
| 4357 int | |
| 4358 fullpathcmp(s1, s2, checkname) | |
| 4359 char_u *s1, *s2; | |
| 4360 int checkname; /* when both don't exist, check file names */ | |
| 4361 { | |
| 4362 #ifdef UNIX | |
| 4363 char_u exp1[MAXPATHL]; | |
| 4364 char_u full1[MAXPATHL]; | |
| 4365 char_u full2[MAXPATHL]; | |
| 4366 struct stat st1, st2; | |
| 4367 int r1, r2; | |
| 4368 | |
| 4369 expand_env(s1, exp1, MAXPATHL); | |
| 4370 r1 = mch_stat((char *)exp1, &st1); | |
| 4371 r2 = mch_stat((char *)s2, &st2); | |
| 4372 if (r1 != 0 && r2 != 0) | |
| 4373 { | |
| 4374 /* if mch_stat() doesn't work, may compare the names */ | |
| 4375 if (checkname) | |
| 4376 { | |
| 4377 if (fnamecmp(exp1, s2) == 0) | |
| 4378 return FPC_SAMEX; | |
| 4379 r1 = vim_FullName(exp1, full1, MAXPATHL, FALSE); | |
| 4380 r2 = vim_FullName(s2, full2, MAXPATHL, FALSE); | |
| 4381 if (r1 == OK && r2 == OK && fnamecmp(full1, full2) == 0) | |
| 4382 return FPC_SAMEX; | |
| 4383 } | |
| 4384 return FPC_NOTX; | |
| 4385 } | |
| 4386 if (r1 != 0 || r2 != 0) | |
| 4387 return FPC_DIFFX; | |
| 4388 if (st1.st_dev == st2.st_dev && st1.st_ino == st2.st_ino) | |
| 4389 return FPC_SAME; | |
| 4390 return FPC_DIFF; | |
| 4391 #else | |
| 4392 char_u *exp1; /* expanded s1 */ | |
| 4393 char_u *full1; /* full path of s1 */ | |
| 4394 char_u *full2; /* full path of s2 */ | |
| 4395 int retval = FPC_DIFF; | |
| 4396 int r1, r2; | |
| 4397 | |
| 4398 /* allocate one buffer to store three paths (alloc()/free() is slow!) */ | |
| 4399 if ((exp1 = alloc(MAXPATHL * 3)) != NULL) | |
| 4400 { | |
| 4401 full1 = exp1 + MAXPATHL; | |
| 4402 full2 = full1 + MAXPATHL; | |
| 4403 | |
| 4404 expand_env(s1, exp1, MAXPATHL); | |
| 4405 r1 = vim_FullName(exp1, full1, MAXPATHL, FALSE); | |
| 4406 r2 = vim_FullName(s2, full2, MAXPATHL, FALSE); | |
| 4407 | |
| 4408 /* If vim_FullName() fails, the file probably doesn't exist. */ | |
| 4409 if (r1 != OK && r2 != OK) | |
| 4410 { | |
| 4411 if (checkname && fnamecmp(exp1, s2) == 0) | |
| 4412 retval = FPC_SAMEX; | |
| 4413 else | |
| 4414 retval = FPC_NOTX; | |
| 4415 } | |
| 4416 else if (r1 != OK || r2 != OK) | |
| 4417 retval = FPC_DIFFX; | |
| 4418 else if (fnamecmp(full1, full2)) | |
| 4419 retval = FPC_DIFF; | |
| 4420 else | |
| 4421 retval = FPC_SAME; | |
| 4422 vim_free(exp1); | |
| 4423 } | |
| 4424 return retval; | |
| 4425 #endif | |
| 4426 } | |
| 4427 | |
| 4428 /* | |
| 10 | 4429 * Get the tail of a path: the file name. |
| 4430 * Fail safe: never returns NULL. | |
| 7 | 4431 */ |
| 4432 char_u * | |
| 4433 gettail(fname) | |
| 4434 char_u *fname; | |
| 4435 { | |
| 4436 char_u *p1, *p2; | |
| 4437 | |
| 4438 if (fname == NULL) | |
| 4439 return (char_u *)""; | |
| 4440 for (p1 = p2 = fname; *p2; ) /* find last part of path */ | |
| 4441 { | |
| 4442 if (vim_ispathsep(*p2)) | |
| 4443 p1 = p2 + 1; | |
| 39 | 4444 mb_ptr_adv(p2); |
| 7 | 4445 } |
| 4446 return p1; | |
| 4447 } | |
| 4448 | |
| 4449 /* | |
| 39 | 4450 * Get pointer to tail of "fname", including path separators. Putting a NUL |
| 4451 * here leaves the directory name. Takes care of "c:/" and "//". | |
| 4452 * Always returns a valid pointer. | |
| 4453 */ | |
| 4454 char_u * | |
| 4455 gettail_sep(fname) | |
| 4456 char_u *fname; | |
| 4457 { | |
| 4458 char_u *p; | |
| 4459 char_u *t; | |
| 4460 | |
| 4461 p = get_past_head(fname); /* don't remove the '/' from "c:/file" */ | |
| 4462 t = gettail(fname); | |
| 4463 while (t > p && after_pathsep(fname, t)) | |
| 4464 --t; | |
| 4465 #ifdef VMS | |
| 4466 /* path separator is part of the path */ | |
| 4467 ++t; | |
| 4468 #endif | |
| 4469 return t; | |
| 4470 } | |
| 4471 | |
| 4472 /* | |
| 7 | 4473 * get the next path component (just after the next path separator). |
| 4474 */ | |
| 4475 char_u * | |
| 4476 getnextcomp(fname) | |
| 4477 char_u *fname; | |
| 4478 { | |
| 4479 while (*fname && !vim_ispathsep(*fname)) | |
| 39 | 4480 mb_ptr_adv(fname); |
| 7 | 4481 if (*fname) |
| 4482 ++fname; | |
| 4483 return fname; | |
| 4484 } | |
| 4485 | |
| 4486 /* | |
| 4487 * Get a pointer to one character past the head of a path name. | |
| 4488 * Unix: after "/"; DOS: after "c:\"; Amiga: after "disk:/"; Mac: no head. | |
| 4489 * If there is no head, path is returned. | |
| 4490 */ | |
| 4491 char_u * | |
| 4492 get_past_head(path) | |
| 4493 char_u *path; | |
| 4494 { | |
| 4495 char_u *retval; | |
| 4496 | |
| 4497 #if defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN) || defined(OS2) | |
| 4498 /* may skip "c:" */ | |
| 4499 if (isalpha(path[0]) && path[1] == ':') | |
| 4500 retval = path + 2; | |
| 4501 else | |
| 4502 retval = path; | |
| 4503 #else | |
| 4504 # if defined(AMIGA) | |
| 4505 /* may skip "label:" */ | |
| 4506 retval = vim_strchr(path, ':'); | |
| 4507 if (retval == NULL) | |
| 4508 retval = path; | |
| 4509 # else /* Unix */ | |
| 4510 retval = path; | |
| 4511 # endif | |
| 4512 #endif | |
| 4513 | |
| 4514 while (vim_ispathsep(*retval)) | |
| 4515 ++retval; | |
| 4516 | |
| 4517 return retval; | |
| 4518 } | |
| 4519 | |
| 4520 /* | |
| 4521 * return TRUE if 'c' is a path separator. | |
| 4522 */ | |
| 4523 int | |
| 4524 vim_ispathsep(c) | |
| 4525 int c; | |
| 4526 { | |
| 4527 #ifdef RISCOS | |
| 4528 return (c == '.' || c == ':'); | |
| 4529 #else | |
| 4530 # ifdef UNIX | |
| 4531 return (c == '/'); /* UNIX has ':' inside file names */ | |
| 4532 # else | |
| 4533 # ifdef BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME | |
| 4534 return (c == ':' || c == '/' || c == '\\'); | |
| 4535 # else | |
| 4536 # ifdef VMS | |
| 4537 /* server"user passwd"::device:[full.path.name]fname.extension;version" */ | |
| 4538 return (c == ':' || c == '[' || c == ']' || c == '/' | |
| 4539 || c == '<' || c == '>' || c == '"' ); | |
| 720 | 4540 # else /* Amiga */ |
| 7 | 4541 return (c == ':' || c == '/'); |
| 4542 # endif /* VMS */ | |
| 4543 # endif | |
| 4544 # endif | |
| 4545 #endif /* RISC OS */ | |
| 4546 } | |
| 4547 | |
| 4548 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCHPATH) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 4549 /* | |
| 4550 * return TRUE if 'c' is a path list separator. | |
| 4551 */ | |
| 4552 int | |
| 4553 vim_ispathlistsep(c) | |
| 4554 int c; | |
| 4555 { | |
| 4556 #ifdef UNIX | |
| 4557 return (c == ':'); | |
| 4558 #else | |
| 1224 | 4559 return (c == ';'); /* might not be right for every system... */ |
| 7 | 4560 #endif |
| 4561 } | |
| 4562 #endif | |
| 4563 | |
| 819 | 4564 #if defined(FEAT_GUI_TABLINE) || defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) \ |
| 4565 || defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 4566 /* | |
| 4567 * Shorten the path of a file from "~/foo/../.bar/fname" to "~/f/../.b/fname" | |
| 4568 * It's done in-place. | |
| 4569 */ | |
| 4570 void | |
| 4571 shorten_dir(str) | |
| 4572 char_u *str; | |
| 4573 { | |
| 4574 char_u *tail, *s, *d; | |
| 4575 int skip = FALSE; | |
| 4576 | |
| 4577 tail = gettail(str); | |
| 4578 d = str; | |
| 4579 for (s = str; ; ++s) | |
| 4580 { | |
| 4581 if (s >= tail) /* copy the whole tail */ | |
| 4582 { | |
| 4583 *d++ = *s; | |
| 4584 if (*s == NUL) | |
| 4585 break; | |
| 4586 } | |
| 4587 else if (vim_ispathsep(*s)) /* copy '/' and next char */ | |
| 4588 { | |
| 4589 *d++ = *s; | |
| 4590 skip = FALSE; | |
| 4591 } | |
| 4592 else if (!skip) | |
| 4593 { | |
| 4594 *d++ = *s; /* copy next char */ | |
| 4595 if (*s != '~' && *s != '.') /* and leading "~" and "." */ | |
| 4596 skip = TRUE; | |
| 4597 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 4598 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 4599 { | |
| 4600 int l = mb_ptr2len(s); | |
| 4601 | |
| 4602 while (--l > 0) | |
| 927 | 4603 *d++ = *++s; |
| 819 | 4604 } |
| 4605 # endif | |
| 4606 } | |
| 4607 } | |
| 4608 } | |
| 4609 #endif | |
| 4610 | |
| 594 | 4611 /* |
| 4612 * Return TRUE if the directory of "fname" exists, FALSE otherwise. | |
| 4613 * Also returns TRUE if there is no directory name. | |
| 4614 * "fname" must be writable!. | |
| 4615 */ | |
| 4616 int | |
| 4617 dir_of_file_exists(fname) | |
| 4618 char_u *fname; | |
| 4619 { | |
| 4620 char_u *p; | |
| 4621 int c; | |
| 4622 int retval; | |
| 4623 | |
| 4624 p = gettail_sep(fname); | |
| 4625 if (p == fname) | |
| 4626 return TRUE; | |
| 4627 c = *p; | |
| 4628 *p = NUL; | |
| 4629 retval = mch_isdir(fname); | |
| 4630 *p = c; | |
| 4631 return retval; | |
| 4632 } | |
| 4633 | |
| 7 | 4634 #if (defined(CASE_INSENSITIVE_FILENAME) && defined(BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME)) \ |
| 4635 || defined(PROTO) | |
| 4636 /* | |
| 4637 * Versions of fnamecmp() and fnamencmp() that handle '/' and '\' equally. | |
| 4638 */ | |
| 4639 int | |
| 4640 vim_fnamecmp(x, y) | |
| 4641 char_u *x, *y; | |
| 4642 { | |
| 4643 return vim_fnamencmp(x, y, MAXPATHL); | |
| 4644 } | |
| 4645 | |
| 4646 int | |
| 4647 vim_fnamencmp(x, y, len) | |
| 4648 char_u *x, *y; | |
| 4649 size_t len; | |
| 4650 { | |
| 4651 while (len > 0 && *x && *y) | |
| 4652 { | |
| 4653 if (TOLOWER_LOC(*x) != TOLOWER_LOC(*y) | |
| 4654 && !(*x == '/' && *y == '\\') | |
| 4655 && !(*x == '\\' && *y == '/')) | |
| 4656 break; | |
| 4657 ++x; | |
| 4658 ++y; | |
| 4659 --len; | |
| 4660 } | |
| 4661 if (len == 0) | |
| 4662 return 0; | |
| 4663 return (*x - *y); | |
| 4664 } | |
| 4665 #endif | |
| 4666 | |
| 4667 /* | |
| 4668 * Concatenate file names fname1 and fname2 into allocated memory. | |
| 1224 | 4669 * Only add a '/' or '\\' when 'sep' is TRUE and it is necessary. |
| 7 | 4670 */ |
| 4671 char_u * | |
| 4672 concat_fnames(fname1, fname2, sep) | |
| 4673 char_u *fname1; | |
| 4674 char_u *fname2; | |
| 4675 int sep; | |
| 4676 { | |
| 4677 char_u *dest; | |
| 4678 | |
| 4679 dest = alloc((unsigned)(STRLEN(fname1) + STRLEN(fname2) + 3)); | |
| 4680 if (dest != NULL) | |
| 4681 { | |
| 4682 STRCPY(dest, fname1); | |
| 4683 if (sep) | |
| 4684 add_pathsep(dest); | |
| 4685 STRCAT(dest, fname2); | |
| 4686 } | |
| 4687 return dest; | |
| 4688 } | |
| 4689 | |
| 115 | 4690 /* |
| 4691 * Concatenate two strings and return the result in allocated memory. | |
| 4692 * Returns NULL when out of memory. | |
| 4693 */ | |
| 4694 char_u * | |
| 4695 concat_str(str1, str2) | |
| 4696 char_u *str1; | |
| 4697 char_u *str2; | |
| 4698 { | |
| 4699 char_u *dest; | |
| 4700 size_t l = STRLEN(str1); | |
| 4701 | |
| 4702 dest = alloc((unsigned)(l + STRLEN(str2) + 1L)); | |
| 4703 if (dest != NULL) | |
| 4704 { | |
| 4705 STRCPY(dest, str1); | |
| 4706 STRCPY(dest + l, str2); | |
| 4707 } | |
| 4708 return dest; | |
| 4709 } | |
| 4710 | |
| 7 | 4711 /* |
| 4712 * Add a path separator to a file name, unless it already ends in a path | |
| 4713 * separator. | |
| 4714 */ | |
| 4715 void | |
| 4716 add_pathsep(p) | |
| 4717 char_u *p; | |
| 4718 { | |
| 39 | 4719 if (*p != NUL && !after_pathsep(p, p + STRLEN(p))) |
| 7 | 4720 STRCAT(p, PATHSEPSTR); |
| 4721 } | |
| 4722 | |
| 4723 /* | |
| 4724 * FullName_save - Make an allocated copy of a full file name. | |
| 4725 * Returns NULL when out of memory. | |
| 4726 */ | |
| 4727 char_u * | |
| 4728 FullName_save(fname, force) | |
| 4729 char_u *fname; | |
| 4730 int force; /* force expansion, even when it already looks | |
| 4731 like a full path name */ | |
| 4732 { | |
| 4733 char_u *buf; | |
| 4734 char_u *new_fname = NULL; | |
| 4735 | |
| 4736 if (fname == NULL) | |
| 4737 return NULL; | |
| 4738 | |
| 4739 buf = alloc((unsigned)MAXPATHL); | |
| 4740 if (buf != NULL) | |
| 4741 { | |
| 4742 if (vim_FullName(fname, buf, MAXPATHL, force) != FAIL) | |
| 4743 new_fname = vim_strsave(buf); | |
| 4744 else | |
| 4745 new_fname = vim_strsave(fname); | |
| 4746 vim_free(buf); | |
| 4747 } | |
| 4748 return new_fname; | |
| 4749 } | |
| 4750 | |
| 4751 #if defined(FEAT_CINDENT) || defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) | |
| 4752 | |
| 4753 static char_u *skip_string __ARGS((char_u *p)); | |
| 4754 | |
| 4755 /* | |
| 4756 * Find the start of a comment, not knowing if we are in a comment right now. | |
| 4757 * Search starts at w_cursor.lnum and goes backwards. | |
| 4758 */ | |
| 4759 pos_T * | |
| 4760 find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment) /* XXX */ | |
| 4761 int ind_maxcomment; | |
| 4762 { | |
| 4763 pos_T *pos; | |
| 4764 char_u *line; | |
| 4765 char_u *p; | |
| 829 | 4766 int cur_maxcomment = ind_maxcomment; |
| 4767 | |
| 4768 for (;;) | |
| 4769 { | |
| 4770 pos = findmatchlimit(NULL, '*', FM_BACKWARD, cur_maxcomment); | |
| 4771 if (pos == NULL) | |
| 4772 break; | |
| 4773 | |
| 4774 /* | |
| 4775 * Check if the comment start we found is inside a string. | |
| 4776 * If it is then restrict the search to below this line and try again. | |
| 4777 */ | |
| 4778 line = ml_get(pos->lnum); | |
| 1883 | 4779 for (p = line; *p && (colnr_T)(p - line) < pos->col; ++p) |
| 829 | 4780 p = skip_string(p); |
| 1883 | 4781 if ((colnr_T)(p - line) <= pos->col) |
| 829 | 4782 break; |
| 4783 cur_maxcomment = curwin->w_cursor.lnum - pos->lnum - 1; | |
| 4784 if (cur_maxcomment <= 0) | |
| 4785 { | |
| 4786 pos = NULL; | |
| 4787 break; | |
| 4788 } | |
| 4789 } | |
| 7 | 4790 return pos; |
| 4791 } | |
| 4792 | |
| 4793 /* | |
| 4794 * Skip to the end of a "string" and a 'c' character. | |
| 4795 * If there is no string or character, return argument unmodified. | |
| 4796 */ | |
| 4797 static char_u * | |
| 4798 skip_string(p) | |
| 4799 char_u *p; | |
| 4800 { | |
| 4801 int i; | |
| 4802 | |
| 4803 /* | |
| 4804 * We loop, because strings may be concatenated: "date""time". | |
| 4805 */ | |
| 4806 for ( ; ; ++p) | |
| 4807 { | |
| 4808 if (p[0] == '\'') /* 'c' or '\n' or '\000' */ | |
| 4809 { | |
| 4810 if (!p[1]) /* ' at end of line */ | |
| 4811 break; | |
| 4812 i = 2; | |
| 4813 if (p[1] == '\\') /* '\n' or '\000' */ | |
| 4814 { | |
| 4815 ++i; | |
| 4816 while (vim_isdigit(p[i - 1])) /* '\000' */ | |
| 4817 ++i; | |
| 4818 } | |
| 4819 if (p[i] == '\'') /* check for trailing ' */ | |
| 4820 { | |
| 4821 p += i; | |
| 4822 continue; | |
| 4823 } | |
| 4824 } | |
| 4825 else if (p[0] == '"') /* start of string */ | |
| 4826 { | |
| 4827 for (++p; p[0]; ++p) | |
| 4828 { | |
| 4829 if (p[0] == '\\' && p[1] != NUL) | |
| 4830 ++p; | |
| 4831 else if (p[0] == '"') /* end of string */ | |
| 4832 break; | |
| 4833 } | |
| 4834 if (p[0] == '"') | |
| 4835 continue; | |
| 4836 } | |
| 4837 break; /* no string found */ | |
| 4838 } | |
| 4839 if (!*p) | |
| 4840 --p; /* backup from NUL */ | |
| 4841 return p; | |
| 4842 } | |
| 4843 #endif /* FEAT_CINDENT || FEAT_SYN_HL */ | |
| 4844 | |
| 4845 #if defined(FEAT_CINDENT) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 4846 | |
| 4847 /* | |
| 4848 * Do C or expression indenting on the current line. | |
| 4849 */ | |
| 4850 void | |
| 4851 do_c_expr_indent() | |
| 4852 { | |
| 4853 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL | |
| 4854 if (*curbuf->b_p_inde != NUL) | |
| 4855 fixthisline(get_expr_indent); | |
| 4856 else | |
| 4857 # endif | |
| 4858 fixthisline(get_c_indent); | |
| 4859 } | |
| 4860 | |
| 4861 /* | |
| 4862 * Functions for C-indenting. | |
| 4863 * Most of this originally comes from Eric Fischer. | |
| 4864 */ | |
| 4865 /* | |
| 4866 * Below "XXX" means that this function may unlock the current line. | |
| 4867 */ | |
| 4868 | |
| 4869 static char_u *cin_skipcomment __ARGS((char_u *)); | |
| 4870 static int cin_nocode __ARGS((char_u *)); | |
| 4871 static pos_T *find_line_comment __ARGS((void)); | |
| 4872 static int cin_islabel_skip __ARGS((char_u **)); | |
| 4873 static int cin_isdefault __ARGS((char_u *)); | |
| 4874 static char_u *after_label __ARGS((char_u *l)); | |
| 4875 static int get_indent_nolabel __ARGS((linenr_T lnum)); | |
| 4876 static int skip_label __ARGS((linenr_T, char_u **pp, int ind_maxcomment)); | |
| 4877 static int cin_first_id_amount __ARGS((void)); | |
| 4878 static int cin_get_equal_amount __ARGS((linenr_T lnum)); | |
| 4879 static int cin_ispreproc __ARGS((char_u *)); | |
| 4880 static int cin_ispreproc_cont __ARGS((char_u **pp, linenr_T *lnump)); | |
| 4881 static int cin_iscomment __ARGS((char_u *)); | |
| 4882 static int cin_islinecomment __ARGS((char_u *)); | |
| 4883 static int cin_isterminated __ARGS((char_u *, int, int)); | |
| 4884 static int cin_isinit __ARGS((void)); | |
| 4885 static int cin_isfuncdecl __ARGS((char_u **, linenr_T)); | |
| 4886 static int cin_isif __ARGS((char_u *)); | |
| 4887 static int cin_iselse __ARGS((char_u *)); | |
| 4888 static int cin_isdo __ARGS((char_u *)); | |
| 4889 static int cin_iswhileofdo __ARGS((char_u *, linenr_T, int)); | |
| 829 | 4890 static int cin_iswhileofdo_end __ARGS((int terminated, int ind_maxparen, int ind_maxcomment)); |
| 7 | 4891 static int cin_isbreak __ARGS((char_u *)); |
| 1336 | 4892 static int cin_is_cpp_baseclass __ARGS((colnr_T *col)); |
| 828 | 4893 static int get_baseclass_amount __ARGS((int col, int ind_maxparen, int ind_maxcomment, int ind_cpp_baseclass)); |
| 7 | 4894 static int cin_ends_in __ARGS((char_u *, char_u *, char_u *)); |
| 4895 static int cin_skip2pos __ARGS((pos_T *trypos)); | |
| 4896 static pos_T *find_start_brace __ARGS((int)); | |
| 4897 static pos_T *find_match_paren __ARGS((int, int)); | |
| 4898 static int corr_ind_maxparen __ARGS((int ind_maxparen, pos_T *startpos)); | |
| 4899 static int find_last_paren __ARGS((char_u *l, int start, int end)); | |
| 4900 static int find_match __ARGS((int lookfor, linenr_T ourscope, int ind_maxparen, int ind_maxcomment)); | |
| 4901 | |
| 1096 | 4902 static int ind_hash_comment = 0; /* # starts a comment */ |
| 4903 | |
| 7 | 4904 /* |
| 4905 * Skip over white space and C comments within the line. | |
| 1096 | 4906 * Also skip over Perl/shell comments if desired. |
| 7 | 4907 */ |
| 4908 static char_u * | |
| 4909 cin_skipcomment(s) | |
| 4910 char_u *s; | |
| 4911 { | |
| 4912 while (*s) | |
| 4913 { | |
| 1096 | 4914 char_u *prev_s = s; |
| 4915 | |
| 7 | 4916 s = skipwhite(s); |
| 1096 | 4917 |
| 4918 /* Perl/shell # comment comment continues until eol. Require a space | |
| 4919 * before # to avoid recognizing $#array. */ | |
| 4920 if (ind_hash_comment != 0 && s != prev_s && *s == '#') | |
| 4921 { | |
| 4922 s += STRLEN(s); | |
| 4923 break; | |
| 4924 } | |
| 7 | 4925 if (*s != '/') |
| 4926 break; | |
| 4927 ++s; | |
| 4928 if (*s == '/') /* slash-slash comment continues till eol */ | |
| 4929 { | |
| 4930 s += STRLEN(s); | |
| 4931 break; | |
| 4932 } | |
| 4933 if (*s != '*') | |
| 4934 break; | |
| 4935 for (++s; *s; ++s) /* skip slash-star comment */ | |
| 4936 if (s[0] == '*' && s[1] == '/') | |
| 4937 { | |
| 4938 s += 2; | |
| 4939 break; | |
| 4940 } | |
| 4941 } | |
| 4942 return s; | |
| 4943 } | |
| 4944 | |
| 4945 /* | |
| 4946 * Return TRUE if there there is no code at *s. White space and comments are | |
| 4947 * not considered code. | |
| 4948 */ | |
| 4949 static int | |
| 4950 cin_nocode(s) | |
| 4951 char_u *s; | |
| 4952 { | |
| 4953 return *cin_skipcomment(s) == NUL; | |
| 4954 } | |
| 4955 | |
| 4956 /* | |
| 4957 * Check previous lines for a "//" line comment, skipping over blank lines. | |
| 4958 */ | |
| 4959 static pos_T * | |
| 4960 find_line_comment() /* XXX */ | |
| 4961 { | |
| 4962 static pos_T pos; | |
| 4963 char_u *line; | |
| 4964 char_u *p; | |
| 4965 | |
| 4966 pos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 4967 while (--pos.lnum > 0) | |
| 4968 { | |
| 4969 line = ml_get(pos.lnum); | |
| 4970 p = skipwhite(line); | |
| 4971 if (cin_islinecomment(p)) | |
| 4972 { | |
| 4973 pos.col = (int)(p - line); | |
| 4974 return &pos; | |
| 4975 } | |
| 4976 if (*p != NUL) | |
| 4977 break; | |
| 4978 } | |
| 4979 return NULL; | |
| 4980 } | |
| 4981 | |
| 4982 /* | |
| 4983 * Check if string matches "label:"; move to character after ':' if true. | |
| 4984 */ | |
| 4985 static int | |
| 4986 cin_islabel_skip(s) | |
| 4987 char_u **s; | |
| 4988 { | |
| 4989 if (!vim_isIDc(**s)) /* need at least one ID character */ | |
| 4990 return FALSE; | |
| 4991 | |
| 4992 while (vim_isIDc(**s)) | |
| 4993 (*s)++; | |
| 4994 | |
| 4995 *s = cin_skipcomment(*s); | |
| 4996 | |
| 4997 /* "::" is not a label, it's C++ */ | |
| 4998 return (**s == ':' && *++*s != ':'); | |
| 4999 } | |
| 5000 | |
| 5001 /* | |
| 5002 * Recognize a label: "label:". | |
| 5003 * Note: curwin->w_cursor must be where we are looking for the label. | |
| 5004 */ | |
| 5005 int | |
| 5006 cin_islabel(ind_maxcomment) /* XXX */ | |
| 5007 int ind_maxcomment; | |
| 5008 { | |
| 5009 char_u *s; | |
| 5010 | |
| 5011 s = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline()); | |
| 5012 | |
| 5013 /* | |
| 5014 * Exclude "default" from labels, since it should be indented | |
| 5015 * like a switch label. Same for C++ scope declarations. | |
| 5016 */ | |
| 5017 if (cin_isdefault(s)) | |
| 5018 return FALSE; | |
| 5019 if (cin_isscopedecl(s)) | |
| 5020 return FALSE; | |
| 5021 | |
| 5022 if (cin_islabel_skip(&s)) | |
| 5023 { | |
| 5024 /* | |
| 5025 * Only accept a label if the previous line is terminated or is a case | |
| 5026 * label. | |
| 5027 */ | |
| 5028 pos_T cursor_save; | |
| 5029 pos_T *trypos; | |
| 5030 char_u *line; | |
| 5031 | |
| 5032 cursor_save = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 5033 while (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1) | |
| 5034 { | |
| 5035 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 5036 | |
| 5037 /* | |
| 5038 * If we're in a comment now, skip to the start of the comment. | |
| 5039 */ | |
| 5040 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; | |
| 5041 if ((trypos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL) /* XXX */ | |
| 5042 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos; | |
| 5043 | |
| 5044 line = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 5045 if (cin_ispreproc(line)) /* ignore #defines, #if, etc. */ | |
| 5046 continue; | |
| 5047 if (*(line = cin_skipcomment(line)) == NUL) | |
| 5048 continue; | |
| 5049 | |
| 5050 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save; | |
| 5051 if (cin_isterminated(line, TRUE, FALSE) | |
| 5052 || cin_isscopedecl(line) | |
|
2297
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5053 || cin_iscase(line, TRUE) |
| 7 | 5054 || (cin_islabel_skip(&line) && cin_nocode(line))) |
| 5055 return TRUE; | |
| 5056 return FALSE; | |
| 5057 } | |
| 5058 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save; | |
| 5059 return TRUE; /* label at start of file??? */ | |
| 5060 } | |
| 5061 return FALSE; | |
| 5062 } | |
| 5063 | |
| 5064 /* | |
| 5065 * Recognize structure initialization and enumerations. | |
| 5066 * Q&D-Implementation: | |
| 5067 * check for "=" at end or "[typedef] enum" at beginning of line. | |
| 5068 */ | |
| 5069 static int | |
| 5070 cin_isinit(void) | |
| 5071 { | |
| 5072 char_u *s; | |
| 5073 | |
| 5074 s = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline()); | |
| 5075 | |
| 5076 if (STRNCMP(s, "typedef", 7) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(s[7])) | |
| 5077 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 7); | |
| 5078 | |
| 5079 if (STRNCMP(s, "enum", 4) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(s[4])) | |
| 5080 return TRUE; | |
| 5081 | |
| 5082 if (cin_ends_in(s, (char_u *)"=", (char_u *)"{")) | |
| 5083 return TRUE; | |
| 5084 | |
| 5085 return FALSE; | |
| 5086 } | |
| 5087 | |
| 5088 /* | |
| 5089 * Recognize a switch label: "case .*:" or "default:". | |
| 5090 */ | |
| 5091 int | |
|
2297
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5092 cin_iscase(s, strict) |
| 7 | 5093 char_u *s; |
|
2297
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5094 int strict; /* Allow relaxed check of case statement for JS */ |
| 7 | 5095 { |
| 5096 s = cin_skipcomment(s); | |
| 5097 if (STRNCMP(s, "case", 4) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(s[4])) | |
| 5098 { | |
| 5099 for (s += 4; *s; ++s) | |
| 5100 { | |
| 5101 s = cin_skipcomment(s); | |
| 5102 if (*s == ':') | |
| 5103 { | |
| 5104 if (s[1] == ':') /* skip over "::" for C++ */ | |
| 5105 ++s; | |
| 5106 else | |
| 5107 return TRUE; | |
| 5108 } | |
| 5109 if (*s == '\'' && s[1] && s[2] == '\'') | |
|
2297
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5110 s += 2; /* skip over ':' */ |
| 7 | 5111 else if (*s == '/' && (s[1] == '*' || s[1] == '/')) |
| 5112 return FALSE; /* stop at comment */ | |
| 5113 else if (*s == '"') | |
|
2297
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5114 { |
|
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5115 /* JS etc. */ |
|
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5116 if (strict) |
|
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5117 return FALSE; /* stop at string */ |
|
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5118 else |
|
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5119 return TRUE; |
|
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5120 } |
| 7 | 5121 } |
| 5122 return FALSE; | |
| 5123 } | |
| 5124 | |
| 5125 if (cin_isdefault(s)) | |
| 5126 return TRUE; | |
| 5127 return FALSE; | |
| 5128 } | |
| 5129 | |
| 5130 /* | |
| 5131 * Recognize a "default" switch label. | |
| 5132 */ | |
| 5133 static int | |
| 5134 cin_isdefault(s) | |
| 5135 char_u *s; | |
| 5136 { | |
| 5137 return (STRNCMP(s, "default", 7) == 0 | |
| 5138 && *(s = cin_skipcomment(s + 7)) == ':' | |
| 5139 && s[1] != ':'); | |
| 5140 } | |
| 5141 | |
| 5142 /* | |
| 5143 * Recognize a "public/private/proctected" scope declaration label. | |
| 5144 */ | |
| 5145 int | |
| 5146 cin_isscopedecl(s) | |
| 5147 char_u *s; | |
| 5148 { | |
| 5149 int i; | |
| 5150 | |
| 5151 s = cin_skipcomment(s); | |
| 5152 if (STRNCMP(s, "public", 6) == 0) | |
| 5153 i = 6; | |
| 5154 else if (STRNCMP(s, "protected", 9) == 0) | |
| 5155 i = 9; | |
| 5156 else if (STRNCMP(s, "private", 7) == 0) | |
| 5157 i = 7; | |
| 5158 else | |
| 5159 return FALSE; | |
| 5160 return (*(s = cin_skipcomment(s + i)) == ':' && s[1] != ':'); | |
| 5161 } | |
| 5162 | |
| 5163 /* | |
| 5164 * Return a pointer to the first non-empty non-comment character after a ':'. | |
| 5165 * Return NULL if not found. | |
| 5166 * case 234: a = b; | |
| 5167 * ^ | |
| 5168 */ | |
| 5169 static char_u * | |
| 5170 after_label(l) | |
| 5171 char_u *l; | |
| 5172 { | |
| 5173 for ( ; *l; ++l) | |
| 5174 { | |
| 5175 if (*l == ':') | |
| 5176 { | |
| 5177 if (l[1] == ':') /* skip over "::" for C++ */ | |
| 5178 ++l; | |
|
2297
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5179 else if (!cin_iscase(l + 1, FALSE)) |
| 7 | 5180 break; |
| 5181 } | |
| 5182 else if (*l == '\'' && l[1] && l[2] == '\'') | |
| 5183 l += 2; /* skip over 'x' */ | |
| 5184 } | |
| 5185 if (*l == NUL) | |
| 5186 return NULL; | |
| 5187 l = cin_skipcomment(l + 1); | |
| 5188 if (*l == NUL) | |
| 5189 return NULL; | |
| 5190 return l; | |
| 5191 } | |
| 5192 | |
| 5193 /* | |
| 5194 * Get indent of line "lnum", skipping a label. | |
| 5195 * Return 0 if there is nothing after the label. | |
| 5196 */ | |
| 5197 static int | |
| 5198 get_indent_nolabel(lnum) /* XXX */ | |
| 5199 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 5200 { | |
| 5201 char_u *l; | |
| 5202 pos_T fp; | |
| 5203 colnr_T col; | |
| 5204 char_u *p; | |
| 5205 | |
| 5206 l = ml_get(lnum); | |
| 5207 p = after_label(l); | |
| 5208 if (p == NULL) | |
| 5209 return 0; | |
| 5210 | |
| 5211 fp.col = (colnr_T)(p - l); | |
| 5212 fp.lnum = lnum; | |
| 5213 getvcol(curwin, &fp, &col, NULL, NULL); | |
| 5214 return (int)col; | |
| 5215 } | |
| 5216 | |
| 5217 /* | |
| 5218 * Find indent for line "lnum", ignoring any case or jump label. | |
| 829 | 5219 * Also return a pointer to the text (after the label) in "pp". |
| 7 | 5220 * label: if (asdf && asdfasdf) |
| 5221 * ^ | |
| 5222 */ | |
| 5223 static int | |
| 5224 skip_label(lnum, pp, ind_maxcomment) | |
| 5225 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 5226 char_u **pp; | |
| 5227 int ind_maxcomment; | |
| 5228 { | |
| 5229 char_u *l; | |
| 5230 int amount; | |
| 5231 pos_T cursor_save; | |
| 5232 | |
| 5233 cursor_save = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 5234 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum; | |
| 5235 l = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 5236 /* XXX */ | |
|
2297
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5237 if (cin_iscase(l, FALSE) || cin_isscopedecl(l) |
|
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5238 || cin_islabel(ind_maxcomment)) |
| 7 | 5239 { |
| 5240 amount = get_indent_nolabel(lnum); | |
| 5241 l = after_label(ml_get_curline()); | |
| 5242 if (l == NULL) /* just in case */ | |
| 5243 l = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 5244 } | |
| 5245 else | |
| 5246 { | |
| 5247 amount = get_indent(); | |
| 5248 l = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 5249 } | |
| 5250 *pp = l; | |
| 5251 | |
| 5252 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save; | |
| 5253 return amount; | |
| 5254 } | |
| 5255 | |
| 5256 /* | |
| 5257 * Return the indent of the first variable name after a type in a declaration. | |
| 5258 * int a, indent of "a" | |
| 5259 * static struct foo b, indent of "b" | |
| 5260 * enum bla c, indent of "c" | |
| 5261 * Returns zero when it doesn't look like a declaration. | |
| 5262 */ | |
| 5263 static int | |
| 5264 cin_first_id_amount() | |
| 5265 { | |
| 5266 char_u *line, *p, *s; | |
| 5267 int len; | |
| 5268 pos_T fp; | |
| 5269 colnr_T col; | |
| 5270 | |
| 5271 line = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 5272 p = skipwhite(line); | |
| 835 | 5273 len = (int)(skiptowhite(p) - p); |
| 7 | 5274 if (len == 6 && STRNCMP(p, "static", 6) == 0) |
| 5275 { | |
| 5276 p = skipwhite(p + 6); | |
| 856 | 5277 len = (int)(skiptowhite(p) - p); |
| 7 | 5278 } |
| 5279 if (len == 6 && STRNCMP(p, "struct", 6) == 0) | |
| 5280 p = skipwhite(p + 6); | |
| 5281 else if (len == 4 && STRNCMP(p, "enum", 4) == 0) | |
| 5282 p = skipwhite(p + 4); | |
| 5283 else if ((len == 8 && STRNCMP(p, "unsigned", 8) == 0) | |
| 5284 || (len == 6 && STRNCMP(p, "signed", 6) == 0)) | |
| 5285 { | |
| 5286 s = skipwhite(p + len); | |
| 5287 if ((STRNCMP(s, "int", 3) == 0 && vim_iswhite(s[3])) | |
| 5288 || (STRNCMP(s, "long", 4) == 0 && vim_iswhite(s[4])) | |
| 5289 || (STRNCMP(s, "short", 5) == 0 && vim_iswhite(s[5])) | |
| 5290 || (STRNCMP(s, "char", 4) == 0 && vim_iswhite(s[4]))) | |
| 5291 p = s; | |
| 5292 } | |
| 5293 for (len = 0; vim_isIDc(p[len]); ++len) | |
| 5294 ; | |
| 5295 if (len == 0 || !vim_iswhite(p[len]) || cin_nocode(p)) | |
| 5296 return 0; | |
| 5297 | |
| 5298 p = skipwhite(p + len); | |
| 5299 fp.lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 5300 fp.col = (colnr_T)(p - line); | |
| 5301 getvcol(curwin, &fp, &col, NULL, NULL); | |
| 5302 return (int)col; | |
| 5303 } | |
| 5304 | |
| 5305 /* | |
| 5306 * Return the indent of the first non-blank after an equal sign. | |
| 5307 * char *foo = "here"; | |
| 5308 * Return zero if no (useful) equal sign found. | |
| 5309 * Return -1 if the line above "lnum" ends in a backslash. | |
| 5310 * foo = "asdf\ | |
| 5311 * asdf\ | |
| 5312 * here"; | |
| 5313 */ | |
| 5314 static int | |
| 5315 cin_get_equal_amount(lnum) | |
| 5316 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 5317 { | |
| 5318 char_u *line; | |
| 5319 char_u *s; | |
| 5320 colnr_T col; | |
| 5321 pos_T fp; | |
| 5322 | |
| 5323 if (lnum > 1) | |
| 5324 { | |
| 5325 line = ml_get(lnum - 1); | |
| 5326 if (*line != NUL && line[STRLEN(line) - 1] == '\\') | |
| 5327 return -1; | |
| 5328 } | |
| 5329 | |
| 5330 line = s = ml_get(lnum); | |
| 5331 while (*s != NUL && vim_strchr((char_u *)"=;{}\"'", *s) == NULL) | |
| 5332 { | |
| 5333 if (cin_iscomment(s)) /* ignore comments */ | |
| 5334 s = cin_skipcomment(s); | |
| 5335 else | |
| 5336 ++s; | |
| 5337 } | |
| 5338 if (*s != '=') | |
| 5339 return 0; | |
| 5340 | |
| 5341 s = skipwhite(s + 1); | |
| 5342 if (cin_nocode(s)) | |
| 5343 return 0; | |
| 5344 | |
| 5345 if (*s == '"') /* nice alignment for continued strings */ | |
| 5346 ++s; | |
| 5347 | |
| 5348 fp.lnum = lnum; | |
| 5349 fp.col = (colnr_T)(s - line); | |
| 5350 getvcol(curwin, &fp, &col, NULL, NULL); | |
| 5351 return (int)col; | |
| 5352 } | |
| 5353 | |
| 5354 /* | |
| 5355 * Recognize a preprocessor statement: Any line that starts with '#'. | |
| 5356 */ | |
| 5357 static int | |
| 5358 cin_ispreproc(s) | |
| 5359 char_u *s; | |
| 5360 { | |
| 5361 s = skipwhite(s); | |
| 5362 if (*s == '#') | |
| 5363 return TRUE; | |
| 5364 return FALSE; | |
| 5365 } | |
| 5366 | |
| 5367 /* | |
| 5368 * Return TRUE if line "*pp" at "*lnump" is a preprocessor statement or a | |
| 5369 * continuation line of a preprocessor statement. Decrease "*lnump" to the | |
| 5370 * start and return the line in "*pp". | |
| 5371 */ | |
| 5372 static int | |
| 5373 cin_ispreproc_cont(pp, lnump) | |
| 5374 char_u **pp; | |
| 5375 linenr_T *lnump; | |
| 5376 { | |
| 5377 char_u *line = *pp; | |
| 5378 linenr_T lnum = *lnump; | |
| 5379 int retval = FALSE; | |
| 5380 | |
| 408 | 5381 for (;;) |
| 7 | 5382 { |
| 5383 if (cin_ispreproc(line)) | |
| 5384 { | |
| 5385 retval = TRUE; | |
| 5386 *lnump = lnum; | |
| 5387 break; | |
| 5388 } | |
| 5389 if (lnum == 1) | |
| 5390 break; | |
| 5391 line = ml_get(--lnum); | |
| 5392 if (*line == NUL || line[STRLEN(line) - 1] != '\\') | |
| 5393 break; | |
| 5394 } | |
| 5395 | |
| 5396 if (lnum != *lnump) | |
| 5397 *pp = ml_get(*lnump); | |
| 5398 return retval; | |
| 5399 } | |
| 5400 | |
| 5401 /* | |
| 5402 * Recognize the start of a C or C++ comment. | |
| 5403 */ | |
| 5404 static int | |
| 5405 cin_iscomment(p) | |
| 5406 char_u *p; | |
| 5407 { | |
| 5408 return (p[0] == '/' && (p[1] == '*' || p[1] == '/')); | |
| 5409 } | |
| 5410 | |
| 5411 /* | |
| 5412 * Recognize the start of a "//" comment. | |
| 5413 */ | |
| 5414 static int | |
| 5415 cin_islinecomment(p) | |
| 5416 char_u *p; | |
| 5417 { | |
| 5418 return (p[0] == '/' && p[1] == '/'); | |
| 5419 } | |
| 5420 | |
| 5421 /* | |
| 5422 * Recognize a line that starts with '{' or '}', or ends with ';', '{' or '}'. | |
| 5423 * Don't consider "} else" a terminated line. | |
| 5424 * Return the character terminating the line (ending char's have precedence if | |
| 5425 * both apply in order to determine initializations). | |
| 5426 */ | |
| 5427 static int | |
| 5428 cin_isterminated(s, incl_open, incl_comma) | |
| 5429 char_u *s; | |
| 5430 int incl_open; /* include '{' at the end as terminator */ | |
| 5431 int incl_comma; /* recognize a trailing comma */ | |
| 5432 { | |
| 5433 char_u found_start = 0; | |
| 5434 | |
| 5435 s = cin_skipcomment(s); | |
| 5436 | |
| 5437 if (*s == '{' || (*s == '}' && !cin_iselse(s))) | |
| 5438 found_start = *s; | |
| 5439 | |
| 5440 while (*s) | |
| 5441 { | |
| 5442 /* skip over comments, "" strings and 'c'haracters */ | |
| 5443 s = skip_string(cin_skipcomment(s)); | |
| 5444 if ((*s == ';' || (incl_open && *s == '{') || *s == '}' | |
| 5445 || (incl_comma && *s == ',')) | |
| 5446 && cin_nocode(s + 1)) | |
| 5447 return *s; | |
| 5448 | |
| 5449 if (*s) | |
| 5450 s++; | |
| 5451 } | |
| 5452 return found_start; | |
| 5453 } | |
| 5454 | |
| 5455 /* | |
| 5456 * Recognize the basic picture of a function declaration -- it needs to | |
| 5457 * have an open paren somewhere and a close paren at the end of the line and | |
| 5458 * no semicolons anywhere. | |
| 5459 * When a line ends in a comma we continue looking in the next line. | |
| 5460 * "sp" points to a string with the line. When looking at other lines it must | |
| 5461 * be restored to the line. When it's NULL fetch lines here. | |
| 5462 * "lnum" is where we start looking. | |
| 5463 */ | |
| 5464 static int | |
| 5465 cin_isfuncdecl(sp, first_lnum) | |
| 5466 char_u **sp; | |
| 5467 linenr_T first_lnum; | |
| 5468 { | |
| 5469 char_u *s; | |
| 5470 linenr_T lnum = first_lnum; | |
| 5471 int retval = FALSE; | |
| 5472 | |
| 5473 if (sp == NULL) | |
| 5474 s = ml_get(lnum); | |
| 5475 else | |
| 5476 s = *sp; | |
| 5477 | |
| 5478 while (*s && *s != '(' && *s != ';' && *s != '\'' && *s != '"') | |
| 5479 { | |
| 5480 if (cin_iscomment(s)) /* ignore comments */ | |
| 5481 s = cin_skipcomment(s); | |
| 5482 else | |
| 5483 ++s; | |
| 5484 } | |
| 5485 if (*s != '(') | |
| 5486 return FALSE; /* ';', ' or " before any () or no '(' */ | |
| 5487 | |
| 5488 while (*s && *s != ';' && *s != '\'' && *s != '"') | |
| 5489 { | |
| 5490 if (*s == ')' && cin_nocode(s + 1)) | |
| 5491 { | |
| 5492 /* ')' at the end: may have found a match | |
| 5493 * Check for he previous line not to end in a backslash: | |
| 5494 * #if defined(x) && \ | |
| 5495 * defined(y) | |
| 5496 */ | |
| 5497 lnum = first_lnum - 1; | |
| 5498 s = ml_get(lnum); | |
| 5499 if (*s == NUL || s[STRLEN(s) - 1] != '\\') | |
| 5500 retval = TRUE; | |
| 5501 goto done; | |
| 5502 } | |
| 5503 if (*s == ',' && cin_nocode(s + 1)) | |
| 5504 { | |
| 5505 /* ',' at the end: continue looking in the next line */ | |
| 5506 if (lnum >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
| 5507 break; | |
| 5508 | |
| 5509 s = ml_get(++lnum); | |
| 5510 } | |
| 5511 else if (cin_iscomment(s)) /* ignore comments */ | |
| 5512 s = cin_skipcomment(s); | |
| 5513 else | |
| 5514 ++s; | |
| 5515 } | |
| 5516 | |
| 5517 done: | |
| 5518 if (lnum != first_lnum && sp != NULL) | |
| 5519 *sp = ml_get(first_lnum); | |
| 5520 | |
| 5521 return retval; | |
| 5522 } | |
| 5523 | |
| 5524 static int | |
| 5525 cin_isif(p) | |
| 5526 char_u *p; | |
| 5527 { | |
| 5528 return (STRNCMP(p, "if", 2) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(p[2])); | |
| 5529 } | |
| 5530 | |
| 5531 static int | |
| 5532 cin_iselse(p) | |
| 5533 char_u *p; | |
| 5534 { | |
| 5535 if (*p == '}') /* accept "} else" */ | |
| 5536 p = cin_skipcomment(p + 1); | |
| 5537 return (STRNCMP(p, "else", 4) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(p[4])); | |
| 5538 } | |
| 5539 | |
| 5540 static int | |
| 5541 cin_isdo(p) | |
| 5542 char_u *p; | |
| 5543 { | |
| 5544 return (STRNCMP(p, "do", 2) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(p[2])); | |
| 5545 } | |
| 5546 | |
| 5547 /* | |
| 5548 * Check if this is a "while" that should have a matching "do". | |
| 5549 * We only accept a "while (condition) ;", with only white space between the | |
| 5550 * ')' and ';'. The condition may be spread over several lines. | |
| 5551 */ | |
| 5552 static int | |
| 5553 cin_iswhileofdo(p, lnum, ind_maxparen) /* XXX */ | |
| 5554 char_u *p; | |
| 5555 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 5556 int ind_maxparen; | |
| 5557 { | |
| 5558 pos_T cursor_save; | |
| 5559 pos_T *trypos; | |
| 5560 int retval = FALSE; | |
| 5561 | |
| 5562 p = cin_skipcomment(p); | |
| 5563 if (*p == '}') /* accept "} while (cond);" */ | |
| 5564 p = cin_skipcomment(p + 1); | |
| 5565 if (STRNCMP(p, "while", 5) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(p[5])) | |
| 5566 { | |
| 5567 cursor_save = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 5568 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum; | |
| 5569 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; | |
| 5570 p = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 5571 while (*p && *p != 'w') /* skip any '}', until the 'w' of the "while" */ | |
| 5572 { | |
| 5573 ++p; | |
| 5574 ++curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 5575 } | |
| 5576 if ((trypos = findmatchlimit(NULL, 0, 0, ind_maxparen)) != NULL | |
| 5577 && *cin_skipcomment(ml_get_pos(trypos) + 1) == ';') | |
| 5578 retval = TRUE; | |
| 5579 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save; | |
| 5580 } | |
| 5581 return retval; | |
| 5582 } | |
| 5583 | |
| 829 | 5584 /* |
| 5585 * Return TRUE if we are at the end of a do-while. | |
| 5586 * do | |
| 5587 * nothing; | |
| 5588 * while (foo | |
| 856 | 5589 * && bar); <-- here |
| 829 | 5590 * Adjust the cursor to the line with "while". |
| 5591 */ | |
| 5592 static int | |
| 5593 cin_iswhileofdo_end(terminated, ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment) | |
| 5594 int terminated; | |
| 5595 int ind_maxparen; | |
| 5596 int ind_maxcomment; | |
| 5597 { | |
| 5598 char_u *line; | |
| 5599 char_u *p; | |
| 5600 char_u *s; | |
| 5601 pos_T *trypos; | |
| 5602 int i; | |
| 5603 | |
| 5604 if (terminated != ';') /* there must be a ';' at the end */ | |
| 5605 return FALSE; | |
| 5606 | |
| 5607 p = line = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 5608 while (*p != NUL) | |
| 5609 { | |
| 5610 p = cin_skipcomment(p); | |
| 5611 if (*p == ')') | |
| 5612 { | |
| 5613 s = skipwhite(p + 1); | |
| 5614 if (*s == ';' && cin_nocode(s + 1)) | |
| 5615 { | |
| 5616 /* Found ");" at end of the line, now check there is "while" | |
| 5617 * before the matching '('. XXX */ | |
| 835 | 5618 i = (int)(p - line); |
| 829 | 5619 curwin->w_cursor.col = i; |
| 5620 trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment); | |
| 5621 if (trypos != NULL) | |
| 5622 { | |
| 5623 s = cin_skipcomment(ml_get(trypos->lnum)); | |
| 5624 if (*s == '}') /* accept "} while (cond);" */ | |
| 5625 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 1); | |
| 5626 if (STRNCMP(s, "while", 5) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(s[5])) | |
| 5627 { | |
| 5628 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum; | |
| 5629 return TRUE; | |
| 5630 } | |
| 5631 } | |
| 5632 | |
| 5633 /* Searching may have made "line" invalid, get it again. */ | |
| 5634 line = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 5635 p = line + i; | |
| 5636 } | |
| 5637 } | |
| 5638 if (*p != NUL) | |
| 5639 ++p; | |
| 5640 } | |
| 5641 return FALSE; | |
| 5642 } | |
| 5643 | |
| 7 | 5644 static int |
| 5645 cin_isbreak(p) | |
| 5646 char_u *p; | |
| 5647 { | |
| 5648 return (STRNCMP(p, "break", 5) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(p[5])); | |
| 5649 } | |
| 5650 | |
| 828 | 5651 /* |
| 5652 * Find the position of a C++ base-class declaration or | |
| 7 | 5653 * constructor-initialization. eg: |
| 5654 * | |
| 5655 * class MyClass : | |
| 5656 * baseClass <-- here | |
| 5657 * class MyClass : public baseClass, | |
| 5658 * anotherBaseClass <-- here (should probably lineup ??) | |
| 5659 * MyClass::MyClass(...) : | |
| 5660 * baseClass(...) <-- here (constructor-initialization) | |
| 827 | 5661 * |
| 5662 * This is a lot of guessing. Watch out for "cond ? func() : foo". | |
| 7 | 5663 */ |
| 5664 static int | |
| 1336 | 5665 cin_is_cpp_baseclass(col) |
| 828 | 5666 colnr_T *col; /* return: column to align with */ |
| 7 | 5667 { |
| 5668 char_u *s; | |
| 5669 int class_or_struct, lookfor_ctor_init, cpp_base_class; | |
| 828 | 5670 linenr_T lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; |
| 1336 | 5671 char_u *line = ml_get_curline(); |
| 7 | 5672 |
| 5673 *col = 0; | |
| 5674 | |
| 17 | 5675 s = skipwhite(line); |
| 5676 if (*s == '#') /* skip #define FOO x ? (x) : x */ | |
| 5677 return FALSE; | |
| 5678 s = cin_skipcomment(s); | |
| 7 | 5679 if (*s == NUL) |
| 5680 return FALSE; | |
| 5681 | |
| 5682 cpp_base_class = lookfor_ctor_init = class_or_struct = FALSE; | |
| 5683 | |
| 828 | 5684 /* Search for a line starting with '#', empty, ending in ';' or containing |
| 5685 * '{' or '}' and start below it. This handles the following situations: | |
| 5686 * a = cond ? | |
| 5687 * func() : | |
| 856 | 5688 * asdf; |
| 828 | 5689 * func::foo() |
| 5690 * : something | |
| 5691 * {} | |
| 5692 * Foo::Foo (int one, int two) | |
| 5693 * : something(4), | |
| 5694 * somethingelse(3) | |
| 5695 * {} | |
| 5696 */ | |
| 5697 while (lnum > 1) | |
| 5698 { | |
| 1336 | 5699 line = ml_get(lnum - 1); |
| 5700 s = skipwhite(line); | |
| 828 | 5701 if (*s == '#' || *s == NUL) |
| 5702 break; | |
| 5703 while (*s != NUL) | |
| 5704 { | |
| 5705 s = cin_skipcomment(s); | |
| 5706 if (*s == '{' || *s == '}' | |
| 5707 || (*s == ';' && cin_nocode(s + 1))) | |
| 5708 break; | |
| 5709 if (*s != NUL) | |
| 5710 ++s; | |
| 5711 } | |
| 5712 if (*s != NUL) | |
| 5713 break; | |
| 5714 --lnum; | |
| 5715 } | |
| 5716 | |
| 1336 | 5717 line = ml_get(lnum); |
| 5718 s = cin_skipcomment(line); | |
| 828 | 5719 for (;;) |
| 5720 { | |
| 5721 if (*s == NUL) | |
| 5722 { | |
| 5723 if (lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum) | |
| 5724 break; | |
| 5725 /* Continue in the cursor line. */ | |
| 1336 | 5726 line = ml_get(++lnum); |
| 5727 s = cin_skipcomment(line); | |
| 5728 if (*s == NUL) | |
| 5729 continue; | |
| 828 | 5730 } |
| 5731 | |
| 7 | 5732 if (s[0] == ':') |
| 5733 { | |
| 5734 if (s[1] == ':') | |
| 5735 { | |
| 5736 /* skip double colon. It can't be a constructor | |
| 5737 * initialization any more */ | |
| 5738 lookfor_ctor_init = FALSE; | |
| 5739 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 2); | |
| 5740 } | |
| 5741 else if (lookfor_ctor_init || class_or_struct) | |
| 5742 { | |
| 5743 /* we have something found, that looks like the start of | |
| 1532 | 5744 * cpp-base-class-declaration or constructor-initialization */ |
| 7 | 5745 cpp_base_class = TRUE; |
| 5746 lookfor_ctor_init = class_or_struct = FALSE; | |
| 5747 *col = 0; | |
| 5748 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 1); | |
| 5749 } | |
| 5750 else | |
| 5751 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 1); | |
| 5752 } | |
| 5753 else if ((STRNCMP(s, "class", 5) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(s[5])) | |
| 5754 || (STRNCMP(s, "struct", 6) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(s[6]))) | |
| 5755 { | |
| 5756 class_or_struct = TRUE; | |
| 5757 lookfor_ctor_init = FALSE; | |
| 5758 | |
| 5759 if (*s == 'c') | |
| 5760 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 5); | |
| 5761 else | |
| 5762 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 6); | |
| 5763 } | |
| 5764 else | |
| 5765 { | |
| 5766 if (s[0] == '{' || s[0] == '}' || s[0] == ';') | |
| 5767 { | |
| 5768 cpp_base_class = lookfor_ctor_init = class_or_struct = FALSE; | |
| 5769 } | |
| 5770 else if (s[0] == ')') | |
| 5771 { | |
| 5772 /* Constructor-initialization is assumed if we come across | |
| 5773 * something like "):" */ | |
| 5774 class_or_struct = FALSE; | |
| 5775 lookfor_ctor_init = TRUE; | |
| 5776 } | |
| 827 | 5777 else if (s[0] == '?') |
| 5778 { | |
| 5779 /* Avoid seeing '() :' after '?' as constructor init. */ | |
| 5780 return FALSE; | |
| 5781 } | |
| 7 | 5782 else if (!vim_isIDc(s[0])) |
| 5783 { | |
| 5784 /* if it is not an identifier, we are wrong */ | |
| 5785 class_or_struct = FALSE; | |
| 5786 lookfor_ctor_init = FALSE; | |
| 5787 } | |
| 5788 else if (*col == 0) | |
| 5789 { | |
| 5790 /* it can't be a constructor-initialization any more */ | |
| 5791 lookfor_ctor_init = FALSE; | |
| 5792 | |
| 5793 /* the first statement starts here: lineup with this one... */ | |
| 828 | 5794 if (cpp_base_class) |
| 7 | 5795 *col = (colnr_T)(s - line); |
| 5796 } | |
| 5797 | |
| 828 | 5798 /* When the line ends in a comma don't align with it. */ |
| 5799 if (lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum && *s == ',' && cin_nocode(s + 1)) | |
| 5800 *col = 0; | |
| 5801 | |
| 7 | 5802 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 1); |
| 5803 } | |
| 5804 } | |
| 5805 | |
| 5806 return cpp_base_class; | |
| 5807 } | |
| 5808 | |
| 828 | 5809 static int |
| 5810 get_baseclass_amount(col, ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment, ind_cpp_baseclass) | |
| 5811 int col; | |
| 5812 int ind_maxparen; | |
| 5813 int ind_maxcomment; | |
| 5814 int ind_cpp_baseclass; | |
| 5815 { | |
| 5816 int amount; | |
| 5817 colnr_T vcol; | |
| 5818 pos_T *trypos; | |
| 5819 | |
| 5820 if (col == 0) | |
| 5821 { | |
| 5822 amount = get_indent(); | |
| 5823 if (find_last_paren(ml_get_curline(), '(', ')') | |
| 5824 && (trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen, | |
| 5825 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL) | |
| 5826 amount = get_indent_lnum(trypos->lnum); /* XXX */ | |
| 5827 if (!cin_ends_in(ml_get_curline(), (char_u *)",", NULL)) | |
| 5828 amount += ind_cpp_baseclass; | |
| 5829 } | |
| 5830 else | |
| 5831 { | |
| 5832 curwin->w_cursor.col = col; | |
| 5833 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &vcol, NULL, NULL); | |
| 5834 amount = (int)vcol; | |
| 5835 } | |
| 5836 if (amount < ind_cpp_baseclass) | |
| 5837 amount = ind_cpp_baseclass; | |
| 5838 return amount; | |
| 5839 } | |
| 5840 | |
| 7 | 5841 /* |
| 5842 * Return TRUE if string "s" ends with the string "find", possibly followed by | |
| 5843 * white space and comments. Skip strings and comments. | |
| 5844 * Ignore "ignore" after "find" if it's not NULL. | |
| 5845 */ | |
| 5846 static int | |
| 5847 cin_ends_in(s, find, ignore) | |
| 5848 char_u *s; | |
| 5849 char_u *find; | |
| 5850 char_u *ignore; | |
| 5851 { | |
| 5852 char_u *p = s; | |
| 5853 char_u *r; | |
| 5854 int len = (int)STRLEN(find); | |
| 5855 | |
| 5856 while (*p != NUL) | |
| 5857 { | |
| 5858 p = cin_skipcomment(p); | |
| 5859 if (STRNCMP(p, find, len) == 0) | |
| 5860 { | |
| 5861 r = skipwhite(p + len); | |
| 5862 if (ignore != NULL && STRNCMP(r, ignore, STRLEN(ignore)) == 0) | |
| 5863 r = skipwhite(r + STRLEN(ignore)); | |
| 5864 if (cin_nocode(r)) | |
| 5865 return TRUE; | |
| 5866 } | |
| 5867 if (*p != NUL) | |
| 5868 ++p; | |
| 5869 } | |
| 5870 return FALSE; | |
| 5871 } | |
| 5872 | |
| 5873 /* | |
| 5874 * Skip strings, chars and comments until at or past "trypos". | |
| 5875 * Return the column found. | |
| 5876 */ | |
| 5877 static int | |
| 5878 cin_skip2pos(trypos) | |
| 5879 pos_T *trypos; | |
| 5880 { | |
| 5881 char_u *line; | |
| 5882 char_u *p; | |
| 5883 | |
| 5884 p = line = ml_get(trypos->lnum); | |
| 5885 while (*p && (colnr_T)(p - line) < trypos->col) | |
| 5886 { | |
| 5887 if (cin_iscomment(p)) | |
| 5888 p = cin_skipcomment(p); | |
| 5889 else | |
| 5890 { | |
| 5891 p = skip_string(p); | |
| 5892 ++p; | |
| 5893 } | |
| 5894 } | |
| 5895 return (int)(p - line); | |
| 5896 } | |
| 5897 | |
| 5898 /* | |
| 5899 * Find the '{' at the start of the block we are in. | |
| 5900 * Return NULL if no match found. | |
| 5901 * Ignore a '{' that is in a comment, makes indenting the next three lines | |
| 5902 * work. */ | |
| 5903 /* foo() */ | |
| 5904 /* { */ | |
| 5905 /* } */ | |
| 5906 | |
| 5907 static pos_T * | |
| 5908 find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment) /* XXX */ | |
| 5909 int ind_maxcomment; | |
| 5910 { | |
| 5911 pos_T cursor_save; | |
| 5912 pos_T *trypos; | |
| 5913 pos_T *pos; | |
| 5914 static pos_T pos_copy; | |
| 5915 | |
| 5916 cursor_save = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 5917 while ((trypos = findmatchlimit(NULL, '{', FM_BLOCKSTOP, 0)) != NULL) | |
| 5918 { | |
| 5919 pos_copy = *trypos; /* copy pos_T, next findmatch will change it */ | |
| 5920 trypos = &pos_copy; | |
| 5921 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos; | |
| 5922 pos = NULL; | |
| 829 | 5923 /* ignore the { if it's in a // or / * * / comment */ |
| 7 | 5924 if ((colnr_T)cin_skip2pos(trypos) == trypos->col |
| 5925 && (pos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment)) == NULL) /* XXX */ | |
| 5926 break; | |
| 5927 if (pos != NULL) | |
| 5928 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum; | |
| 5929 } | |
| 5930 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save; | |
| 5931 return trypos; | |
| 5932 } | |
| 5933 | |
| 5934 /* | |
| 5935 * Find the matching '(', failing if it is in a comment. | |
| 5936 * Return NULL of no match found. | |
| 5937 */ | |
| 5938 static pos_T * | |
| 5939 find_match_paren(ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment) /* XXX */ | |
| 5940 int ind_maxparen; | |
| 5941 int ind_maxcomment; | |
| 5942 { | |
| 5943 pos_T cursor_save; | |
| 5944 pos_T *trypos; | |
| 829 | 5945 static pos_T pos_copy; |
| 7 | 5946 |
| 5947 cursor_save = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 5948 if ((trypos = findmatchlimit(NULL, '(', 0, ind_maxparen)) != NULL) | |
| 5949 { | |
| 5950 /* check if the ( is in a // comment */ | |
| 5951 if ((colnr_T)cin_skip2pos(trypos) > trypos->col) | |
| 5952 trypos = NULL; | |
| 5953 else | |
| 5954 { | |
| 5955 pos_copy = *trypos; /* copy trypos, findmatch will change it */ | |
| 5956 trypos = &pos_copy; | |
| 5957 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos; | |
| 5958 if (find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment) != NULL) /* XXX */ | |
| 5959 trypos = NULL; | |
| 5960 } | |
| 5961 } | |
| 5962 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save; | |
| 5963 return trypos; | |
| 5964 } | |
| 5965 | |
| 5966 /* | |
| 5967 * Return ind_maxparen corrected for the difference in line number between the | |
| 5968 * cursor position and "startpos". This makes sure that searching for a | |
| 5969 * matching paren above the cursor line doesn't find a match because of | |
| 5970 * looking a few lines further. | |
| 5971 */ | |
| 5972 static int | |
| 5973 corr_ind_maxparen(ind_maxparen, startpos) | |
| 5974 int ind_maxparen; | |
| 5975 pos_T *startpos; | |
| 5976 { | |
| 5977 long n = (long)startpos->lnum - (long)curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 5978 | |
| 5979 if (n > 0 && n < ind_maxparen / 2) | |
| 5980 return ind_maxparen - (int)n; | |
| 5981 return ind_maxparen; | |
| 5982 } | |
| 5983 | |
| 5984 /* | |
| 5985 * Set w_cursor.col to the column number of the last unmatched ')' or '{' in | |
| 5986 * line "l". | |
| 5987 */ | |
| 5988 static int | |
| 5989 find_last_paren(l, start, end) | |
| 5990 char_u *l; | |
| 5991 int start, end; | |
| 5992 { | |
| 5993 int i; | |
| 5994 int retval = FALSE; | |
| 5995 int open_count = 0; | |
| 5996 | |
| 5997 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; /* default is start of line */ | |
| 5998 | |
| 5999 for (i = 0; l[i]; i++) | |
| 6000 { | |
| 6001 i = (int)(cin_skipcomment(l + i) - l); /* ignore parens in comments */ | |
| 6002 i = (int)(skip_string(l + i) - l); /* ignore parens in quotes */ | |
| 6003 if (l[i] == start) | |
| 6004 ++open_count; | |
| 6005 else if (l[i] == end) | |
| 6006 { | |
| 6007 if (open_count > 0) | |
| 6008 --open_count; | |
| 6009 else | |
| 6010 { | |
| 6011 curwin->w_cursor.col = i; | |
| 6012 retval = TRUE; | |
| 6013 } | |
| 6014 } | |
| 6015 } | |
| 6016 return retval; | |
| 6017 } | |
| 6018 | |
| 6019 int | |
| 6020 get_c_indent() | |
| 6021 { | |
| 6022 /* | |
| 6023 * spaces from a block's opening brace the prevailing indent for that | |
| 6024 * block should be | |
| 6025 */ | |
| 6026 int ind_level = curbuf->b_p_sw; | |
| 6027 | |
| 6028 /* | |
| 6029 * spaces from the edge of the line an open brace that's at the end of a | |
| 6030 * line is imagined to be. | |
| 6031 */ | |
| 6032 int ind_open_imag = 0; | |
| 6033 | |
| 6034 /* | |
| 6035 * spaces from the prevailing indent for a line that is not precededof by | |
| 6036 * an opening brace. | |
| 6037 */ | |
| 6038 int ind_no_brace = 0; | |
| 6039 | |
| 6040 /* | |
| 6041 * column where the first { of a function should be located } | |
| 6042 */ | |
| 6043 int ind_first_open = 0; | |
| 6044 | |
| 6045 /* | |
| 6046 * spaces from the prevailing indent a leftmost open brace should be | |
| 6047 * located | |
| 6048 */ | |
| 6049 int ind_open_extra = 0; | |
| 6050 | |
| 6051 /* | |
| 6052 * spaces from the matching open brace (real location for one at the left | |
| 6053 * edge; imaginary location from one that ends a line) the matching close | |
| 6054 * brace should be located | |
| 6055 */ | |
| 6056 int ind_close_extra = 0; | |
| 6057 | |
| 6058 /* | |
| 6059 * spaces from the edge of the line an open brace sitting in the leftmost | |
| 6060 * column is imagined to be | |
| 6061 */ | |
| 6062 int ind_open_left_imag = 0; | |
| 6063 | |
| 6064 /* | |
|
2328
15379284e55a
Add the 'L' item to 'cinoptions'. (Manuel Konig)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2322
diff
changeset
|
6065 * Spaces jump labels should be shifted to the left if N is non-negative, |
|
15379284e55a
Add the 'L' item to 'cinoptions'. (Manuel Konig)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2322
diff
changeset
|
6066 * otherwise the jump label will be put to column 1. |
|
15379284e55a
Add the 'L' item to 'cinoptions'. (Manuel Konig)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2322
diff
changeset
|
6067 */ |
|
15379284e55a
Add the 'L' item to 'cinoptions'. (Manuel Konig)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2322
diff
changeset
|
6068 int ind_jump_label = -1; |
|
15379284e55a
Add the 'L' item to 'cinoptions'. (Manuel Konig)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2322
diff
changeset
|
6069 |
|
15379284e55a
Add the 'L' item to 'cinoptions'. (Manuel Konig)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2322
diff
changeset
|
6070 /* |
| 7 | 6071 * spaces from the switch() indent a "case xx" label should be located |
| 6072 */ | |
| 6073 int ind_case = curbuf->b_p_sw; | |
| 6074 | |
| 6075 /* | |
| 6076 * spaces from the "case xx:" code after a switch() should be located | |
| 6077 */ | |
| 6078 int ind_case_code = curbuf->b_p_sw; | |
| 6079 | |
| 6080 /* | |
| 6081 * lineup break at end of case in switch() with case label | |
| 6082 */ | |
| 6083 int ind_case_break = 0; | |
| 6084 | |
| 6085 /* | |
| 6086 * spaces from the class declaration indent a scope declaration label | |
| 6087 * should be located | |
| 6088 */ | |
| 6089 int ind_scopedecl = curbuf->b_p_sw; | |
| 6090 | |
| 6091 /* | |
| 6092 * spaces from the scope declaration label code should be located | |
| 6093 */ | |
| 6094 int ind_scopedecl_code = curbuf->b_p_sw; | |
| 6095 | |
| 6096 /* | |
| 6097 * amount K&R-style parameters should be indented | |
| 6098 */ | |
| 6099 int ind_param = curbuf->b_p_sw; | |
| 6100 | |
| 6101 /* | |
| 6102 * amount a function type spec should be indented | |
| 6103 */ | |
| 6104 int ind_func_type = curbuf->b_p_sw; | |
| 6105 | |
| 6106 /* | |
| 6107 * amount a cpp base class declaration or constructor initialization | |
| 6108 * should be indented | |
| 6109 */ | |
| 6110 int ind_cpp_baseclass = curbuf->b_p_sw; | |
| 6111 | |
| 6112 /* | |
| 6113 * additional spaces beyond the prevailing indent a continuation line | |
| 6114 * should be located | |
| 6115 */ | |
| 6116 int ind_continuation = curbuf->b_p_sw; | |
| 6117 | |
| 6118 /* | |
| 6119 * spaces from the indent of the line with an unclosed parentheses | |
| 6120 */ | |
| 6121 int ind_unclosed = curbuf->b_p_sw * 2; | |
| 6122 | |
| 6123 /* | |
| 6124 * spaces from the indent of the line with an unclosed parentheses, which | |
| 6125 * itself is also unclosed | |
| 6126 */ | |
| 6127 int ind_unclosed2 = curbuf->b_p_sw; | |
| 6128 | |
| 6129 /* | |
| 6130 * suppress ignoring spaces from the indent of a line starting with an | |
| 6131 * unclosed parentheses. | |
| 6132 */ | |
| 6133 int ind_unclosed_noignore = 0; | |
| 6134 | |
| 6135 /* | |
| 6136 * If the opening paren is the last nonwhite character on the line, and | |
| 6137 * ind_unclosed_wrapped is nonzero, use this indent relative to the outer | |
| 6138 * context (for very long lines). | |
| 6139 */ | |
| 6140 int ind_unclosed_wrapped = 0; | |
| 6141 | |
| 6142 /* | |
| 6143 * suppress ignoring white space when lining up with the character after | |
| 6144 * an unclosed parentheses. | |
| 6145 */ | |
| 6146 int ind_unclosed_whiteok = 0; | |
| 6147 | |
| 6148 /* | |
| 6149 * indent a closing parentheses under the line start of the matching | |
| 6150 * opening parentheses. | |
| 6151 */ | |
| 6152 int ind_matching_paren = 0; | |
| 6153 | |
| 6154 /* | |
| 829 | 6155 * indent a closing parentheses under the previous line. |
| 6156 */ | |
| 6157 int ind_paren_prev = 0; | |
| 6158 | |
| 6159 /* | |
| 7 | 6160 * Extra indent for comments. |
| 6161 */ | |
| 6162 int ind_comment = 0; | |
| 6163 | |
| 6164 /* | |
| 6165 * spaces from the comment opener when there is nothing after it. | |
| 6166 */ | |
| 6167 int ind_in_comment = 3; | |
| 6168 | |
| 6169 /* | |
| 6170 * boolean: if non-zero, use ind_in_comment even if there is something | |
| 6171 * after the comment opener. | |
| 6172 */ | |
| 6173 int ind_in_comment2 = 0; | |
| 6174 | |
| 6175 /* | |
| 6176 * max lines to search for an open paren | |
| 6177 */ | |
| 6178 int ind_maxparen = 20; | |
| 6179 | |
| 6180 /* | |
| 6181 * max lines to search for an open comment | |
| 6182 */ | |
| 6183 int ind_maxcomment = 70; | |
| 6184 | |
| 6185 /* | |
| 6186 * handle braces for java code | |
| 6187 */ | |
| 6188 int ind_java = 0; | |
| 6189 | |
| 6190 /* | |
|
2297
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6191 * not to confuse JS object properties with labels |
|
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6192 */ |
|
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6193 int ind_js = 0; |
|
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6194 |
|
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6195 /* |
| 7 | 6196 * handle blocked cases correctly |
| 6197 */ | |
| 6198 int ind_keep_case_label = 0; | |
| 6199 | |
| 6200 pos_T cur_curpos; | |
| 6201 int amount; | |
| 6202 int scope_amount; | |
| 834 | 6203 int cur_amount = MAXCOL; |
| 7 | 6204 colnr_T col; |
| 6205 char_u *theline; | |
| 6206 char_u *linecopy; | |
| 6207 pos_T *trypos; | |
| 6208 pos_T *tryposBrace = NULL; | |
| 6209 pos_T our_paren_pos; | |
| 6210 char_u *start; | |
| 6211 int start_brace; | |
| 1532 | 6212 #define BRACE_IN_COL0 1 /* '{' is in column 0 */ |
| 7 | 6213 #define BRACE_AT_START 2 /* '{' is at start of line */ |
| 6214 #define BRACE_AT_END 3 /* '{' is at end of line */ | |
| 6215 linenr_T ourscope; | |
| 6216 char_u *l; | |
| 6217 char_u *look; | |
| 6218 char_u terminated; | |
| 6219 int lookfor; | |
| 6220 #define LOOKFOR_INITIAL 0 | |
| 6221 #define LOOKFOR_IF 1 | |
| 6222 #define LOOKFOR_DO 2 | |
| 6223 #define LOOKFOR_CASE 3 | |
| 6224 #define LOOKFOR_ANY 4 | |
| 6225 #define LOOKFOR_TERM 5 | |
| 6226 #define LOOKFOR_UNTERM 6 | |
| 6227 #define LOOKFOR_SCOPEDECL 7 | |
| 6228 #define LOOKFOR_NOBREAK 8 | |
| 6229 #define LOOKFOR_CPP_BASECLASS 9 | |
| 6230 #define LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT 10 | |
| 6231 | |
| 6232 int whilelevel; | |
| 6233 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 6234 char_u *options; | |
| 6235 int fraction = 0; /* init for GCC */ | |
| 6236 int divider; | |
| 6237 int n; | |
| 6238 int iscase; | |
| 6239 int lookfor_break; | |
| 6240 int cont_amount = 0; /* amount for continuation line */ | |
|
2328
15379284e55a
Add the 'L' item to 'cinoptions'. (Manuel Konig)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2322
diff
changeset
|
6241 int original_line_islabel; |
| 7 | 6242 |
| 6243 for (options = curbuf->b_p_cino; *options; ) | |
| 6244 { | |
| 6245 l = options++; | |
| 6246 if (*options == '-') | |
| 6247 ++options; | |
| 6248 n = getdigits(&options); | |
| 6249 divider = 0; | |
| 6250 if (*options == '.') /* ".5s" means a fraction */ | |
| 6251 { | |
| 6252 fraction = atol((char *)++options); | |
| 6253 while (VIM_ISDIGIT(*options)) | |
| 6254 { | |
| 6255 ++options; | |
| 6256 if (divider) | |
| 6257 divider *= 10; | |
| 6258 else | |
| 6259 divider = 10; | |
| 6260 } | |
| 6261 } | |
| 6262 if (*options == 's') /* "2s" means two times 'shiftwidth' */ | |
| 6263 { | |
| 6264 if (n == 0 && fraction == 0) | |
| 6265 n = curbuf->b_p_sw; /* just "s" is one 'shiftwidth' */ | |
| 6266 else | |
| 6267 { | |
| 6268 n *= curbuf->b_p_sw; | |
| 6269 if (divider) | |
| 6270 n += (curbuf->b_p_sw * fraction + divider / 2) / divider; | |
| 6271 } | |
| 6272 ++options; | |
| 6273 } | |
| 6274 if (l[1] == '-') | |
| 6275 n = -n; | |
| 6276 /* When adding an entry here, also update the default 'cinoptions' in | |
| 1096 | 6277 * doc/indent.txt, and add explanation for it! */ |
| 7 | 6278 switch (*l) |
| 6279 { | |
| 6280 case '>': ind_level = n; break; | |
| 6281 case 'e': ind_open_imag = n; break; | |
| 6282 case 'n': ind_no_brace = n; break; | |
| 6283 case 'f': ind_first_open = n; break; | |
| 6284 case '{': ind_open_extra = n; break; | |
| 6285 case '}': ind_close_extra = n; break; | |
| 6286 case '^': ind_open_left_imag = n; break; | |
|
2328
15379284e55a
Add the 'L' item to 'cinoptions'. (Manuel Konig)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2322
diff
changeset
|
6287 case 'L': ind_jump_label = n; break; |
| 7 | 6288 case ':': ind_case = n; break; |
| 6289 case '=': ind_case_code = n; break; | |
| 6290 case 'b': ind_case_break = n; break; | |
| 6291 case 'p': ind_param = n; break; | |
| 6292 case 't': ind_func_type = n; break; | |
| 6293 case '/': ind_comment = n; break; | |
| 6294 case 'c': ind_in_comment = n; break; | |
| 6295 case 'C': ind_in_comment2 = n; break; | |
| 6296 case 'i': ind_cpp_baseclass = n; break; | |
| 6297 case '+': ind_continuation = n; break; | |
| 6298 case '(': ind_unclosed = n; break; | |
| 6299 case 'u': ind_unclosed2 = n; break; | |
| 6300 case 'U': ind_unclosed_noignore = n; break; | |
| 6301 case 'W': ind_unclosed_wrapped = n; break; | |
| 6302 case 'w': ind_unclosed_whiteok = n; break; | |
| 6303 case 'm': ind_matching_paren = n; break; | |
| 829 | 6304 case 'M': ind_paren_prev = n; break; |
| 7 | 6305 case ')': ind_maxparen = n; break; |
| 6306 case '*': ind_maxcomment = n; break; | |
| 6307 case 'g': ind_scopedecl = n; break; | |
| 6308 case 'h': ind_scopedecl_code = n; break; | |
| 6309 case 'j': ind_java = n; break; | |
|
2297
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6310 case 'J': ind_js = n; break; |
| 7 | 6311 case 'l': ind_keep_case_label = n; break; |
| 1096 | 6312 case '#': ind_hash_comment = n; break; |
| 7 | 6313 } |
|
2129
24100651daa9
updated for version 7.2.411
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2094
diff
changeset
|
6314 if (*options == ',') |
|
24100651daa9
updated for version 7.2.411
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2094
diff
changeset
|
6315 ++options; |
| 7 | 6316 } |
| 6317 | |
| 6318 /* remember where the cursor was when we started */ | |
| 6319 cur_curpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 6320 | |
|
2297
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6321 /* if we are at line 1 0 is fine, right? */ |
|
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6322 if (cur_curpos.lnum == 1) |
|
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6323 return 0; |
|
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6324 |
| 7 | 6325 /* Get a copy of the current contents of the line. |
| 6326 * This is required, because only the most recent line obtained with | |
| 6327 * ml_get is valid! */ | |
| 6328 linecopy = vim_strsave(ml_get(cur_curpos.lnum)); | |
| 6329 if (linecopy == NULL) | |
| 6330 return 0; | |
| 6331 | |
| 6332 /* | |
| 6333 * In insert mode and the cursor is on a ')' truncate the line at the | |
| 6334 * cursor position. We don't want to line up with the matching '(' when | |
| 6335 * inserting new stuff. | |
| 6336 * For unknown reasons the cursor might be past the end of the line, thus | |
| 6337 * check for that. | |
| 6338 */ | |
| 6339 if ((State & INSERT) | |
| 1883 | 6340 && curwin->w_cursor.col < (colnr_T)STRLEN(linecopy) |
| 7 | 6341 && linecopy[curwin->w_cursor.col] == ')') |
| 6342 linecopy[curwin->w_cursor.col] = NUL; | |
| 6343 | |
| 6344 theline = skipwhite(linecopy); | |
| 6345 | |
| 6346 /* move the cursor to the start of the line */ | |
| 6347 | |
| 6348 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; | |
| 6349 | |
|
2328
15379284e55a
Add the 'L' item to 'cinoptions'. (Manuel Konig)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2322
diff
changeset
|
6350 original_line_islabel = cin_islabel(ind_maxcomment); /* XXX */ |
|
15379284e55a
Add the 'L' item to 'cinoptions'. (Manuel Konig)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2322
diff
changeset
|
6351 |
| 7 | 6352 /* |
| 6353 * #defines and so on always go at the left when included in 'cinkeys'. | |
| 6354 */ | |
| 6355 if (*theline == '#' && (*linecopy == '#' || in_cinkeys('#', ' ', TRUE))) | |
| 6356 { | |
| 6357 amount = 0; | |
| 6358 } | |
| 6359 | |
| 6360 /* | |
|
2328
15379284e55a
Add the 'L' item to 'cinoptions'. (Manuel Konig)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2322
diff
changeset
|
6361 * Is it a non-case label? Then that goes at the left margin too unless: |
|
15379284e55a
Add the 'L' item to 'cinoptions'. (Manuel Konig)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2322
diff
changeset
|
6362 * - JS flag is set. |
|
15379284e55a
Add the 'L' item to 'cinoptions'. (Manuel Konig)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2322
diff
changeset
|
6363 * - 'L' item has a positive value. |
| 7 | 6364 */ |
|
2328
15379284e55a
Add the 'L' item to 'cinoptions'. (Manuel Konig)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2322
diff
changeset
|
6365 else if (original_line_islabel && !ind_js && ind_jump_label < 0) |
| 7 | 6366 { |
| 6367 amount = 0; | |
| 6368 } | |
| 6369 | |
| 6370 /* | |
| 6371 * If we're inside a "//" comment and there is a "//" comment in a | |
| 6372 * previous line, lineup with that one. | |
| 6373 */ | |
| 6374 else if (cin_islinecomment(theline) | |
| 6375 && (trypos = find_line_comment()) != NULL) /* XXX */ | |
| 6376 { | |
| 6377 /* find how indented the line beginning the comment is */ | |
| 6378 getvcol(curwin, trypos, &col, NULL, NULL); | |
| 6379 amount = col; | |
| 6380 } | |
| 6381 | |
| 6382 /* | |
| 6383 * If we're inside a comment and not looking at the start of the | |
| 6384 * comment, try using the 'comments' option. | |
| 6385 */ | |
| 6386 else if (!cin_iscomment(theline) | |
| 6387 && (trypos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL) /* XXX */ | |
| 6388 { | |
| 6389 int lead_start_len = 2; | |
| 6390 int lead_middle_len = 1; | |
| 6391 char_u lead_start[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* start-comment string */ | |
| 6392 char_u lead_middle[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* middle-comment string */ | |
| 6393 char_u lead_end[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* end-comment string */ | |
| 6394 char_u *p; | |
| 6395 int start_align = 0; | |
| 6396 int start_off = 0; | |
| 6397 int done = FALSE; | |
| 6398 | |
| 6399 /* find how indented the line beginning the comment is */ | |
| 6400 getvcol(curwin, trypos, &col, NULL, NULL); | |
| 6401 amount = col; | |
| 6402 | |
| 6403 p = curbuf->b_p_com; | |
| 6404 while (*p != NUL) | |
| 6405 { | |
| 6406 int align = 0; | |
| 6407 int off = 0; | |
| 6408 int what = 0; | |
| 6409 | |
| 6410 while (*p != NUL && *p != ':') | |
| 6411 { | |
| 6412 if (*p == COM_START || *p == COM_END || *p == COM_MIDDLE) | |
| 6413 what = *p++; | |
| 6414 else if (*p == COM_LEFT || *p == COM_RIGHT) | |
| 6415 align = *p++; | |
| 6416 else if (VIM_ISDIGIT(*p) || *p == '-') | |
| 6417 off = getdigits(&p); | |
| 6418 else | |
| 6419 ++p; | |
| 6420 } | |
| 6421 | |
| 6422 if (*p == ':') | |
| 6423 ++p; | |
| 6424 (void)copy_option_part(&p, lead_end, COM_MAX_LEN, ","); | |
| 6425 if (what == COM_START) | |
| 6426 { | |
| 6427 STRCPY(lead_start, lead_end); | |
| 6428 lead_start_len = (int)STRLEN(lead_start); | |
| 6429 start_off = off; | |
| 6430 start_align = align; | |
| 6431 } | |
| 6432 else if (what == COM_MIDDLE) | |
| 6433 { | |
| 6434 STRCPY(lead_middle, lead_end); | |
| 6435 lead_middle_len = (int)STRLEN(lead_middle); | |
| 6436 } | |
| 6437 else if (what == COM_END) | |
| 6438 { | |
| 6439 /* If our line starts with the middle comment string, line it | |
| 6440 * up with the comment opener per the 'comments' option. */ | |
| 6441 if (STRNCMP(theline, lead_middle, lead_middle_len) == 0 | |
| 6442 && STRNCMP(theline, lead_end, STRLEN(lead_end)) != 0) | |
| 6443 { | |
| 6444 done = TRUE; | |
| 6445 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1) | |
| 6446 { | |
| 6447 /* If the start comment string matches in the previous | |
| 1532 | 6448 * line, use the indent of that line plus offset. If |
| 7 | 6449 * the middle comment string matches in the previous |
| 6450 * line, use the indent of that line. XXX */ | |
| 6451 look = skipwhite(ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1)); | |
| 6452 if (STRNCMP(look, lead_start, lead_start_len) == 0) | |
| 6453 amount = get_indent_lnum(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1); | |
| 6454 else if (STRNCMP(look, lead_middle, | |
| 6455 lead_middle_len) == 0) | |
| 6456 { | |
| 6457 amount = get_indent_lnum(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1); | |
| 6458 break; | |
| 6459 } | |
| 6460 /* If the start comment string doesn't match with the | |
| 6461 * start of the comment, skip this entry. XXX */ | |
| 6462 else if (STRNCMP(ml_get(trypos->lnum) + trypos->col, | |
| 6463 lead_start, lead_start_len) != 0) | |
| 6464 continue; | |
| 6465 } | |
| 6466 if (start_off != 0) | |
| 6467 amount += start_off; | |
| 6468 else if (start_align == COM_RIGHT) | |
| 17 | 6469 amount += vim_strsize(lead_start) |
| 6470 - vim_strsize(lead_middle); | |
| 7 | 6471 break; |
| 6472 } | |
| 6473 | |
| 6474 /* If our line starts with the end comment string, line it up | |
| 6475 * with the middle comment */ | |
| 6476 if (STRNCMP(theline, lead_middle, lead_middle_len) != 0 | |
| 6477 && STRNCMP(theline, lead_end, STRLEN(lead_end)) == 0) | |
| 6478 { | |
| 6479 amount = get_indent_lnum(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1); | |
| 6480 /* XXX */ | |
| 6481 if (off != 0) | |
| 6482 amount += off; | |
| 6483 else if (align == COM_RIGHT) | |
| 17 | 6484 amount += vim_strsize(lead_start) |
| 6485 - vim_strsize(lead_middle); | |
| 7 | 6486 done = TRUE; |
| 6487 break; | |
| 6488 } | |
| 6489 } | |
| 6490 } | |
| 6491 | |
| 6492 /* If our line starts with an asterisk, line up with the | |
| 6493 * asterisk in the comment opener; otherwise, line up | |
| 6494 * with the first character of the comment text. | |
| 6495 */ | |
| 6496 if (done) | |
| 6497 ; | |
| 6498 else if (theline[0] == '*') | |
| 6499 amount += 1; | |
| 6500 else | |
| 6501 { | |
| 6502 /* | |
| 6503 * If we are more than one line away from the comment opener, take | |
| 6504 * the indent of the previous non-empty line. If 'cino' has "CO" | |
| 6505 * and we are just below the comment opener and there are any | |
| 6506 * white characters after it line up with the text after it; | |
| 6507 * otherwise, add the amount specified by "c" in 'cino' | |
| 6508 */ | |
| 6509 amount = -1; | |
| 6510 for (lnum = cur_curpos.lnum - 1; lnum > trypos->lnum; --lnum) | |
| 6511 { | |
| 6512 if (linewhite(lnum)) /* skip blank lines */ | |
| 6513 continue; | |
| 6514 amount = get_indent_lnum(lnum); /* XXX */ | |
| 6515 break; | |
| 6516 } | |
| 6517 if (amount == -1) /* use the comment opener */ | |
| 6518 { | |
| 6519 if (!ind_in_comment2) | |
| 6520 { | |
| 6521 start = ml_get(trypos->lnum); | |
| 6522 look = start + trypos->col + 2; /* skip / and * */ | |
| 6523 if (*look != NUL) /* if something after it */ | |
| 6524 trypos->col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(look) - start); | |
| 6525 } | |
| 6526 getvcol(curwin, trypos, &col, NULL, NULL); | |
| 6527 amount = col; | |
| 6528 if (ind_in_comment2 || *look == NUL) | |
| 6529 amount += ind_in_comment; | |
| 6530 } | |
| 6531 } | |
| 6532 } | |
| 6533 | |
| 6534 /* | |
| 6535 * Are we inside parentheses or braces? | |
| 6536 */ /* XXX */ | |
| 6537 else if (((trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment)) != NULL | |
| 6538 && ind_java == 0) | |
| 6539 || (tryposBrace = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL | |
| 6540 || trypos != NULL) | |
| 6541 { | |
| 6542 if (trypos != NULL && tryposBrace != NULL) | |
| 6543 { | |
| 6544 /* Both an unmatched '(' and '{' is found. Use the one which is | |
| 6545 * closer to the current cursor position, set the other to NULL. */ | |
| 6546 if (trypos->lnum != tryposBrace->lnum | |
| 6547 ? trypos->lnum < tryposBrace->lnum | |
| 6548 : trypos->col < tryposBrace->col) | |
| 6549 trypos = NULL; | |
| 6550 else | |
| 6551 tryposBrace = NULL; | |
| 6552 } | |
| 6553 | |
| 6554 if (trypos != NULL) | |
| 6555 { | |
| 6556 /* | |
| 6557 * If the matching paren is more than one line away, use the indent of | |
| 6558 * a previous non-empty line that matches the same paren. | |
| 6559 */ | |
| 829 | 6560 if (theline[0] == ')' && ind_paren_prev) |
| 6561 { | |
| 6562 /* Line up with the start of the matching paren line. */ | |
| 6563 amount = get_indent_lnum(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1); /* XXX */ | |
| 6564 } | |
| 6565 else | |
| 6566 { | |
| 6567 amount = -1; | |
| 6568 our_paren_pos = *trypos; | |
| 6569 for (lnum = cur_curpos.lnum - 1; lnum > our_paren_pos.lnum; --lnum) | |
| 7 | 6570 { |
| 829 | 6571 l = skipwhite(ml_get(lnum)); |
| 6572 if (cin_nocode(l)) /* skip comment lines */ | |
| 6573 continue; | |
| 6574 if (cin_ispreproc_cont(&l, &lnum)) | |
| 6575 continue; /* ignore #define, #if, etc. */ | |
| 6576 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum; | |
| 6577 | |
| 6578 /* Skip a comment. XXX */ | |
| 6579 if ((trypos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL) | |
| 6580 { | |
| 6581 lnum = trypos->lnum + 1; | |
| 6582 continue; | |
| 6583 } | |
| 6584 | |
| 6585 /* XXX */ | |
| 6586 if ((trypos = find_match_paren( | |
| 6587 corr_ind_maxparen(ind_maxparen, &cur_curpos), | |
| 7 | 6588 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL |
| 829 | 6589 && trypos->lnum == our_paren_pos.lnum |
| 6590 && trypos->col == our_paren_pos.col) | |
| 6591 { | |
| 6592 amount = get_indent_lnum(lnum); /* XXX */ | |
| 6593 | |
| 6594 if (theline[0] == ')') | |
| 6595 { | |
| 6596 if (our_paren_pos.lnum != lnum | |
| 6597 && cur_amount > amount) | |
| 6598 cur_amount = amount; | |
| 6599 amount = -1; | |
| 6600 } | |
| 6601 break; | |
| 6602 } | |
| 7 | 6603 } |
| 6604 } | |
| 6605 | |
| 6606 /* | |
| 6607 * Line up with line where the matching paren is. XXX | |
| 6608 * If the line starts with a '(' or the indent for unclosed | |
| 6609 * parentheses is zero, line up with the unclosed parentheses. | |
| 6610 */ | |
| 6611 if (amount == -1) | |
| 6612 { | |
| 829 | 6613 int ignore_paren_col = 0; |
| 6614 | |
| 7 | 6615 amount = skip_label(our_paren_pos.lnum, &look, ind_maxcomment); |
| 829 | 6616 look = skipwhite(look); |
| 6617 if (*look == '(') | |
| 6618 { | |
| 6619 linenr_T save_lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 6620 char_u *line; | |
| 6621 int look_col; | |
| 6622 | |
| 6623 /* Ignore a '(' in front of the line that has a match before | |
| 6624 * our matching '('. */ | |
| 6625 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = our_paren_pos.lnum; | |
| 6626 line = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 835 | 6627 look_col = (int)(look - line); |
| 829 | 6628 curwin->w_cursor.col = look_col + 1; |
| 6629 if ((trypos = findmatchlimit(NULL, ')', 0, ind_maxparen)) | |
| 6630 != NULL | |
| 6631 && trypos->lnum == our_paren_pos.lnum | |
| 6632 && trypos->col < our_paren_pos.col) | |
| 6633 ignore_paren_col = trypos->col + 1; | |
| 6634 | |
| 6635 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = save_lnum; | |
| 6636 look = ml_get(our_paren_pos.lnum) + look_col; | |
| 6637 } | |
| 7 | 6638 if (theline[0] == ')' || ind_unclosed == 0 |
| 829 | 6639 || (!ind_unclosed_noignore && *look == '(' |
| 6640 && ignore_paren_col == 0)) | |
| 7 | 6641 { |
| 6642 /* | |
| 6643 * If we're looking at a close paren, line up right there; | |
| 6644 * otherwise, line up with the next (non-white) character. | |
| 6645 * When ind_unclosed_wrapped is set and the matching paren is | |
| 6646 * the last nonwhite character of the line, use either the | |
| 6647 * indent of the current line or the indentation of the next | |
| 6648 * outer paren and add ind_unclosed_wrapped (for very long | |
| 6649 * lines). | |
| 6650 */ | |
| 6651 if (theline[0] != ')') | |
| 6652 { | |
| 6653 cur_amount = MAXCOL; | |
| 6654 l = ml_get(our_paren_pos.lnum); | |
| 6655 if (ind_unclosed_wrapped | |
| 6656 && cin_ends_in(l, (char_u *)"(", NULL)) | |
| 6657 { | |
| 6658 /* look for opening unmatched paren, indent one level | |
| 6659 * for each additional level */ | |
| 6660 n = 1; | |
| 6661 for (col = 0; col < our_paren_pos.col; ++col) | |
| 6662 { | |
| 6663 switch (l[col]) | |
| 6664 { | |
| 6665 case '(': | |
| 6666 case '{': ++n; | |
| 6667 break; | |
| 6668 | |
| 6669 case ')': | |
| 6670 case '}': if (n > 1) | |
| 6671 --n; | |
| 6672 break; | |
| 6673 } | |
| 6674 } | |
| 6675 | |
| 6676 our_paren_pos.col = 0; | |
| 6677 amount += n * ind_unclosed_wrapped; | |
| 6678 } | |
| 6679 else if (ind_unclosed_whiteok) | |
| 6680 our_paren_pos.col++; | |
| 6681 else | |
| 6682 { | |
| 6683 col = our_paren_pos.col + 1; | |
| 6684 while (vim_iswhite(l[col])) | |
| 6685 col++; | |
| 6686 if (l[col] != NUL) /* In case of trailing space */ | |
| 6687 our_paren_pos.col = col; | |
| 6688 else | |
| 6689 our_paren_pos.col++; | |
| 6690 } | |
| 6691 } | |
| 6692 | |
| 6693 /* | |
| 6694 * Find how indented the paren is, or the character after it | |
| 6695 * if we did the above "if". | |
| 6696 */ | |
| 6697 if (our_paren_pos.col > 0) | |
| 6698 { | |
| 6699 getvcol(curwin, &our_paren_pos, &col, NULL, NULL); | |
| 6700 if (cur_amount > (int)col) | |
| 6701 cur_amount = col; | |
| 6702 } | |
| 6703 } | |
| 6704 | |
| 6705 if (theline[0] == ')' && ind_matching_paren) | |
| 6706 { | |
| 6707 /* Line up with the start of the matching paren line. */ | |
| 6708 } | |
| 6709 else if (ind_unclosed == 0 || (!ind_unclosed_noignore | |
| 829 | 6710 && *look == '(' && ignore_paren_col == 0)) |
| 7 | 6711 { |
| 6712 if (cur_amount != MAXCOL) | |
| 6713 amount = cur_amount; | |
| 6714 } | |
| 6715 else | |
| 6716 { | |
| 829 | 6717 /* Add ind_unclosed2 for each '(' before our matching one, but |
| 6718 * ignore (void) before the line (ignore_paren_col). */ | |
| 7 | 6719 col = our_paren_pos.col; |
| 834 | 6720 while ((int)our_paren_pos.col > ignore_paren_col) |
| 7 | 6721 { |
| 6722 --our_paren_pos.col; | |
| 6723 switch (*ml_get_pos(&our_paren_pos)) | |
| 6724 { | |
| 6725 case '(': amount += ind_unclosed2; | |
| 6726 col = our_paren_pos.col; | |
| 6727 break; | |
| 6728 case ')': amount -= ind_unclosed2; | |
| 6729 col = MAXCOL; | |
| 6730 break; | |
| 6731 } | |
| 6732 } | |
| 6733 | |
| 6734 /* Use ind_unclosed once, when the first '(' is not inside | |
| 6735 * braces */ | |
| 6736 if (col == MAXCOL) | |
| 6737 amount += ind_unclosed; | |
| 6738 else | |
| 6739 { | |
| 6740 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = our_paren_pos.lnum; | |
| 6741 curwin->w_cursor.col = col; | |
| 6742 if ((trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen, | |
| 6743 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL) | |
| 6744 amount += ind_unclosed2; | |
| 6745 else | |
| 6746 amount += ind_unclosed; | |
| 6747 } | |
| 6748 /* | |
| 6749 * For a line starting with ')' use the minimum of the two | |
| 6750 * positions, to avoid giving it more indent than the previous | |
| 6751 * lines: | |
| 6752 * func_long_name( if (x | |
| 6753 * arg && yy | |
| 6754 * ) ^ not here ) ^ not here | |
| 6755 */ | |
| 6756 if (cur_amount < amount) | |
| 6757 amount = cur_amount; | |
| 6758 } | |
| 6759 } | |
| 6760 | |
| 6761 /* add extra indent for a comment */ | |
| 6762 if (cin_iscomment(theline)) | |
| 6763 amount += ind_comment; | |
| 6764 } | |
| 6765 | |
| 6766 /* | |
| 6767 * Are we at least inside braces, then? | |
| 6768 */ | |
| 6769 else | |
| 6770 { | |
| 6771 trypos = tryposBrace; | |
| 6772 | |
| 6773 ourscope = trypos->lnum; | |
| 6774 start = ml_get(ourscope); | |
| 6775 | |
| 6776 /* | |
| 6777 * Now figure out how indented the line is in general. | |
| 6778 * If the brace was at the start of the line, we use that; | |
| 6779 * otherwise, check out the indentation of the line as | |
| 6780 * a whole and then add the "imaginary indent" to that. | |
| 6781 */ | |
| 6782 look = skipwhite(start); | |
| 6783 if (*look == '{') | |
| 6784 { | |
| 6785 getvcol(curwin, trypos, &col, NULL, NULL); | |
| 6786 amount = col; | |
| 6787 if (*start == '{') | |
| 6788 start_brace = BRACE_IN_COL0; | |
| 6789 else | |
| 6790 start_brace = BRACE_AT_START; | |
| 6791 } | |
| 6792 else | |
| 6793 { | |
| 6794 /* | |
| 6795 * that opening brace might have been on a continuation | |
| 6796 * line. if so, find the start of the line. | |
| 6797 */ | |
| 6798 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = ourscope; | |
| 6799 | |
| 6800 /* | |
| 6801 * position the cursor over the rightmost paren, so that | |
| 6802 * matching it will take us back to the start of the line. | |
| 6803 */ | |
| 6804 lnum = ourscope; | |
| 6805 if (find_last_paren(start, '(', ')') | |
| 6806 && (trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen, | |
| 6807 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL) | |
| 6808 lnum = trypos->lnum; | |
| 6809 | |
| 6810 /* | |
| 6811 * It could have been something like | |
| 6812 * case 1: if (asdf && | |
| 6813 * ldfd) { | |
| 6814 * } | |
| 6815 */ | |
|
2297
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6816 if ((ind_keep_case_label |
|
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6817 && cin_iscase(skipwhite(ml_get_curline()), FALSE))) |
| 7 | 6818 amount = get_indent(); |
| 6819 else | |
| 6820 amount = skip_label(lnum, &l, ind_maxcomment); | |
| 6821 | |
| 6822 start_brace = BRACE_AT_END; | |
| 6823 } | |
| 6824 | |
| 6825 /* | |
| 6826 * if we're looking at a closing brace, that's where | |
| 6827 * we want to be. otherwise, add the amount of room | |
| 6828 * that an indent is supposed to be. | |
| 6829 */ | |
| 6830 if (theline[0] == '}') | |
| 6831 { | |
| 6832 /* | |
| 6833 * they may want closing braces to line up with something | |
| 6834 * other than the open brace. indulge them, if so. | |
| 6835 */ | |
| 6836 amount += ind_close_extra; | |
| 6837 } | |
| 6838 else | |
| 6839 { | |
| 6840 /* | |
| 6841 * If we're looking at an "else", try to find an "if" | |
| 6842 * to match it with. | |
| 6843 * If we're looking at a "while", try to find a "do" | |
| 6844 * to match it with. | |
| 6845 */ | |
| 6846 lookfor = LOOKFOR_INITIAL; | |
| 6847 if (cin_iselse(theline)) | |
| 6848 lookfor = LOOKFOR_IF; | |
| 6849 else if (cin_iswhileofdo(theline, cur_curpos.lnum, ind_maxparen)) | |
| 6850 /* XXX */ | |
| 6851 lookfor = LOOKFOR_DO; | |
| 6852 if (lookfor != LOOKFOR_INITIAL) | |
| 6853 { | |
| 6854 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = cur_curpos.lnum; | |
| 6855 if (find_match(lookfor, ourscope, ind_maxparen, | |
| 6856 ind_maxcomment) == OK) | |
| 6857 { | |
| 6858 amount = get_indent(); /* XXX */ | |
| 6859 goto theend; | |
| 6860 } | |
| 6861 } | |
| 6862 | |
| 6863 /* | |
| 6864 * We get here if we are not on an "while-of-do" or "else" (or | |
| 6865 * failed to find a matching "if"). | |
| 6866 * Search backwards for something to line up with. | |
| 6867 * First set amount for when we don't find anything. | |
| 6868 */ | |
| 6869 | |
| 6870 /* | |
| 6871 * if the '{' is _really_ at the left margin, use the imaginary | |
| 6872 * location of a left-margin brace. Otherwise, correct the | |
| 6873 * location for ind_open_extra. | |
| 6874 */ | |
| 6875 | |
| 6876 if (start_brace == BRACE_IN_COL0) /* '{' is in column 0 */ | |
| 6877 { | |
| 6878 amount = ind_open_left_imag; | |
| 6879 } | |
| 6880 else | |
| 6881 { | |
| 6882 if (start_brace == BRACE_AT_END) /* '{' is at end of line */ | |
| 6883 amount += ind_open_imag; | |
| 6884 else | |
| 6885 { | |
| 6886 /* Compensate for adding ind_open_extra later. */ | |
| 6887 amount -= ind_open_extra; | |
| 6888 if (amount < 0) | |
| 6889 amount = 0; | |
| 6890 } | |
| 6891 } | |
| 6892 | |
| 6893 lookfor_break = FALSE; | |
| 6894 | |
|
2297
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6895 if (cin_iscase(theline, FALSE)) /* it's a switch() label */ |
| 7 | 6896 { |
| 6897 lookfor = LOOKFOR_CASE; /* find a previous switch() label */ | |
| 6898 amount += ind_case; | |
| 6899 } | |
| 6900 else if (cin_isscopedecl(theline)) /* private:, ... */ | |
| 6901 { | |
| 6902 lookfor = LOOKFOR_SCOPEDECL; /* class decl is this block */ | |
| 6903 amount += ind_scopedecl; | |
| 6904 } | |
| 6905 else | |
| 6906 { | |
| 6907 if (ind_case_break && cin_isbreak(theline)) /* break; ... */ | |
| 6908 lookfor_break = TRUE; | |
| 6909 | |
| 6910 lookfor = LOOKFOR_INITIAL; | |
| 6911 amount += ind_level; /* ind_level from start of block */ | |
| 6912 } | |
| 6913 scope_amount = amount; | |
| 6914 whilelevel = 0; | |
| 6915 | |
| 6916 /* | |
| 6917 * Search backwards. If we find something we recognize, line up | |
| 6918 * with that. | |
| 6919 * | |
| 6920 * if we're looking at an open brace, indent | |
| 6921 * the usual amount relative to the conditional | |
| 6922 * that opens the block. | |
| 6923 */ | |
| 6924 curwin->w_cursor = cur_curpos; | |
| 6925 for (;;) | |
| 6926 { | |
| 6927 curwin->w_cursor.lnum--; | |
| 6928 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; | |
| 6929 | |
| 6930 /* | |
| 6931 * If we went all the way back to the start of our scope, line | |
| 6932 * up with it. | |
| 6933 */ | |
| 6934 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum <= ourscope) | |
| 6935 { | |
| 6936 /* we reached end of scope: | |
| 6937 * if looking for a enum or structure initialization | |
| 6938 * go further back: | |
| 6939 * if it is an initializer (enum xxx or xxx =), then | |
| 6940 * don't add ind_continuation, otherwise it is a variable | |
| 6941 * declaration: | |
| 6942 * int x, | |
| 6943 * here; <-- add ind_continuation | |
| 6944 */ | |
| 6945 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT) | |
| 6946 { | |
| 6947 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == 0 | |
| 6948 || curwin->w_cursor.lnum | |
| 6949 < ourscope - ind_maxparen) | |
| 6950 { | |
| 6951 /* nothing found (abuse ind_maxparen as limit) | |
| 6952 * assume terminated line (i.e. a variable | |
| 6953 * initialization) */ | |
| 6954 if (cont_amount > 0) | |
| 6955 amount = cont_amount; | |
|
2297
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6956 else if (!ind_js) |
| 7 | 6957 amount += ind_continuation; |
| 6958 break; | |
| 6959 } | |
| 6960 | |
| 6961 l = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 6962 | |
| 6963 /* | |
| 6964 * If we're in a comment now, skip to the start of the | |
| 6965 * comment. | |
| 6966 */ | |
| 6967 trypos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment); | |
| 6968 if (trypos != NULL) | |
| 6969 { | |
| 6970 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum + 1; | |
| 1550 | 6971 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; |
| 7 | 6972 continue; |
| 6973 } | |
| 6974 | |
| 6975 /* | |
| 6976 * Skip preprocessor directives and blank lines. | |
| 6977 */ | |
| 6978 if (cin_ispreproc_cont(&l, &curwin->w_cursor.lnum)) | |
| 6979 continue; | |
| 6980 | |
| 6981 if (cin_nocode(l)) | |
| 6982 continue; | |
| 6983 | |
| 6984 terminated = cin_isterminated(l, FALSE, TRUE); | |
| 6985 | |
| 6986 /* | |
| 6987 * If we are at top level and the line looks like a | |
| 6988 * function declaration, we are done | |
| 6989 * (it's a variable declaration). | |
| 6990 */ | |
| 6991 if (start_brace != BRACE_IN_COL0 | |
| 6992 || !cin_isfuncdecl(&l, curwin->w_cursor.lnum)) | |
| 6993 { | |
| 6994 /* if the line is terminated with another ',' | |
| 6995 * it is a continued variable initialization. | |
| 6996 * don't add extra indent. | |
| 6997 * TODO: does not work, if a function | |
| 6998 * declaration is split over multiple lines: | |
| 6999 * cin_isfuncdecl returns FALSE then. | |
| 7000 */ | |
| 7001 if (terminated == ',') | |
| 7002 break; | |
| 7003 | |
| 7004 /* if it es a enum declaration or an assignment, | |
| 7005 * we are done. | |
| 7006 */ | |
| 7007 if (terminated != ';' && cin_isinit()) | |
| 7008 break; | |
| 7009 | |
| 7010 /* nothing useful found */ | |
| 7011 if (terminated == 0 || terminated == '{') | |
| 7012 continue; | |
| 7013 } | |
| 7014 | |
| 7015 if (terminated != ';') | |
| 7016 { | |
| 7017 /* Skip parens and braces. Position the cursor | |
| 7018 * over the rightmost paren, so that matching it | |
| 7019 * will take us back to the start of the line. | |
| 7020 */ /* XXX */ | |
| 7021 trypos = NULL; | |
| 7022 if (find_last_paren(l, '(', ')')) | |
| 7023 trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen, | |
| 7024 ind_maxcomment); | |
| 7025 | |
| 7026 if (trypos == NULL && find_last_paren(l, '{', '}')) | |
| 7027 trypos = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment); | |
| 7028 | |
| 7029 if (trypos != NULL) | |
| 7030 { | |
| 7031 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum + 1; | |
| 1550 | 7032 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; |
| 7 | 7033 continue; |
| 7034 } | |
| 7035 } | |
| 7036 | |
| 7037 /* it's a variable declaration, add indentation | |
| 7038 * like in | |
| 7039 * int a, | |
| 7040 * b; | |
| 7041 */ | |
| 7042 if (cont_amount > 0) | |
| 7043 amount = cont_amount; | |
| 7044 else | |
| 7045 amount += ind_continuation; | |
| 7046 } | |
| 7047 else if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM) | |
| 7048 { | |
| 7049 if (cont_amount > 0) | |
| 7050 amount = cont_amount; | |
| 7051 else | |
| 7052 amount += ind_continuation; | |
| 7053 } | |
| 7054 else if (lookfor != LOOKFOR_TERM | |
| 7055 && lookfor != LOOKFOR_CPP_BASECLASS) | |
| 7056 { | |
| 7057 amount = scope_amount; | |
| 7058 if (theline[0] == '{') | |
| 7059 amount += ind_open_extra; | |
| 7060 } | |
| 7061 break; | |
| 7062 } | |
| 7063 | |
| 7064 /* | |
| 7065 * If we're in a comment now, skip to the start of the comment. | |
| 7066 */ /* XXX */ | |
| 7067 if ((trypos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL) | |
| 7068 { | |
| 7069 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum + 1; | |
| 1550 | 7070 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; |
| 7 | 7071 continue; |
| 7072 } | |
| 7073 | |
| 7074 l = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 7075 | |
| 7076 /* | |
| 7077 * If this is a switch() label, may line up relative to that. | |
| 827 | 7078 * If this is a C++ scope declaration, do the same. |
| 7 | 7079 */ |
|
2297
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
7080 iscase = cin_iscase(l, FALSE); |
| 7 | 7081 if (iscase || cin_isscopedecl(l)) |
| 7082 { | |
| 7083 /* we are only looking for cpp base class | |
| 7084 * declaration/initialization any longer */ | |
| 7085 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_CPP_BASECLASS) | |
| 7086 break; | |
| 7087 | |
| 7088 /* When looking for a "do" we are not interested in | |
| 7089 * labels. */ | |
| 7090 if (whilelevel > 0) | |
| 7091 continue; | |
| 7092 | |
| 7093 /* | |
| 7094 * case xx: | |
| 7095 * c = 99 + <- this indent plus continuation | |
| 7096 *-> here; | |
| 7097 */ | |
| 7098 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM | |
| 7099 || lookfor == LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT) | |
| 7100 { | |
| 7101 if (cont_amount > 0) | |
| 7102 amount = cont_amount; | |
| 7103 else | |
| 7104 amount += ind_continuation; | |
| 7105 break; | |
| 7106 } | |
| 7107 | |
| 7108 /* | |
| 7109 * case xx: <- line up with this case | |
| 7110 * x = 333; | |
| 7111 * case yy: | |
| 7112 */ | |
| 7113 if ( (iscase && lookfor == LOOKFOR_CASE) | |
| 7114 || (iscase && lookfor_break) | |
| 7115 || (!iscase && lookfor == LOOKFOR_SCOPEDECL)) | |
| 7116 { | |
| 7117 /* | |
| 7118 * Check that this case label is not for another | |
| 7119 * switch() | |
| 7120 */ /* XXX */ | |
| 7121 if ((trypos = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment)) == | |
| 7122 NULL || trypos->lnum == ourscope) | |
| 7123 { | |
| 7124 amount = get_indent(); /* XXX */ | |
| 7125 break; | |
| 7126 } | |
| 7127 continue; | |
| 7128 } | |
| 7129 | |
| 7130 n = get_indent_nolabel(curwin->w_cursor.lnum); /* XXX */ | |
| 7131 | |
| 7132 /* | |
| 7133 * case xx: if (cond) <- line up with this if | |
| 7134 * y = y + 1; | |
| 7135 * -> s = 99; | |
| 7136 * | |
| 7137 * case xx: | |
| 7138 * if (cond) <- line up with this line | |
| 7139 * y = y + 1; | |
| 7140 * -> s = 99; | |
| 7141 */ | |
| 7142 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_TERM) | |
| 7143 { | |
| 7144 if (n) | |
| 7145 amount = n; | |
| 7146 | |
| 7147 if (!lookfor_break) | |
| 7148 break; | |
| 7149 } | |
| 7150 | |
| 7151 /* | |
| 7152 * case xx: x = x + 1; <- line up with this x | |
| 7153 * -> y = y + 1; | |
| 7154 * | |
| 7155 * case xx: if (cond) <- line up with this if | |
| 7156 * -> y = y + 1; | |
| 7157 */ | |
| 7158 if (n) | |
| 7159 { | |
| 7160 amount = n; | |
| 7161 l = after_label(ml_get_curline()); | |
| 7162 if (l != NULL && cin_is_cinword(l)) | |
| 829 | 7163 { |
| 7164 if (theline[0] == '{') | |
| 7165 amount += ind_open_extra; | |
| 7166 else | |
| 7167 amount += ind_level + ind_no_brace; | |
| 7168 } | |
| 7 | 7169 break; |
| 7170 } | |
| 7171 | |
| 7172 /* | |
| 7173 * Try to get the indent of a statement before the switch | |
| 7174 * label. If nothing is found, line up relative to the | |
| 7175 * switch label. | |
| 7176 * break; <- may line up with this line | |
| 7177 * case xx: | |
| 7178 * -> y = 1; | |
| 7179 */ | |
| 7180 scope_amount = get_indent() + (iscase /* XXX */ | |
| 7181 ? ind_case_code : ind_scopedecl_code); | |
| 7182 lookfor = ind_case_break ? LOOKFOR_NOBREAK : LOOKFOR_ANY; | |
| 7183 continue; | |
| 7184 } | |
| 7185 | |
| 7186 /* | |
| 7187 * Looking for a switch() label or C++ scope declaration, | |
| 7188 * ignore other lines, skip {}-blocks. | |
| 7189 */ | |
| 7190 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_CASE || lookfor == LOOKFOR_SCOPEDECL) | |
| 7191 { | |
| 7192 if (find_last_paren(l, '{', '}') && (trypos = | |
| 7193 find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL) | |
| 1550 | 7194 { |
| 7 | 7195 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum + 1; |
| 1550 | 7196 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; |
| 7197 } | |
| 7 | 7198 continue; |
| 7199 } | |
| 7200 | |
| 7201 /* | |
| 7202 * Ignore jump labels with nothing after them. | |
| 7203 */ | |
|
2297
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
7204 if (!ind_js && cin_islabel(ind_maxcomment)) |
| 7 | 7205 { |
| 7206 l = after_label(ml_get_curline()); | |
| 7207 if (l == NULL || cin_nocode(l)) | |
| 7208 continue; | |
| 7209 } | |
| 7210 | |
| 7211 /* | |
| 7212 * Ignore #defines, #if, etc. | |
| 7213 * Ignore comment and empty lines. | |
| 7214 * (need to get the line again, cin_islabel() may have | |
| 7215 * unlocked it) | |
| 7216 */ | |
| 7217 l = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 7218 if (cin_ispreproc_cont(&l, &curwin->w_cursor.lnum) | |
| 7219 || cin_nocode(l)) | |
| 7220 continue; | |
| 7221 | |
| 7222 /* | |
| 7223 * Are we at the start of a cpp base class declaration or | |
| 7224 * constructor initialization? | |
| 7225 */ /* XXX */ | |
| 827 | 7226 n = FALSE; |
| 7227 if (lookfor != LOOKFOR_TERM && ind_cpp_baseclass > 0) | |
| 7228 { | |
| 1336 | 7229 n = cin_is_cpp_baseclass(&col); |
| 827 | 7230 l = ml_get_curline(); |
| 7231 } | |
| 7232 if (n) | |
| 7 | 7233 { |
| 7234 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM) | |
| 7235 { | |
| 7236 if (cont_amount > 0) | |
| 7237 amount = cont_amount; | |
| 7238 else | |
| 7239 amount += ind_continuation; | |
| 7240 } | |
| 828 | 7241 else if (theline[0] == '{') |
| 7 | 7242 { |
| 828 | 7243 /* Need to find start of the declaration. */ |
| 7244 lookfor = LOOKFOR_UNTERM; | |
| 7245 ind_continuation = 0; | |
| 7246 continue; | |
| 7 | 7247 } |
| 7248 else | |
| 828 | 7249 /* XXX */ |
| 7250 amount = get_baseclass_amount(col, ind_maxparen, | |
| 7251 ind_maxcomment, ind_cpp_baseclass); | |
| 7 | 7252 break; |
| 7253 } | |
| 7254 else if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_CPP_BASECLASS) | |
| 7255 { | |
| 7256 /* only look, whether there is a cpp base class | |
| 827 | 7257 * declaration or initialization before the opening brace. |
| 7258 */ | |
| 7 | 7259 if (cin_isterminated(l, TRUE, FALSE)) |
| 7260 break; | |
| 7261 else | |
| 7262 continue; | |
| 7263 } | |
| 7264 | |
| 7265 /* | |
| 7266 * What happens next depends on the line being terminated. | |
| 7267 * If terminated with a ',' only consider it terminating if | |
| 1224 | 7268 * there is another unterminated statement behind, eg: |
| 7 | 7269 * 123, |
| 7270 * sizeof | |
| 7271 * here | |
| 7272 * Otherwise check whether it is a enumeration or structure | |
| 7273 * initialisation (not indented) or a variable declaration | |
| 7274 * (indented). | |
| 7275 */ | |
| 7276 terminated = cin_isterminated(l, FALSE, TRUE); | |
| 7277 | |
| 7278 if (terminated == 0 || (lookfor != LOOKFOR_UNTERM | |
| 7279 && terminated == ',')) | |
| 7280 { | |
| 7281 /* | |
| 7282 * if we're in the middle of a paren thing, | |
| 7283 * go back to the line that starts it so | |
| 7284 * we can get the right prevailing indent | |
| 7285 * if ( foo && | |
| 7286 * bar ) | |
| 7287 */ | |
| 7288 /* | |
| 7289 * position the cursor over the rightmost paren, so that | |
| 7290 * matching it will take us back to the start of the line. | |
| 7291 */ | |
| 7292 (void)find_last_paren(l, '(', ')'); | |
| 7293 trypos = find_match_paren( | |
| 7294 corr_ind_maxparen(ind_maxparen, &cur_curpos), | |
| 7295 ind_maxcomment); | |
| 7296 | |
| 7297 /* | |
| 7298 * If we are looking for ',', we also look for matching | |
| 7299 * braces. | |
| 7300 */ | |
| 828 | 7301 if (trypos == NULL && terminated == ',' |
| 7302 && find_last_paren(l, '{', '}')) | |
| 7 | 7303 trypos = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment); |
| 7304 | |
| 7305 if (trypos != NULL) | |
| 7306 { | |
| 7307 /* | |
| 7308 * Check if we are on a case label now. This is | |
| 7309 * handled above. | |
| 7310 * case xx: if ( asdf && | |
| 7311 * asdf) | |
| 7312 */ | |
| 1550 | 7313 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos; |
| 7 | 7314 l = ml_get_curline(); |
|
2297
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
7315 if (cin_iscase(l, FALSE) || cin_isscopedecl(l)) |
| 7 | 7316 { |
| 7317 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 1550 | 7318 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; |
| 7 | 7319 continue; |
| 7320 } | |
| 7321 } | |
| 7322 | |
| 7323 /* | |
| 7324 * Skip over continuation lines to find the one to get the | |
| 7325 * indent from | |
| 7326 * char *usethis = "bla\ | |
| 7327 * bla", | |
| 7328 * here; | |
| 7329 */ | |
| 7330 if (terminated == ',') | |
| 7331 { | |
| 7332 while (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1) | |
| 7333 { | |
| 7334 l = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1); | |
| 7335 if (*l == NUL || l[STRLEN(l) - 1] != '\\') | |
| 7336 break; | |
| 7337 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 1550 | 7338 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; |
| 7 | 7339 } |
| 7340 } | |
| 7341 | |
| 7342 /* | |
| 7343 * Get indent and pointer to text for current line, | |
| 7344 * ignoring any jump label. XXX | |
| 7345 */ | |
|
2297
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
7346 if (!ind_js) |
|
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
7347 cur_amount = skip_label(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, |
| 7 | 7348 &l, ind_maxcomment); |
|
2297
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
7349 else |
|
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
7350 cur_amount = get_indent(); |
| 7 | 7351 /* |
| 7352 * If this is just above the line we are indenting, and it | |
| 7353 * starts with a '{', line it up with this line. | |
| 7354 * while (not) | |
| 7355 * -> { | |
| 7356 * } | |
| 7357 */ | |
| 7358 if (terminated != ',' && lookfor != LOOKFOR_TERM | |
| 7359 && theline[0] == '{') | |
| 7360 { | |
| 7361 amount = cur_amount; | |
| 7362 /* | |
| 7363 * Only add ind_open_extra when the current line | |
| 7364 * doesn't start with a '{', which must have a match | |
| 7365 * in the same line (scope is the same). Probably: | |
| 7366 * { 1, 2 }, | |
| 7367 * -> { 3, 4 } | |
| 7368 */ | |
| 7369 if (*skipwhite(l) != '{') | |
| 7370 amount += ind_open_extra; | |
| 7371 | |
| 7372 if (ind_cpp_baseclass) | |
| 7373 { | |
| 7374 /* have to look back, whether it is a cpp base | |
| 7375 * class declaration or initialization */ | |
| 7376 lookfor = LOOKFOR_CPP_BASECLASS; | |
| 7377 continue; | |
| 7378 } | |
| 7379 break; | |
| 7380 } | |
| 7381 | |
| 7382 /* | |
| 7383 * Check if we are after an "if", "while", etc. | |
| 7384 * Also allow " } else". | |
| 7385 */ | |
| 7386 if (cin_is_cinword(l) || cin_iselse(skipwhite(l))) | |
| 7387 { | |
| 7388 /* | |
| 7389 * Found an unterminated line after an if (), line up | |
| 7390 * with the last one. | |
| 7391 * if (cond) | |
| 7392 * 100 + | |
| 7393 * -> here; | |
| 7394 */ | |
| 7395 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM | |
| 7396 || lookfor == LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT) | |
| 7397 { | |
| 7398 if (cont_amount > 0) | |
| 7399 amount = cont_amount; | |
| 7400 else | |
| 7401 amount += ind_continuation; | |
| 7402 break; | |
| 7403 } | |
| 7404 | |
| 7405 /* | |
| 7406 * If this is just above the line we are indenting, we | |
| 7407 * are finished. | |
| 7408 * while (not) | |
| 7409 * -> here; | |
| 7410 * Otherwise this indent can be used when the line | |
| 7411 * before this is terminated. | |
| 7412 * yyy; | |
| 7413 * if (stat) | |
| 7414 * while (not) | |
| 7415 * xxx; | |
| 7416 * -> here; | |
| 7417 */ | |
| 7418 amount = cur_amount; | |
| 7419 if (theline[0] == '{') | |
| 7420 amount += ind_open_extra; | |
| 7421 if (lookfor != LOOKFOR_TERM) | |
| 7422 { | |
| 7423 amount += ind_level + ind_no_brace; | |
| 7424 break; | |
| 7425 } | |
| 7426 | |
| 7427 /* | |
| 7428 * Special trick: when expecting the while () after a | |
| 7429 * do, line up with the while() | |
| 7430 * do | |
| 7431 * x = 1; | |
| 7432 * -> here | |
| 7433 */ | |
| 7434 l = skipwhite(ml_get_curline()); | |
| 7435 if (cin_isdo(l)) | |
| 7436 { | |
| 7437 if (whilelevel == 0) | |
| 7438 break; | |
| 7439 --whilelevel; | |
| 7440 } | |
| 7441 | |
| 7442 /* | |
| 7443 * When searching for a terminated line, don't use the | |
| 7444 * one between the "if" and the "else". | |
| 7445 * Need to use the scope of this "else". XXX | |
| 7446 * If whilelevel != 0 continue looking for a "do {". | |
| 7447 */ | |
| 7448 if (cin_iselse(l) | |
| 7449 && whilelevel == 0 | |
| 7450 && ((trypos = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment)) | |
| 7451 == NULL | |
| 7452 || find_match(LOOKFOR_IF, trypos->lnum, | |
| 7453 ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment) == FAIL)) | |
| 7454 break; | |
| 7455 } | |
| 7456 | |
| 7457 /* | |
| 7458 * If we're below an unterminated line that is not an | |
| 7459 * "if" or something, we may line up with this line or | |
| 1224 | 7460 * add something for a continuation line, depending on |
| 7 | 7461 * the line before this one. |
| 7462 */ | |
| 7463 else | |
| 7464 { | |
| 7465 /* | |
| 7466 * Found two unterminated lines on a row, line up with | |
| 7467 * the last one. | |
| 7468 * c = 99 + | |
| 7469 * 100 + | |
| 7470 * -> here; | |
| 7471 */ | |
| 7472 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM) | |
| 7473 { | |
| 7474 /* When line ends in a comma add extra indent */ | |
| 7475 if (terminated == ',') | |
| 7476 amount += ind_continuation; | |
| 7477 break; | |
| 7478 } | |
| 7479 | |
| 7480 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT) | |
| 7481 { | |
| 7482 /* Found two lines ending in ',', lineup with the | |
| 7483 * lowest one, but check for cpp base class | |
| 7484 * declaration/initialization, if it is an | |
| 7485 * opening brace or we are looking just for | |
| 7486 * enumerations/initializations. */ | |
| 7487 if (terminated == ',') | |
| 7488 { | |
| 7489 if (ind_cpp_baseclass == 0) | |
| 7490 break; | |
| 7491 | |
| 7492 lookfor = LOOKFOR_CPP_BASECLASS; | |
| 7493 continue; | |
| 7494 } | |
| 7495 | |
| 7496 /* Ignore unterminated lines in between, but | |
| 7497 * reduce indent. */ | |
| 7498 if (amount > cur_amount) | |
| 7499 amount = cur_amount; | |
| 7500 } | |
| 7501 else | |
| 7502 { | |
| 7503 /* | |
| 7504 * Found first unterminated line on a row, may | |
| 7505 * line up with this line, remember its indent | |
| 7506 * 100 + | |
| 7507 * -> here; | |
| 7508 */ | |
| 7509 amount = cur_amount; | |
| 7510 | |
| 7511 /* | |
| 7512 * If previous line ends in ',', check whether we | |
| 7513 * are in an initialization or enum | |
| 7514 * struct xxx = | |
| 7515 * { | |
| 7516 * sizeof a, | |
| 7517 * 124 }; | |
| 7518 * or a normal possible continuation line. | |
| 7519 * but only, of no other statement has been found | |
| 7520 * yet. | |
| 7521 */ | |
| 7522 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_INITIAL && terminated == ',') | |
| 7523 { | |
| 7524 lookfor = LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT; | |
| 7525 cont_amount = cin_first_id_amount(); | |
| 7526 } | |
| 7527 else | |
| 7528 { | |
| 7529 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_INITIAL | |
| 7530 && *l != NUL | |
| 7531 && l[STRLEN(l) - 1] == '\\') | |
| 7532 /* XXX */ | |
| 7533 cont_amount = cin_get_equal_amount( | |
| 7534 curwin->w_cursor.lnum); | |
| 7535 if (lookfor != LOOKFOR_TERM) | |
| 7536 lookfor = LOOKFOR_UNTERM; | |
| 7537 } | |
| 7538 } | |
| 7539 } | |
| 7540 } | |
| 7541 | |
| 7542 /* | |
| 7543 * Check if we are after a while (cond); | |
| 7544 * If so: Ignore until the matching "do". | |
| 7545 */ | |
| 7546 /* XXX */ | |
| 829 | 7547 else if (cin_iswhileofdo_end(terminated, ind_maxparen, |
| 7548 ind_maxcomment)) | |
| 7 | 7549 { |
| 7550 /* | |
| 7551 * Found an unterminated line after a while ();, line up | |
| 7552 * with the last one. | |
| 7553 * while (cond); | |
| 7554 * 100 + <- line up with this one | |
| 7555 * -> here; | |
| 7556 */ | |
| 7557 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM | |
| 7558 || lookfor == LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT) | |
| 7559 { | |
| 7560 if (cont_amount > 0) | |
| 7561 amount = cont_amount; | |
| 7562 else | |
| 7563 amount += ind_continuation; | |
| 7564 break; | |
| 7565 } | |
| 7566 | |
| 7567 if (whilelevel == 0) | |
| 7568 { | |
| 7569 lookfor = LOOKFOR_TERM; | |
| 7570 amount = get_indent(); /* XXX */ | |
| 7571 if (theline[0] == '{') | |
| 7572 amount += ind_open_extra; | |
| 7573 } | |
| 7574 ++whilelevel; | |
| 7575 } | |
| 7576 | |
| 7577 /* | |
| 7578 * We are after a "normal" statement. | |
| 7579 * If we had another statement we can stop now and use the | |
| 7580 * indent of that other statement. | |
| 7581 * Otherwise the indent of the current statement may be used, | |
| 7582 * search backwards for the next "normal" statement. | |
| 7583 */ | |
| 7584 else | |
| 7585 { | |
| 7586 /* | |
| 7587 * Skip single break line, if before a switch label. It | |
| 7588 * may be lined up with the case label. | |
| 7589 */ | |
| 7590 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_NOBREAK | |
| 7591 && cin_isbreak(skipwhite(ml_get_curline()))) | |
| 7592 { | |
| 7593 lookfor = LOOKFOR_ANY; | |
| 7594 continue; | |
| 7595 } | |
| 7596 | |
| 7597 /* | |
| 7598 * Handle "do {" line. | |
| 7599 */ | |
| 7600 if (whilelevel > 0) | |
| 7601 { | |
| 7602 l = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline()); | |
| 7603 if (cin_isdo(l)) | |
| 7604 { | |
| 7605 amount = get_indent(); /* XXX */ | |
| 7606 --whilelevel; | |
| 7607 continue; | |
| 7608 } | |
| 7609 } | |
| 7610 | |
| 7611 /* | |
| 7612 * Found a terminated line above an unterminated line. Add | |
| 7613 * the amount for a continuation line. | |
| 7614 * x = 1; | |
| 7615 * y = foo + | |
| 7616 * -> here; | |
| 7617 * or | |
| 7618 * int x = 1; | |
| 7619 * int foo, | |
| 7620 * -> here; | |
| 7621 */ | |
| 7622 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM | |
| 7623 || lookfor == LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT) | |
| 7624 { | |
| 7625 if (cont_amount > 0) | |
| 7626 amount = cont_amount; | |
| 7627 else | |
| 7628 amount += ind_continuation; | |
| 7629 break; | |
| 7630 } | |
| 7631 | |
| 7632 /* | |
| 7633 * Found a terminated line above a terminated line or "if" | |
| 7634 * etc. line. Use the amount of the line below us. | |
| 7635 * x = 1; x = 1; | |
| 7636 * if (asdf) y = 2; | |
| 7637 * while (asdf) ->here; | |
| 7638 * here; | |
| 7639 * ->foo; | |
| 7640 */ | |
| 7641 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_TERM) | |
| 7642 { | |
| 7643 if (!lookfor_break && whilelevel == 0) | |
| 7644 break; | |
| 7645 } | |
| 7646 | |
| 7647 /* | |
| 7648 * First line above the one we're indenting is terminated. | |
| 7649 * To know what needs to be done look further backward for | |
| 7650 * a terminated line. | |
| 7651 */ | |
| 7652 else | |
| 7653 { | |
| 7654 /* | |
| 7655 * position the cursor over the rightmost paren, so | |
| 7656 * that matching it will take us back to the start of | |
| 7657 * the line. Helps for: | |
| 7658 * func(asdr, | |
| 7659 * asdfasdf); | |
| 7660 * here; | |
| 7661 */ | |
| 7662 term_again: | |
| 7663 l = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 7664 if (find_last_paren(l, '(', ')') | |
| 7665 && (trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen, | |
| 7666 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL) | |
| 7667 { | |
| 7668 /* | |
| 7669 * Check if we are on a case label now. This is | |
| 7670 * handled above. | |
| 7671 * case xx: if ( asdf && | |
| 7672 * asdf) | |
| 7673 */ | |
| 1550 | 7674 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos; |
| 7 | 7675 l = ml_get_curline(); |
|
2297
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
7676 if (cin_iscase(l, FALSE) || cin_isscopedecl(l)) |
| 7 | 7677 { |
| 7678 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 1550 | 7679 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; |
| 7 | 7680 continue; |
| 7681 } | |
| 7682 } | |
| 7683 | |
| 7684 /* When aligning with the case statement, don't align | |
| 7685 * with a statement after it. | |
| 7686 * case 1: { <-- don't use this { position | |
| 7687 * stat; | |
| 7688 * } | |
| 7689 * case 2: | |
| 7690 * stat; | |
| 7691 * } | |
| 7692 */ | |
|
2297
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
7693 iscase = (ind_keep_case_label && cin_iscase(l, FALSE)); |
| 7 | 7694 |
| 7695 /* | |
| 7696 * Get indent and pointer to text for current line, | |
| 7697 * ignoring any jump label. | |
| 7698 */ | |
| 7699 amount = skip_label(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, | |
| 7700 &l, ind_maxcomment); | |
| 7701 | |
| 7702 if (theline[0] == '{') | |
| 7703 amount += ind_open_extra; | |
| 7704 /* See remark above: "Only add ind_open_extra.." */ | |
| 827 | 7705 l = skipwhite(l); |
| 7706 if (*l == '{') | |
| 7 | 7707 amount -= ind_open_extra; |
| 7708 lookfor = iscase ? LOOKFOR_ANY : LOOKFOR_TERM; | |
| 7709 | |
| 7710 /* | |
| 827 | 7711 * When a terminated line starts with "else" skip to |
| 7712 * the matching "if": | |
| 7713 * else 3; | |
| 856 | 7714 * indent this; |
| 827 | 7715 * Need to use the scope of this "else". XXX |
| 7716 * If whilelevel != 0 continue looking for a "do {". | |
| 7717 */ | |
| 7718 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_TERM | |
| 7719 && *l != '}' | |
| 7720 && cin_iselse(l) | |
| 7721 && whilelevel == 0) | |
| 7722 { | |
| 7723 if ((trypos = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment)) | |
| 7724 == NULL | |
| 7725 || find_match(LOOKFOR_IF, trypos->lnum, | |
| 7726 ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment) == FAIL) | |
| 7727 break; | |
| 7728 continue; | |
| 7729 } | |
| 7730 | |
| 7731 /* | |
| 7 | 7732 * If we're at the end of a block, skip to the start of |
| 7733 * that block. | |
| 7734 */ | |
| 7735 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; | |
| 7736 if (*cin_skipcomment(l) == '}' | |
| 7737 && (trypos = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment)) | |
| 7738 != NULL) /* XXX */ | |
| 7739 { | |
| 1550 | 7740 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos; |
| 7 | 7741 /* if not "else {" check for terminated again */ |
| 7742 /* but skip block for "} else {" */ | |
| 7743 l = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline()); | |
| 7744 if (*l == '}' || !cin_iselse(l)) | |
| 7745 goto term_again; | |
| 7746 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 1550 | 7747 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; |
| 7 | 7748 } |
| 7749 } | |
| 7750 } | |
| 7751 } | |
| 7752 } | |
| 7753 } | |
| 7754 | |
| 7755 /* add extra indent for a comment */ | |
| 7756 if (cin_iscomment(theline)) | |
| 7757 amount += ind_comment; | |
|
2328
15379284e55a
Add the 'L' item to 'cinoptions'. (Manuel Konig)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2322
diff
changeset
|
7758 |
|
15379284e55a
Add the 'L' item to 'cinoptions'. (Manuel Konig)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2322
diff
changeset
|
7759 /* subtract extra left-shift for jump labels */ |
|
15379284e55a
Add the 'L' item to 'cinoptions'. (Manuel Konig)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2322
diff
changeset
|
7760 if (ind_jump_label > 0 && original_line_islabel) |
|
15379284e55a
Add the 'L' item to 'cinoptions'. (Manuel Konig)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2322
diff
changeset
|
7761 amount -= ind_jump_label; |
| 7 | 7762 } |
| 7763 | |
| 7764 /* | |
| 7765 * ok -- we're not inside any sort of structure at all! | |
| 7766 * | |
| 7767 * this means we're at the top level, and everything should | |
| 7768 * basically just match where the previous line is, except | |
| 7769 * for the lines immediately following a function declaration, | |
| 7770 * which are K&R-style parameters and need to be indented. | |
| 7771 */ | |
| 7772 else | |
| 7773 { | |
| 7774 /* | |
| 7775 * if our line starts with an open brace, forget about any | |
| 7776 * prevailing indent and make sure it looks like the start | |
| 7777 * of a function | |
| 7778 */ | |
| 7779 | |
| 7780 if (theline[0] == '{') | |
| 7781 { | |
| 7782 amount = ind_first_open; | |
| 7783 } | |
| 7784 | |
| 7785 /* | |
| 7786 * If the NEXT line is a function declaration, the current | |
| 7787 * line needs to be indented as a function type spec. | |
|
2094
e319a4fe6e32
updated for version 7.2.378
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2030
diff
changeset
|
7788 * Don't do this if the current line looks like a comment or if the |
|
e319a4fe6e32
updated for version 7.2.378
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2030
diff
changeset
|
7789 * current line is terminated, ie. ends in ';', or if the current line |
|
e319a4fe6e32
updated for version 7.2.378
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2030
diff
changeset
|
7790 * contains { or }: "void f() {\n if (1)" |
| 7 | 7791 */ |
| 7792 else if (cur_curpos.lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count | |
| 7793 && !cin_nocode(theline) | |
|
2094
e319a4fe6e32
updated for version 7.2.378
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2030
diff
changeset
|
7794 && vim_strchr(theline, '{') == NULL |
|
e319a4fe6e32
updated for version 7.2.378
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2030
diff
changeset
|
7795 && vim_strchr(theline, '}') == NULL |
| 7 | 7796 && !cin_ends_in(theline, (char_u *)":", NULL) |
| 7797 && !cin_ends_in(theline, (char_u *)",", NULL) | |
| 7798 && cin_isfuncdecl(NULL, cur_curpos.lnum + 1) | |
| 7799 && !cin_isterminated(theline, FALSE, TRUE)) | |
| 7800 { | |
| 7801 amount = ind_func_type; | |
| 7802 } | |
| 7803 else | |
| 7804 { | |
| 7805 amount = 0; | |
| 7806 curwin->w_cursor = cur_curpos; | |
| 7807 | |
| 7808 /* search backwards until we find something we recognize */ | |
| 7809 | |
| 7810 while (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1) | |
| 7811 { | |
| 7812 curwin->w_cursor.lnum--; | |
| 7813 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; | |
| 7814 | |
| 7815 l = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 7816 | |
| 7817 /* | |
| 7818 * If we're in a comment now, skip to the start of the comment. | |
| 7819 */ /* XXX */ | |
| 7820 if ((trypos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL) | |
| 7821 { | |
| 7822 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum + 1; | |
| 1550 | 7823 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; |
| 7 | 7824 continue; |
| 7825 } | |
| 7826 | |
| 7827 /* | |
| 827 | 7828 * Are we at the start of a cpp base class declaration or |
| 7829 * constructor initialization? | |
| 7 | 7830 */ /* XXX */ |
| 827 | 7831 n = FALSE; |
| 7832 if (ind_cpp_baseclass != 0 && theline[0] != '{') | |
| 7833 { | |
| 1336 | 7834 n = cin_is_cpp_baseclass(&col); |
| 827 | 7835 l = ml_get_curline(); |
| 7836 } | |
| 7837 if (n) | |
| 7 | 7838 { |
| 828 | 7839 /* XXX */ |
| 7840 amount = get_baseclass_amount(col, ind_maxparen, | |
| 7841 ind_maxcomment, ind_cpp_baseclass); | |
| 7 | 7842 break; |
| 7843 } | |
| 7844 | |
| 7845 /* | |
| 7846 * Skip preprocessor directives and blank lines. | |
| 7847 */ | |
| 7848 if (cin_ispreproc_cont(&l, &curwin->w_cursor.lnum)) | |
| 7849 continue; | |
| 7850 | |
| 7851 if (cin_nocode(l)) | |
| 7852 continue; | |
| 7853 | |
| 7854 /* | |
| 7855 * If the previous line ends in ',', use one level of | |
| 7856 * indentation: | |
| 7857 * int foo, | |
| 7858 * bar; | |
| 7859 * do this before checking for '}' in case of eg. | |
| 7860 * enum foobar | |
| 7861 * { | |
| 7862 * ... | |
| 7863 * } foo, | |
| 7864 * bar; | |
| 7865 */ | |
| 7866 n = 0; | |
| 7867 if (cin_ends_in(l, (char_u *)",", NULL) | |
| 7868 || (*l != NUL && (n = l[STRLEN(l) - 1]) == '\\')) | |
| 7869 { | |
| 7870 /* take us back to opening paren */ | |
| 7871 if (find_last_paren(l, '(', ')') | |
| 7872 && (trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen, | |
| 7873 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL) | |
| 1550 | 7874 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos; |
| 7 | 7875 |
| 7876 /* For a line ending in ',' that is a continuation line go | |
| 7877 * back to the first line with a backslash: | |
| 7878 * char *foo = "bla\ | |
| 7879 * bla", | |
| 7880 * here; | |
| 7881 */ | |
| 7882 while (n == 0 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1) | |
| 7883 { | |
| 7884 l = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1); | |
| 7885 if (*l == NUL || l[STRLEN(l) - 1] != '\\') | |
| 7886 break; | |
| 7887 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 1550 | 7888 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; |
| 7 | 7889 } |
| 7890 | |
| 7891 amount = get_indent(); /* XXX */ | |
| 7892 | |
| 7893 if (amount == 0) | |
| 7894 amount = cin_first_id_amount(); | |
| 7895 if (amount == 0) | |
| 7896 amount = ind_continuation; | |
| 7897 break; | |
| 7898 } | |
| 7899 | |
| 7900 /* | |
| 7901 * If the line looks like a function declaration, and we're | |
| 7902 * not in a comment, put it the left margin. | |
| 7903 */ | |
| 7904 if (cin_isfuncdecl(NULL, cur_curpos.lnum)) /* XXX */ | |
| 7905 break; | |
| 7906 l = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 7907 | |
| 7908 /* | |
| 7909 * Finding the closing '}' of a previous function. Put | |
| 7910 * current line at the left margin. For when 'cino' has "fs". | |
| 7911 */ | |
| 7912 if (*skipwhite(l) == '}') | |
| 7913 break; | |
| 7914 | |
| 7915 /* (matching {) | |
| 7916 * If the previous line ends on '};' (maybe followed by | |
| 7917 * comments) align at column 0. For example: | |
| 7918 * char *string_array[] = { "foo", | |
| 7919 * / * x * / "b};ar" }; / * foobar * / | |
| 7920 */ | |
| 7921 if (cin_ends_in(l, (char_u *)"};", NULL)) | |
| 7922 break; | |
| 7923 | |
| 7924 /* | |
| 7925 * If the PREVIOUS line is a function declaration, the current | |
| 7926 * line (and the ones that follow) needs to be indented as | |
| 7927 * parameters. | |
| 7928 */ | |
| 7929 if (cin_isfuncdecl(&l, curwin->w_cursor.lnum)) | |
| 7930 { | |
| 7931 amount = ind_param; | |
| 7932 break; | |
| 7933 } | |
| 7934 | |
| 7935 /* | |
| 7936 * If the previous line ends in ';' and the line before the | |
| 7937 * previous line ends in ',' or '\', ident to column zero: | |
| 7938 * int foo, | |
| 7939 * bar; | |
| 7940 * indent_to_0 here; | |
| 7941 */ | |
| 828 | 7942 if (cin_ends_in(l, (char_u *)";", NULL)) |
| 7 | 7943 { |
| 7944 l = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1); | |
| 7945 if (cin_ends_in(l, (char_u *)",", NULL) | |
| 7946 || (*l != NUL && l[STRLEN(l) - 1] == '\\')) | |
| 7947 break; | |
| 7948 l = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 7949 } | |
| 7950 | |
| 7951 /* | |
| 7952 * Doesn't look like anything interesting -- so just | |
| 7953 * use the indent of this line. | |
| 7954 * | |
| 7955 * Position the cursor over the rightmost paren, so that | |
| 7956 * matching it will take us back to the start of the line. | |
| 7957 */ | |
| 7958 find_last_paren(l, '(', ')'); | |
| 7959 | |
| 7960 if ((trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen, | |
| 7961 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL) | |
| 1550 | 7962 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos; |
| 7 | 7963 amount = get_indent(); /* XXX */ |
| 7964 break; | |
| 7965 } | |
| 7966 | |
| 7967 /* add extra indent for a comment */ | |
| 7968 if (cin_iscomment(theline)) | |
| 7969 amount += ind_comment; | |
| 7970 | |
| 7971 /* add extra indent if the previous line ended in a backslash: | |
| 7972 * "asdfasdf\ | |
| 7973 * here"; | |
| 7974 * char *foo = "asdf\ | |
| 7975 * here"; | |
| 7976 */ | |
| 7977 if (cur_curpos.lnum > 1) | |
| 7978 { | |
| 7979 l = ml_get(cur_curpos.lnum - 1); | |
| 7980 if (*l != NUL && l[STRLEN(l) - 1] == '\\') | |
| 7981 { | |
| 7982 cur_amount = cin_get_equal_amount(cur_curpos.lnum - 1); | |
| 7983 if (cur_amount > 0) | |
| 7984 amount = cur_amount; | |
| 7985 else if (cur_amount == 0) | |
| 7986 amount += ind_continuation; | |
| 7987 } | |
| 7988 } | |
| 7989 } | |
| 7990 } | |
| 7991 | |
| 7992 theend: | |
| 7993 /* put the cursor back where it belongs */ | |
| 7994 curwin->w_cursor = cur_curpos; | |
| 7995 | |
| 7996 vim_free(linecopy); | |
| 7997 | |
| 7998 if (amount < 0) | |
| 7999 return 0; | |
| 8000 return amount; | |
| 8001 } | |
| 8002 | |
| 8003 static int | |
| 8004 find_match(lookfor, ourscope, ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment) | |
| 8005 int lookfor; | |
| 8006 linenr_T ourscope; | |
| 8007 int ind_maxparen; | |
| 8008 int ind_maxcomment; | |
| 8009 { | |
| 8010 char_u *look; | |
| 8011 pos_T *theirscope; | |
| 8012 char_u *mightbeif; | |
| 8013 int elselevel; | |
| 8014 int whilelevel; | |
| 8015 | |
| 8016 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_IF) | |
| 8017 { | |
| 8018 elselevel = 1; | |
| 8019 whilelevel = 0; | |
| 8020 } | |
| 8021 else | |
| 8022 { | |
| 8023 elselevel = 0; | |
| 8024 whilelevel = 1; | |
| 8025 } | |
| 8026 | |
| 8027 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; | |
| 8028 | |
| 8029 while (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > ourscope + 1) | |
| 8030 { | |
| 8031 curwin->w_cursor.lnum--; | |
| 8032 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; | |
| 8033 | |
| 8034 look = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline()); | |
| 8035 if (cin_iselse(look) | |
| 8036 || cin_isif(look) | |
| 8037 || cin_isdo(look) /* XXX */ | |
| 8038 || cin_iswhileofdo(look, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, ind_maxparen)) | |
| 8039 { | |
| 8040 /* | |
| 8041 * if we've gone outside the braces entirely, | |
| 8042 * we must be out of scope... | |
| 8043 */ | |
| 8044 theirscope = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment); /* XXX */ | |
| 8045 if (theirscope == NULL) | |
| 8046 break; | |
| 8047 | |
| 8048 /* | |
| 8049 * and if the brace enclosing this is further | |
| 8050 * back than the one enclosing the else, we're | |
| 8051 * out of luck too. | |
| 8052 */ | |
| 8053 if (theirscope->lnum < ourscope) | |
| 8054 break; | |
| 8055 | |
| 8056 /* | |
| 8057 * and if they're enclosed in a *deeper* brace, | |
| 8058 * then we can ignore it because it's in a | |
| 8059 * different scope... | |
| 8060 */ | |
| 8061 if (theirscope->lnum > ourscope) | |
| 8062 continue; | |
| 8063 | |
| 8064 /* | |
| 8065 * if it was an "else" (that's not an "else if") | |
| 8066 * then we need to go back to another if, so | |
| 8067 * increment elselevel | |
| 8068 */ | |
| 8069 look = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline()); | |
| 8070 if (cin_iselse(look)) | |
| 8071 { | |
| 8072 mightbeif = cin_skipcomment(look + 4); | |
| 8073 if (!cin_isif(mightbeif)) | |
| 8074 ++elselevel; | |
| 8075 continue; | |
| 8076 } | |
| 8077 | |
| 8078 /* | |
| 8079 * if it was a "while" then we need to go back to | |
| 8080 * another "do", so increment whilelevel. XXX | |
| 8081 */ | |
| 8082 if (cin_iswhileofdo(look, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, ind_maxparen)) | |
| 8083 { | |
| 8084 ++whilelevel; | |
| 8085 continue; | |
| 8086 } | |
| 8087 | |
| 8088 /* If it's an "if" decrement elselevel */ | |
| 8089 look = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline()); | |
| 8090 if (cin_isif(look)) | |
| 8091 { | |
| 8092 elselevel--; | |
| 8093 /* | |
| 8094 * When looking for an "if" ignore "while"s that | |
| 8095 * get in the way. | |
| 8096 */ | |
| 8097 if (elselevel == 0 && lookfor == LOOKFOR_IF) | |
| 8098 whilelevel = 0; | |
| 8099 } | |
| 8100 | |
| 8101 /* If it's a "do" decrement whilelevel */ | |
| 8102 if (cin_isdo(look)) | |
| 8103 whilelevel--; | |
| 8104 | |
| 8105 /* | |
| 8106 * if we've used up all the elses, then | |
| 8107 * this must be the if that we want! | |
| 8108 * match the indent level of that if. | |
| 8109 */ | |
| 8110 if (elselevel <= 0 && whilelevel <= 0) | |
| 8111 { | |
| 8112 return OK; | |
| 8113 } | |
| 8114 } | |
| 8115 } | |
| 8116 return FAIL; | |
| 8117 } | |
| 8118 | |
| 8119 # if defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 8120 /* | |
| 8121 * Get indent level from 'indentexpr'. | |
| 8122 */ | |
| 8123 int | |
| 8124 get_expr_indent() | |
| 8125 { | |
| 8126 int indent; | |
| 8127 pos_T pos; | |
| 8128 int save_State; | |
| 681 | 8129 int use_sandbox = was_set_insecurely((char_u *)"indentexpr", |
| 8130 OPT_LOCAL); | |
| 7 | 8131 |
| 8132 pos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 8133 set_vim_var_nr(VV_LNUM, curwin->w_cursor.lnum); | |
| 634 | 8134 if (use_sandbox) |
| 8135 ++sandbox; | |
| 8136 ++textlock; | |
| 7 | 8137 indent = eval_to_number(curbuf->b_p_inde); |
| 634 | 8138 if (use_sandbox) |
| 8139 --sandbox; | |
| 8140 --textlock; | |
| 7 | 8141 |
| 8142 /* Restore the cursor position so that 'indentexpr' doesn't need to. | |
| 8143 * Pretend to be in Insert mode, allow cursor past end of line for "o" | |
| 8144 * command. */ | |
| 8145 save_State = State; | |
| 8146 State = INSERT; | |
| 8147 curwin->w_cursor = pos; | |
| 8148 check_cursor(); | |
| 8149 State = save_State; | |
| 8150 | |
| 8151 /* If there is an error, just keep the current indent. */ | |
| 8152 if (indent < 0) | |
| 8153 indent = get_indent(); | |
| 8154 | |
| 8155 return indent; | |
| 8156 } | |
| 8157 # endif | |
| 8158 | |
| 8159 #endif /* FEAT_CINDENT */ | |
| 8160 | |
| 8161 #if defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 8162 | |
| 8163 static int lisp_match __ARGS((char_u *p)); | |
| 8164 | |
| 8165 static int | |
| 8166 lisp_match(p) | |
| 8167 char_u *p; | |
| 8168 { | |
| 8169 char_u buf[LSIZE]; | |
| 8170 int len; | |
| 8171 char_u *word = p_lispwords; | |
| 8172 | |
| 8173 while (*word != NUL) | |
| 8174 { | |
| 8175 (void)copy_option_part(&word, buf, LSIZE, ","); | |
| 8176 len = (int)STRLEN(buf); | |
| 8177 if (STRNCMP(buf, p, len) == 0 && p[len] == ' ') | |
| 8178 return TRUE; | |
| 8179 } | |
| 8180 return FALSE; | |
| 8181 } | |
| 8182 | |
| 8183 /* | |
| 8184 * When 'p' is present in 'cpoptions, a Vi compatible method is used. | |
| 8185 * The incompatible newer method is quite a bit better at indenting | |
| 8186 * code in lisp-like languages than the traditional one; it's still | |
| 8187 * mostly heuristics however -- Dirk van Deun, dirk@rave.org | |
| 8188 * | |
| 8189 * TODO: | |
| 8190 * Findmatch() should be adapted for lisp, also to make showmatch | |
| 8191 * work correctly: now (v5.3) it seems all C/C++ oriented: | |
| 8192 * - it does not recognize the #\( and #\) notations as character literals | |
| 8193 * - it doesn't know about comments starting with a semicolon | |
| 8194 * - it incorrectly interprets '(' as a character literal | |
| 8195 * All this messes up get_lisp_indent in some rare cases. | |
| 14 | 8196 * Update from Sergey Khorev: |
| 8197 * I tried to fix the first two issues. | |
| 7 | 8198 */ |
| 8199 int | |
| 8200 get_lisp_indent() | |
| 8201 { | |
| 14 | 8202 pos_T *pos, realpos, paren; |
| 7 | 8203 int amount; |
| 8204 char_u *that; | |
| 8205 colnr_T col; | |
| 8206 colnr_T firsttry; | |
| 8207 int parencount, quotecount; | |
| 8208 int vi_lisp; | |
| 8209 | |
| 8210 /* Set vi_lisp to use the vi-compatible method */ | |
| 8211 vi_lisp = (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_LISP) != NULL); | |
| 8212 | |
| 8213 realpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 8214 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; | |
| 8215 | |
| 14 | 8216 if ((pos = findmatch(NULL, '(')) == NULL) |
| 8217 pos = findmatch(NULL, '['); | |
| 8218 else | |
| 8219 { | |
| 8220 paren = *pos; | |
| 8221 pos = findmatch(NULL, '['); | |
| 8222 if (pos == NULL || ltp(pos, &paren)) | |
| 8223 pos = &paren; | |
| 8224 } | |
| 8225 if (pos != NULL) | |
| 7 | 8226 { |
| 8227 /* Extra trick: Take the indent of the first previous non-white | |
| 8228 * line that is at the same () level. */ | |
| 8229 amount = -1; | |
| 8230 parencount = 0; | |
| 8231 | |
| 8232 while (--curwin->w_cursor.lnum >= pos->lnum) | |
| 8233 { | |
| 8234 if (linewhite(curwin->w_cursor.lnum)) | |
| 8235 continue; | |
| 8236 for (that = ml_get_curline(); *that != NUL; ++that) | |
| 8237 { | |
| 8238 if (*that == ';') | |
| 8239 { | |
| 8240 while (*(that + 1) != NUL) | |
| 8241 ++that; | |
| 8242 continue; | |
| 8243 } | |
| 8244 if (*that == '\\') | |
| 8245 { | |
| 8246 if (*(that + 1) != NUL) | |
| 8247 ++that; | |
| 8248 continue; | |
| 8249 } | |
| 8250 if (*that == '"' && *(that + 1) != NUL) | |
| 8251 { | |
| 983 | 8252 while (*++that && *that != '"') |
| 8253 { | |
| 8254 /* skipping escaped characters in the string */ | |
| 8255 if (*that == '\\') | |
| 8256 { | |
| 8257 if (*++that == NUL) | |
| 8258 break; | |
| 8259 if (that[1] == NUL) | |
| 8260 { | |
| 8261 ++that; | |
| 8262 break; | |
| 8263 } | |
| 8264 } | |
| 8265 } | |
| 7 | 8266 } |
| 14 | 8267 if (*that == '(' || *that == '[') |
| 7 | 8268 ++parencount; |
| 14 | 8269 else if (*that == ')' || *that == ']') |
| 7 | 8270 --parencount; |
| 8271 } | |
| 8272 if (parencount == 0) | |
| 8273 { | |
| 8274 amount = get_indent(); | |
| 8275 break; | |
| 8276 } | |
| 8277 } | |
| 8278 | |
| 8279 if (amount == -1) | |
| 8280 { | |
| 8281 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum; | |
| 8282 curwin->w_cursor.col = pos->col; | |
| 8283 col = pos->col; | |
| 8284 | |
| 8285 that = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 8286 | |
| 8287 if (vi_lisp && get_indent() == 0) | |
| 8288 amount = 2; | |
| 8289 else | |
| 8290 { | |
| 8291 amount = 0; | |
| 8292 while (*that && col) | |
| 8293 { | |
| 8294 amount += lbr_chartabsize_adv(&that, (colnr_T)amount); | |
| 8295 col--; | |
| 8296 } | |
| 8297 | |
| 8298 /* | |
| 8299 * Some keywords require "body" indenting rules (the | |
| 8300 * non-standard-lisp ones are Scheme special forms): | |
| 8301 * | |
| 8302 * (let ((a 1)) instead (let ((a 1)) | |
| 8303 * (...)) of (...)) | |
| 8304 */ | |
| 8305 | |
| 14 | 8306 if (!vi_lisp && (*that == '(' || *that == '[') |
| 8307 && lisp_match(that + 1)) | |
| 7 | 8308 amount += 2; |
| 8309 else | |
| 8310 { | |
| 8311 that++; | |
| 8312 amount++; | |
| 8313 firsttry = amount; | |
| 8314 | |
| 8315 while (vim_iswhite(*that)) | |
| 8316 { | |
| 8317 amount += lbr_chartabsize(that, (colnr_T)amount); | |
| 8318 ++that; | |
| 8319 } | |
| 8320 | |
| 8321 if (*that && *that != ';') /* not a comment line */ | |
| 8322 { | |
| 1532 | 8323 /* test *that != '(' to accommodate first let/do |
| 7 | 8324 * argument if it is more than one line */ |
| 14 | 8325 if (!vi_lisp && *that != '(' && *that != '[') |
| 7 | 8326 firsttry++; |
| 8327 | |
| 8328 parencount = 0; | |
| 8329 quotecount = 0; | |
| 8330 | |
| 8331 if (vi_lisp | |
| 8332 || (*that != '"' | |
| 8333 && *that != '\'' | |
| 8334 && *that != '#' | |
| 8335 && (*that < '0' || *that > '9'))) | |
| 8336 { | |
| 8337 while (*that | |
| 8338 && (!vim_iswhite(*that) | |
| 8339 || quotecount | |
| 8340 || parencount) | |
| 14 | 8341 && (!((*that == '(' || *that == '[') |
| 7 | 8342 && !quotecount |
| 8343 && !parencount | |
| 8344 && vi_lisp))) | |
| 8345 { | |
| 8346 if (*that == '"') | |
| 8347 quotecount = !quotecount; | |
| 14 | 8348 if ((*that == '(' || *that == '[') |
| 8349 && !quotecount) | |
| 7 | 8350 ++parencount; |
| 14 | 8351 if ((*that == ')' || *that == ']') |
| 8352 && !quotecount) | |
| 7 | 8353 --parencount; |
| 8354 if (*that == '\\' && *(that+1) != NUL) | |
| 8355 amount += lbr_chartabsize_adv(&that, | |
| 8356 (colnr_T)amount); | |
| 8357 amount += lbr_chartabsize_adv(&that, | |
| 8358 (colnr_T)amount); | |
| 8359 } | |
| 8360 } | |
| 8361 while (vim_iswhite(*that)) | |
| 8362 { | |
| 8363 amount += lbr_chartabsize(that, (colnr_T)amount); | |
| 8364 that++; | |
| 8365 } | |
| 8366 if (!*that || *that == ';') | |
| 8367 amount = firsttry; | |
| 8368 } | |
| 8369 } | |
| 8370 } | |
| 8371 } | |
| 8372 } | |
| 8373 else | |
| 14 | 8374 amount = 0; /* no matching '(' or '[' found, use zero indent */ |
| 7 | 8375 |
| 8376 curwin->w_cursor = realpos; | |
| 8377 | |
| 8378 return amount; | |
| 8379 } | |
| 8380 #endif /* FEAT_LISP */ | |
| 8381 | |
| 8382 void | |
| 8383 prepare_to_exit() | |
| 8384 { | |
| 39 | 8385 #if defined(SIGHUP) && defined(SIG_IGN) |
| 8386 /* Ignore SIGHUP, because a dropped connection causes a read error, which | |
| 8387 * makes Vim exit and then handling SIGHUP causes various reentrance | |
| 8388 * problems. */ | |
| 36 | 8389 signal(SIGHUP, SIG_IGN); |
| 8390 #endif | |
| 8391 | |
| 7 | 8392 #ifdef FEAT_GUI |
| 8393 if (gui.in_use) | |
| 8394 { | |
| 8395 gui.dying = TRUE; | |
| 8396 out_trash(); /* trash any pending output */ | |
| 8397 } | |
| 8398 else | |
| 8399 #endif | |
| 8400 { | |
| 8401 windgoto((int)Rows - 1, 0); | |
| 8402 | |
| 8403 /* | |
| 8404 * Switch terminal mode back now, so messages end up on the "normal" | |
| 8405 * screen (if there are two screens). | |
| 8406 */ | |
| 8407 settmode(TMODE_COOK); | |
| 8408 #ifdef WIN3264 | |
| 8409 if (can_end_termcap_mode(FALSE) == TRUE) | |
| 8410 #endif | |
| 8411 stoptermcap(); | |
| 8412 out_flush(); | |
| 8413 } | |
| 8414 } | |
| 8415 | |
| 8416 /* | |
| 8417 * Preserve files and exit. | |
| 8418 * When called IObuff must contain a message. | |
| 8419 */ | |
| 8420 void | |
| 8421 preserve_exit() | |
| 8422 { | |
| 8423 buf_T *buf; | |
| 8424 | |
| 8425 prepare_to_exit(); | |
| 8426 | |
| 625 | 8427 /* Setting this will prevent free() calls. That avoids calling free() |
| 8428 * recursively when free() was invoked with a bad pointer. */ | |
| 8429 really_exiting = TRUE; | |
| 8430 | |
| 7 | 8431 out_str(IObuff); |
| 8432 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ | |
| 8433 out_flush(); | |
| 8434 | |
| 8435 ml_close_notmod(); /* close all not-modified buffers */ | |
| 8436 | |
| 8437 for (buf = firstbuf; buf != NULL; buf = buf->b_next) | |
| 8438 { | |
| 8439 if (buf->b_ml.ml_mfp != NULL && buf->b_ml.ml_mfp->mf_fname != NULL) | |
| 8440 { | |
| 8441 OUT_STR(_("Vim: preserving files...\n")); | |
| 8442 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ | |
| 8443 out_flush(); | |
| 8444 ml_sync_all(FALSE, FALSE); /* preserve all swap files */ | |
| 8445 break; | |
| 8446 } | |
| 8447 } | |
| 8448 | |
| 8449 ml_close_all(FALSE); /* close all memfiles, without deleting */ | |
| 8450 | |
| 8451 OUT_STR(_("Vim: Finished.\n")); | |
| 8452 | |
| 8453 getout(1); | |
| 8454 } | |
| 8455 | |
| 8456 /* | |
| 8457 * return TRUE if "fname" exists. | |
| 8458 */ | |
| 8459 int | |
| 8460 vim_fexists(fname) | |
| 8461 char_u *fname; | |
| 8462 { | |
| 8463 struct stat st; | |
| 8464 | |
| 8465 if (mch_stat((char *)fname, &st)) | |
| 8466 return FALSE; | |
| 8467 return TRUE; | |
| 8468 } | |
| 8469 | |
| 8470 /* | |
| 8471 * Check for CTRL-C pressed, but only once in a while. | |
| 8472 * Should be used instead of ui_breakcheck() for functions that check for | |
| 8473 * each line in the file. Calling ui_breakcheck() each time takes too much | |
| 8474 * time, because it can be a system call. | |
| 8475 */ | |
| 8476 | |
| 8477 #ifndef BREAKCHECK_SKIP | |
| 8478 # ifdef FEAT_GUI /* assume the GUI only runs on fast computers */ | |
| 8479 # define BREAKCHECK_SKIP 200 | |
| 8480 # else | |
| 8481 # define BREAKCHECK_SKIP 32 | |
| 8482 # endif | |
| 8483 #endif | |
| 8484 | |
| 8485 static int breakcheck_count = 0; | |
| 8486 | |
| 8487 void | |
| 8488 line_breakcheck() | |
| 8489 { | |
| 8490 if (++breakcheck_count >= BREAKCHECK_SKIP) | |
| 8491 { | |
| 8492 breakcheck_count = 0; | |
| 8493 ui_breakcheck(); | |
| 8494 } | |
| 8495 } | |
| 8496 | |
| 8497 /* | |
| 8498 * Like line_breakcheck() but check 10 times less often. | |
| 8499 */ | |
| 8500 void | |
| 8501 fast_breakcheck() | |
| 8502 { | |
| 8503 if (++breakcheck_count >= BREAKCHECK_SKIP * 10) | |
| 8504 { | |
| 8505 breakcheck_count = 0; | |
| 8506 ui_breakcheck(); | |
| 8507 } | |
| 8508 } | |
| 8509 | |
| 8510 /* | |
| 2016 | 8511 * Invoke expand_wildcards() for one pattern. |
| 8512 * Expand items like "%:h" before the expansion. | |
| 8513 * Returns OK or FAIL. | |
| 8514 */ | |
| 8515 int | |
| 8516 expand_wildcards_eval(pat, num_file, file, flags) | |
| 8517 char_u **pat; /* pointer to input pattern */ | |
| 8518 int *num_file; /* resulting number of files */ | |
| 8519 char_u ***file; /* array of resulting files */ | |
| 8520 int flags; /* EW_DIR, etc. */ | |
| 8521 { | |
| 8522 int ret = FAIL; | |
| 8523 char_u *eval_pat = NULL; | |
| 8524 char_u *exp_pat = *pat; | |
| 8525 char_u *ignored_msg; | |
| 8526 int usedlen; | |
| 8527 | |
| 8528 if (*exp_pat == '%' || *exp_pat == '#' || *exp_pat == '<') | |
| 8529 { | |
| 8530 ++emsg_off; | |
| 8531 eval_pat = eval_vars(exp_pat, exp_pat, &usedlen, | |
| 8532 NULL, &ignored_msg, NULL); | |
| 8533 --emsg_off; | |
| 8534 if (eval_pat != NULL) | |
| 8535 exp_pat = concat_str(eval_pat, exp_pat + usedlen); | |
| 8536 } | |
| 8537 | |
| 8538 if (exp_pat != NULL) | |
| 8539 ret = expand_wildcards(1, &exp_pat, num_file, file, flags); | |
| 8540 | |
| 8541 if (eval_pat != NULL) | |
| 8542 { | |
| 8543 vim_free(exp_pat); | |
| 8544 vim_free(eval_pat); | |
| 8545 } | |
| 8546 | |
| 8547 return ret; | |
| 8548 } | |
| 8549 | |
| 8550 /* | |
| 7 | 8551 * Expand wildcards. Calls gen_expand_wildcards() and removes files matching |
| 8552 * 'wildignore'. | |
|
2354
f4440cdd59ae
Fixed: crash with ":find " completion, using uninitialized count.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2328
diff
changeset
|
8553 * Returns OK or FAIL. When FAIL then "num_file" won't be set. |
| 7 | 8554 */ |
| 8555 int | |
| 8556 expand_wildcards(num_pat, pat, num_file, file, flags) | |
| 8557 int num_pat; /* number of input patterns */ | |
| 8558 char_u **pat; /* array of input patterns */ | |
| 8559 int *num_file; /* resulting number of files */ | |
| 8560 char_u ***file; /* array of resulting files */ | |
| 8561 int flags; /* EW_DIR, etc. */ | |
| 8562 { | |
| 8563 int retval; | |
| 8564 int i, j; | |
| 8565 char_u *p; | |
| 8566 int non_suf_match; /* number without matching suffix */ | |
| 8567 | |
| 8568 retval = gen_expand_wildcards(num_pat, pat, num_file, file, flags); | |
| 8569 | |
| 8570 /* When keeping all matches, return here */ | |
|
2354
f4440cdd59ae
Fixed: crash with ":find " completion, using uninitialized count.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2328
diff
changeset
|
8571 if ((flags & EW_KEEPALL) || retval == FAIL) |
| 7 | 8572 return retval; |
| 8573 | |
| 8574 #ifdef FEAT_WILDIGN | |
| 8575 /* | |
| 8576 * Remove names that match 'wildignore'. | |
| 8577 */ | |
| 8578 if (*p_wig) | |
| 8579 { | |
| 8580 char_u *ffname; | |
| 8581 | |
| 8582 /* check all files in (*file)[] */ | |
| 8583 for (i = 0; i < *num_file; ++i) | |
| 8584 { | |
| 8585 ffname = FullName_save((*file)[i], FALSE); | |
| 8586 if (ffname == NULL) /* out of memory */ | |
| 8587 break; | |
| 8588 # ifdef VMS | |
| 8589 vms_remove_version(ffname); | |
| 8590 # endif | |
| 8591 if (match_file_list(p_wig, (*file)[i], ffname)) | |
| 8592 { | |
| 8593 /* remove this matching file from the list */ | |
| 8594 vim_free((*file)[i]); | |
| 8595 for (j = i; j + 1 < *num_file; ++j) | |
| 8596 (*file)[j] = (*file)[j + 1]; | |
| 8597 --*num_file; | |
| 8598 --i; | |
| 8599 } | |
| 8600 vim_free(ffname); | |
| 8601 } | |
| 8602 } | |
| 8603 #endif | |
| 8604 | |
| 8605 /* | |
| 8606 * Move the names where 'suffixes' match to the end. | |
| 8607 */ | |
| 8608 if (*num_file > 1) | |
| 8609 { | |
| 8610 non_suf_match = 0; | |
| 8611 for (i = 0; i < *num_file; ++i) | |
| 8612 { | |
| 8613 if (!match_suffix((*file)[i])) | |
| 8614 { | |
| 8615 /* | |
| 8616 * Move the name without matching suffix to the front | |
| 8617 * of the list. | |
| 8618 */ | |
| 8619 p = (*file)[i]; | |
| 8620 for (j = i; j > non_suf_match; --j) | |
| 8621 (*file)[j] = (*file)[j - 1]; | |
| 8622 (*file)[non_suf_match++] = p; | |
| 8623 } | |
| 8624 } | |
| 8625 } | |
| 8626 | |
| 8627 return retval; | |
| 8628 } | |
| 8629 | |
| 8630 /* | |
| 8631 * Return TRUE if "fname" matches with an entry in 'suffixes'. | |
| 8632 */ | |
| 8633 int | |
| 8634 match_suffix(fname) | |
| 8635 char_u *fname; | |
| 8636 { | |
| 8637 int fnamelen, setsuflen; | |
| 8638 char_u *setsuf; | |
| 8639 #define MAXSUFLEN 30 /* maximum length of a file suffix */ | |
| 8640 char_u suf_buf[MAXSUFLEN]; | |
| 8641 | |
| 8642 fnamelen = (int)STRLEN(fname); | |
| 8643 setsuflen = 0; | |
| 8644 for (setsuf = p_su; *setsuf; ) | |
| 8645 { | |
| 8646 setsuflen = copy_option_part(&setsuf, suf_buf, MAXSUFLEN, ".,"); | |
| 1937 | 8647 if (setsuflen == 0) |
| 8648 { | |
| 8649 char_u *tail = gettail(fname); | |
| 8650 | |
| 8651 /* empty entry: match name without a '.' */ | |
| 8652 if (vim_strchr(tail, '.') == NULL) | |
| 8653 { | |
| 8654 setsuflen = 1; | |
| 8655 break; | |
| 8656 } | |
| 8657 } | |
| 8658 else | |
| 8659 { | |
| 8660 if (fnamelen >= setsuflen | |
| 8661 && fnamencmp(suf_buf, fname + fnamelen - setsuflen, | |
| 8662 (size_t)setsuflen) == 0) | |
| 8663 break; | |
| 8664 setsuflen = 0; | |
| 8665 } | |
| 7 | 8666 } |
| 8667 return (setsuflen != 0); | |
| 8668 } | |
| 8669 | |
| 8670 #if !defined(NO_EXPANDPATH) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 8671 | |
| 8672 # ifdef VIM_BACKTICK | |
| 8673 static int vim_backtick __ARGS((char_u *p)); | |
| 8674 static int expand_backtick __ARGS((garray_T *gap, char_u *pat, int flags)); | |
| 8675 # endif | |
| 8676 | |
| 8677 # if defined(MSDOS) || defined(FEAT_GUI_W16) || defined(WIN3264) | |
| 8678 /* | |
| 8679 * File name expansion code for MS-DOS, Win16 and Win32. It's here because | |
| 8680 * it's shared between these systems. | |
| 8681 */ | |
| 8682 # if defined(DJGPP) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 8683 # define _cdecl /* DJGPP doesn't have this */ | |
| 8684 # else | |
| 8685 # ifdef __BORLANDC__ | |
| 8686 # define _cdecl _RTLENTRYF | |
| 8687 # endif | |
| 8688 # endif | |
| 8689 | |
| 8690 /* | |
| 8691 * comparison function for qsort in dos_expandpath() | |
| 8692 */ | |
| 8693 static int _cdecl | |
| 8694 pstrcmp(const void *a, const void *b) | |
| 8695 { | |
| 39 | 8696 return (pathcmp(*(char **)a, *(char **)b, -1)); |
| 7 | 8697 } |
| 8698 | |
| 8699 # ifndef WIN3264 | |
| 8700 static void | |
| 8701 namelowcpy( | |
| 8702 char_u *d, | |
| 8703 char_u *s) | |
| 8704 { | |
| 8705 # ifdef DJGPP | |
| 8706 if (USE_LONG_FNAME) /* don't lower case on Windows 95/NT systems */ | |
| 8707 while (*s) | |
| 8708 *d++ = *s++; | |
| 8709 else | |
| 8710 # endif | |
| 8711 while (*s) | |
| 8712 *d++ = TOLOWER_LOC(*s++); | |
| 8713 *d = NUL; | |
| 8714 } | |
| 8715 # endif | |
| 8716 | |
| 8717 /* | |
| 445 | 8718 * Recursively expand one path component into all matching files and/or |
| 8719 * directories. Adds matches to "gap". Handles "*", "?", "[a-z]", "**", etc. | |
| 7 | 8720 * Return the number of matches found. |
| 8721 * "path" has backslashes before chars that are not to be expanded, starting | |
| 8722 * at "path[wildoff]". | |
| 445 | 8723 * Return the number of matches found. |
| 8724 * NOTE: much of this is identical to unix_expandpath(), keep in sync! | |
| 7 | 8725 */ |
| 8726 static int | |
| 8727 dos_expandpath( | |
| 8728 garray_T *gap, | |
| 8729 char_u *path, | |
| 8730 int wildoff, | |
| 445 | 8731 int flags, /* EW_* flags */ |
| 1224 | 8732 int didstar) /* expanded "**" once already */ |
| 445 | 8733 { |
| 8734 char_u *buf; | |
| 8735 char_u *path_end; | |
| 8736 char_u *p, *s, *e; | |
| 8737 int start_len = gap->ga_len; | |
| 8738 char_u *pat; | |
| 8739 regmatch_T regmatch; | |
| 8740 int starts_with_dot; | |
| 8741 int matches; | |
| 8742 int len; | |
| 8743 int starstar = FALSE; | |
| 8744 static int stardepth = 0; /* depth for "**" expansion */ | |
| 7 | 8745 #ifdef WIN3264 |
| 8746 WIN32_FIND_DATA fb; | |
| 8747 HANDLE hFind = (HANDLE)0; | |
| 8748 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 8749 WIN32_FIND_DATAW wfb; | |
| 8750 WCHAR *wn = NULL; /* UCS-2 name, NULL when not used. */ | |
| 8751 # endif | |
| 8752 #else | |
| 8753 struct ffblk fb; | |
| 8754 #endif | |
| 8755 char_u *matchname; | |
| 445 | 8756 int ok; |
| 8757 | |
| 8758 /* Expanding "**" may take a long time, check for CTRL-C. */ | |
| 8759 if (stardepth > 0) | |
| 8760 { | |
| 8761 ui_breakcheck(); | |
| 8762 if (got_int) | |
| 8763 return 0; | |
| 8764 } | |
| 7 | 8765 |
| 8766 /* make room for file name */ | |
| 445 | 8767 buf = alloc((int)STRLEN(path) + BASENAMELEN + 5); |
| 7 | 8768 if (buf == NULL) |
| 8769 return 0; | |
| 8770 | |
| 8771 /* | |
| 8772 * Find the first part in the path name that contains a wildcard or a ~1. | |
| 8773 * Copy it into buf, including the preceding characters. | |
| 8774 */ | |
| 8775 p = buf; | |
| 8776 s = buf; | |
| 8777 e = NULL; | |
| 8778 path_end = path; | |
| 8779 while (*path_end != NUL) | |
| 8780 { | |
| 8781 /* May ignore a wildcard that has a backslash before it; it will | |
| 8782 * be removed by rem_backslash() or file_pat_to_reg_pat() below. */ | |
| 8783 if (path_end >= path + wildoff && rem_backslash(path_end)) | |
| 8784 *p++ = *path_end++; | |
| 8785 else if (*path_end == '\\' || *path_end == ':' || *path_end == '/') | |
| 8786 { | |
| 8787 if (e != NULL) | |
| 8788 break; | |
| 8789 s = p + 1; | |
| 8790 } | |
| 8791 else if (path_end >= path + wildoff | |
| 8792 && vim_strchr((char_u *)"*?[~", *path_end) != NULL) | |
| 8793 e = p; | |
| 8794 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 8795 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 8796 { | |
| 474 | 8797 len = (*mb_ptr2len)(path_end); |
| 7 | 8798 STRNCPY(p, path_end, len); |
| 8799 p += len; | |
| 8800 path_end += len; | |
| 8801 } | |
| 8802 else | |
| 8803 #endif | |
| 8804 *p++ = *path_end++; | |
| 8805 } | |
| 8806 e = p; | |
| 8807 *e = NUL; | |
| 8808 | |
| 8809 /* now we have one wildcard component between s and e */ | |
| 8810 /* Remove backslashes between "wildoff" and the start of the wildcard | |
| 8811 * component. */ | |
| 8812 for (p = buf + wildoff; p < s; ++p) | |
| 8813 if (rem_backslash(p)) | |
| 8814 { | |
| 1624 | 8815 STRMOVE(p, p + 1); |
| 7 | 8816 --e; |
| 8817 --s; | |
| 8818 } | |
| 8819 | |
| 445 | 8820 /* Check for "**" between "s" and "e". */ |
| 8821 for (p = s; p < e; ++p) | |
| 8822 if (p[0] == '*' && p[1] == '*') | |
| 8823 starstar = TRUE; | |
| 8824 | |
| 7 | 8825 starts_with_dot = (*s == '.'); |
| 8826 pat = file_pat_to_reg_pat(s, e, NULL, FALSE); | |
| 8827 if (pat == NULL) | |
| 8828 { | |
| 8829 vim_free(buf); | |
| 8830 return 0; | |
| 8831 } | |
| 8832 | |
| 8833 /* compile the regexp into a program */ | |
| 8834 regmatch.rm_ic = TRUE; /* Always ignore case */ | |
| 8835 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(pat, RE_MAGIC); | |
| 8836 vim_free(pat); | |
| 8837 | |
| 8838 if (regmatch.regprog == NULL) | |
| 8839 { | |
| 8840 vim_free(buf); | |
| 8841 return 0; | |
| 8842 } | |
| 8843 | |
| 8844 /* remember the pattern or file name being looked for */ | |
| 8845 matchname = vim_strsave(s); | |
| 8846 | |
| 445 | 8847 /* If "**" is by itself, this is the first time we encounter it and more |
| 8848 * is following then find matches without any directory. */ | |
| 8849 if (!didstar && stardepth < 100 && starstar && e - s == 2 | |
| 8850 && *path_end == '/') | |
| 8851 { | |
| 8852 STRCPY(s, path_end + 1); | |
| 8853 ++stardepth; | |
| 8854 (void)dos_expandpath(gap, buf, (int)(s - buf), flags, TRUE); | |
| 8855 --stardepth; | |
| 8856 } | |
| 8857 | |
| 7 | 8858 /* Scan all files in the directory with "dir/ *.*" */ |
| 8859 STRCPY(s, "*.*"); | |
| 8860 #ifdef WIN3264 | |
| 8861 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 8862 if (enc_codepage >= 0 && (int)GetACP() != enc_codepage) | |
| 8863 { | |
| 8864 /* The active codepage differs from 'encoding'. Attempt using the | |
| 8865 * wide function. If it fails because it is not implemented fall back | |
| 8866 * to the non-wide version (for Windows 98) */ | |
| 1752 | 8867 wn = enc_to_utf16(buf, NULL); |
| 7 | 8868 if (wn != NULL) |
| 8869 { | |
| 8870 hFind = FindFirstFileW(wn, &wfb); | |
| 8871 if (hFind == INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE | |
| 8872 && GetLastError() == ERROR_CALL_NOT_IMPLEMENTED) | |
| 8873 { | |
| 8874 vim_free(wn); | |
| 8875 wn = NULL; | |
| 8876 } | |
| 8877 } | |
| 8878 } | |
| 8879 | |
| 8880 if (wn == NULL) | |
| 8881 # endif | |
| 8882 hFind = FindFirstFile(buf, &fb); | |
| 8883 ok = (hFind != INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE); | |
| 8884 #else | |
| 8885 /* If we are expanding wildcards we try both files and directories */ | |
| 8886 ok = (findfirst((char *)buf, &fb, | |
| 8887 (*path_end != NUL || (flags & EW_DIR)) ? FA_DIREC : 0) == 0); | |
| 8888 #endif | |
| 8889 | |
| 8890 while (ok) | |
| 8891 { | |
| 8892 #ifdef WIN3264 | |
| 8893 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 8894 if (wn != NULL) | |
| 1752 | 8895 p = utf16_to_enc(wfb.cFileName, NULL); /* p is allocated here */ |
| 7 | 8896 else |
| 8897 # endif | |
| 8898 p = (char_u *)fb.cFileName; | |
| 8899 #else | |
| 8900 p = (char_u *)fb.ff_name; | |
| 8901 #endif | |
| 8902 /* Ignore entries starting with a dot, unless when asked for. Accept | |
| 8903 * all entries found with "matchname". */ | |
| 8904 if ((p[0] != '.' || starts_with_dot) | |
| 8905 && (matchname == NULL | |
| 8906 || vim_regexec(®match, p, (colnr_T)0))) | |
| 8907 { | |
| 8908 #ifdef WIN3264 | |
| 8909 STRCPY(s, p); | |
| 8910 #else | |
| 8911 namelowcpy(s, p); | |
| 8912 #endif | |
| 8913 len = (int)STRLEN(buf); | |
| 445 | 8914 |
| 8915 if (starstar && stardepth < 100) | |
| 8916 { | |
| 8917 /* For "**" in the pattern first go deeper in the tree to | |
| 8918 * find matches. */ | |
| 8919 STRCPY(buf + len, "/**"); | |
| 8920 STRCPY(buf + len + 3, path_end); | |
| 8921 ++stardepth; | |
| 8922 (void)dos_expandpath(gap, buf, len + 1, flags, TRUE); | |
| 8923 --stardepth; | |
| 8924 } | |
| 8925 | |
| 7 | 8926 STRCPY(buf + len, path_end); |
| 8927 if (mch_has_exp_wildcard(path_end)) | |
| 8928 { | |
| 8929 /* need to expand another component of the path */ | |
| 8930 /* remove backslashes for the remaining components only */ | |
| 445 | 8931 (void)dos_expandpath(gap, buf, len + 1, flags, FALSE); |
| 7 | 8932 } |
| 8933 else | |
| 8934 { | |
| 8935 /* no more wildcards, check if there is a match */ | |
| 8936 /* remove backslashes for the remaining components only */ | |
| 8937 if (*path_end != 0) | |
| 8938 backslash_halve(buf + len + 1); | |
| 8939 if (mch_getperm(buf) >= 0) /* add existing file */ | |
| 8940 addfile(gap, buf, flags); | |
| 8941 } | |
| 8942 } | |
| 8943 | |
| 8944 #ifdef WIN3264 | |
| 8945 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 8946 if (wn != NULL) | |
| 8947 { | |
| 8948 vim_free(p); | |
| 8949 ok = FindNextFileW(hFind, &wfb); | |
| 8950 } | |
| 8951 else | |
| 8952 # endif | |
| 8953 ok = FindNextFile(hFind, &fb); | |
| 8954 #else | |
| 8955 ok = (findnext(&fb) == 0); | |
| 8956 #endif | |
| 8957 | |
| 8958 /* If no more matches and no match was used, try expanding the name | |
| 8959 * itself. Finds the long name of a short filename. */ | |
| 8960 if (!ok && matchname != NULL && gap->ga_len == start_len) | |
| 8961 { | |
| 8962 STRCPY(s, matchname); | |
| 8963 #ifdef WIN3264 | |
| 8964 FindClose(hFind); | |
| 8965 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 8966 if (wn != NULL) | |
| 8967 { | |
| 8968 vim_free(wn); | |
| 1752 | 8969 wn = enc_to_utf16(buf, NULL); |
| 7 | 8970 if (wn != NULL) |
| 8971 hFind = FindFirstFileW(wn, &wfb); | |
| 8972 } | |
| 8973 if (wn == NULL) | |
| 8974 # endif | |
| 8975 hFind = FindFirstFile(buf, &fb); | |
| 8976 ok = (hFind != INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE); | |
| 8977 #else | |
| 8978 ok = (findfirst((char *)buf, &fb, | |
| 8979 (*path_end != NUL || (flags & EW_DIR)) ? FA_DIREC : 0) == 0); | |
| 8980 #endif | |
| 8981 vim_free(matchname); | |
| 8982 matchname = NULL; | |
| 8983 } | |
| 8984 } | |
| 8985 | |
| 8986 #ifdef WIN3264 | |
| 8987 FindClose(hFind); | |
| 8988 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 8989 vim_free(wn); | |
| 8990 # endif | |
| 8991 #endif | |
| 8992 vim_free(buf); | |
| 8993 vim_free(regmatch.regprog); | |
| 8994 vim_free(matchname); | |
| 8995 | |
| 8996 matches = gap->ga_len - start_len; | |
| 8997 if (matches > 0) | |
| 8998 qsort(((char_u **)gap->ga_data) + start_len, (size_t)matches, | |
| 8999 sizeof(char_u *), pstrcmp); | |
| 9000 return matches; | |
| 9001 } | |
| 9002 | |
| 9003 int | |
| 9004 mch_expandpath( | |
| 9005 garray_T *gap, | |
| 9006 char_u *path, | |
| 9007 int flags) /* EW_* flags */ | |
| 9008 { | |
| 445 | 9009 return dos_expandpath(gap, path, 0, flags, FALSE); |
| 7 | 9010 } |
| 9011 # endif /* MSDOS || FEAT_GUI_W16 || WIN3264 */ | |
| 9012 | |
| 445 | 9013 #if (defined(UNIX) && !defined(VMS)) || defined(USE_UNIXFILENAME) \ |
| 9014 || defined(PROTO) | |
| 9015 /* | |
| 9016 * Unix style wildcard expansion code. | |
| 9017 * It's here because it's used both for Unix and Mac. | |
| 9018 */ | |
| 9019 static int pstrcmp __ARGS((const void *, const void *)); | |
| 9020 | |
| 9021 static int | |
| 9022 pstrcmp(a, b) | |
| 9023 const void *a, *b; | |
| 9024 { | |
| 9025 return (pathcmp(*(char **)a, *(char **)b, -1)); | |
| 9026 } | |
| 9027 | |
| 9028 /* | |
| 9029 * Recursively expand one path component into all matching files and/or | |
| 9030 * directories. Adds matches to "gap". Handles "*", "?", "[a-z]", "**", etc. | |
| 9031 * "path" has backslashes before chars that are not to be expanded, starting | |
| 9032 * at "path + wildoff". | |
| 9033 * Return the number of matches found. | |
| 9034 * NOTE: much of this is identical to dos_expandpath(), keep in sync! | |
| 9035 */ | |
| 9036 int | |
| 9037 unix_expandpath(gap, path, wildoff, flags, didstar) | |
| 9038 garray_T *gap; | |
| 9039 char_u *path; | |
| 9040 int wildoff; | |
| 9041 int flags; /* EW_* flags */ | |
| 9042 int didstar; /* expanded "**" once already */ | |
| 9043 { | |
| 9044 char_u *buf; | |
| 9045 char_u *path_end; | |
| 9046 char_u *p, *s, *e; | |
| 9047 int start_len = gap->ga_len; | |
| 9048 char_u *pat; | |
| 9049 regmatch_T regmatch; | |
| 9050 int starts_with_dot; | |
| 9051 int matches; | |
| 9052 int len; | |
| 9053 int starstar = FALSE; | |
| 9054 static int stardepth = 0; /* depth for "**" expansion */ | |
| 9055 | |
| 9056 DIR *dirp; | |
| 9057 struct dirent *dp; | |
| 9058 | |
| 9059 /* Expanding "**" may take a long time, check for CTRL-C. */ | |
| 9060 if (stardepth > 0) | |
| 9061 { | |
| 9062 ui_breakcheck(); | |
| 9063 if (got_int) | |
| 9064 return 0; | |
| 9065 } | |
| 9066 | |
| 9067 /* make room for file name */ | |
| 9068 buf = alloc((int)STRLEN(path) + BASENAMELEN + 5); | |
| 9069 if (buf == NULL) | |
| 9070 return 0; | |
| 9071 | |
| 9072 /* | |
| 9073 * Find the first part in the path name that contains a wildcard. | |
| 9074 * Copy it into "buf", including the preceding characters. | |
| 9075 */ | |
| 9076 p = buf; | |
| 9077 s = buf; | |
| 9078 e = NULL; | |
| 9079 path_end = path; | |
| 9080 while (*path_end != NUL) | |
| 9081 { | |
| 9082 /* May ignore a wildcard that has a backslash before it; it will | |
| 9083 * be removed by rem_backslash() or file_pat_to_reg_pat() below. */ | |
| 9084 if (path_end >= path + wildoff && rem_backslash(path_end)) | |
| 9085 *p++ = *path_end++; | |
| 9086 else if (*path_end == '/') | |
| 9087 { | |
| 9088 if (e != NULL) | |
| 9089 break; | |
| 9090 s = p + 1; | |
| 9091 } | |
| 9092 else if (path_end >= path + wildoff | |
| 9093 && vim_strchr((char_u *)"*?[{~$", *path_end) != NULL) | |
| 9094 e = p; | |
| 9095 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 9096 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 9097 { | |
| 474 | 9098 len = (*mb_ptr2len)(path_end); |
| 445 | 9099 STRNCPY(p, path_end, len); |
| 9100 p += len; | |
| 9101 path_end += len; | |
| 9102 } | |
| 9103 else | |
| 9104 #endif | |
| 9105 *p++ = *path_end++; | |
| 9106 } | |
| 9107 e = p; | |
| 9108 *e = NUL; | |
| 9109 | |
| 9110 /* now we have one wildcard component between "s" and "e" */ | |
| 9111 /* Remove backslashes between "wildoff" and the start of the wildcard | |
| 9112 * component. */ | |
| 9113 for (p = buf + wildoff; p < s; ++p) | |
| 9114 if (rem_backslash(p)) | |
| 9115 { | |
| 1624 | 9116 STRMOVE(p, p + 1); |
| 445 | 9117 --e; |
| 9118 --s; | |
| 9119 } | |
| 9120 | |
| 9121 /* Check for "**" between "s" and "e". */ | |
| 9122 for (p = s; p < e; ++p) | |
| 9123 if (p[0] == '*' && p[1] == '*') | |
| 9124 starstar = TRUE; | |
| 9125 | |
| 9126 /* convert the file pattern to a regexp pattern */ | |
| 9127 starts_with_dot = (*s == '.'); | |
| 9128 pat = file_pat_to_reg_pat(s, e, NULL, FALSE); | |
| 9129 if (pat == NULL) | |
| 9130 { | |
| 9131 vim_free(buf); | |
| 9132 return 0; | |
| 9133 } | |
| 9134 | |
| 9135 /* compile the regexp into a program */ | |
| 587 | 9136 #ifdef CASE_INSENSITIVE_FILENAME |
| 445 | 9137 regmatch.rm_ic = TRUE; /* Behave like Terminal.app */ |
| 9138 #else | |
| 9139 regmatch.rm_ic = FALSE; /* Don't ever ignore case */ | |
| 9140 #endif | |
| 9141 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(pat, RE_MAGIC); | |
| 9142 vim_free(pat); | |
| 9143 | |
| 9144 if (regmatch.regprog == NULL) | |
| 9145 { | |
| 9146 vim_free(buf); | |
| 9147 return 0; | |
| 9148 } | |
| 9149 | |
| 9150 /* If "**" is by itself, this is the first time we encounter it and more | |
| 9151 * is following then find matches without any directory. */ | |
| 9152 if (!didstar && stardepth < 100 && starstar && e - s == 2 | |
| 9153 && *path_end == '/') | |
| 9154 { | |
| 9155 STRCPY(s, path_end + 1); | |
| 9156 ++stardepth; | |
| 9157 (void)unix_expandpath(gap, buf, (int)(s - buf), flags, TRUE); | |
| 9158 --stardepth; | |
| 9159 } | |
| 9160 | |
| 9161 /* open the directory for scanning */ | |
| 9162 *s = NUL; | |
| 9163 dirp = opendir(*buf == NUL ? "." : (char *)buf); | |
| 9164 | |
| 9165 /* Find all matching entries */ | |
| 9166 if (dirp != NULL) | |
| 9167 { | |
| 9168 for (;;) | |
| 9169 { | |
| 9170 dp = readdir(dirp); | |
| 9171 if (dp == NULL) | |
| 9172 break; | |
| 9173 if ((dp->d_name[0] != '.' || starts_with_dot) | |
| 9174 && vim_regexec(®match, (char_u *)dp->d_name, (colnr_T)0)) | |
| 9175 { | |
| 9176 STRCPY(s, dp->d_name); | |
| 9177 len = STRLEN(buf); | |
| 9178 | |
| 9179 if (starstar && stardepth < 100) | |
| 9180 { | |
| 9181 /* For "**" in the pattern first go deeper in the tree to | |
| 9182 * find matches. */ | |
| 9183 STRCPY(buf + len, "/**"); | |
| 9184 STRCPY(buf + len + 3, path_end); | |
| 9185 ++stardepth; | |
| 9186 (void)unix_expandpath(gap, buf, len + 1, flags, TRUE); | |
| 9187 --stardepth; | |
| 9188 } | |
| 9189 | |
| 9190 STRCPY(buf + len, path_end); | |
| 9191 if (mch_has_exp_wildcard(path_end)) /* handle more wildcards */ | |
| 9192 { | |
| 9193 /* need to expand another component of the path */ | |
| 9194 /* remove backslashes for the remaining components only */ | |
| 9195 (void)unix_expandpath(gap, buf, len + 1, flags, FALSE); | |
| 9196 } | |
| 9197 else | |
| 9198 { | |
| 9199 /* no more wildcards, check if there is a match */ | |
| 9200 /* remove backslashes for the remaining components only */ | |
| 9201 if (*path_end != NUL) | |
| 9202 backslash_halve(buf + len + 1); | |
| 9203 if (mch_getperm(buf) >= 0) /* add existing file */ | |
| 9204 { | |
| 768 | 9205 #ifdef MACOS_CONVERT |
| 445 | 9206 size_t precomp_len = STRLEN(buf)+1; |
| 9207 char_u *precomp_buf = | |
| 9208 mac_precompose_path(buf, precomp_len, &precomp_len); | |
| 768 | 9209 |
| 445 | 9210 if (precomp_buf) |
| 9211 { | |
| 9212 mch_memmove(buf, precomp_buf, precomp_len); | |
| 9213 vim_free(precomp_buf); | |
| 9214 } | |
| 9215 #endif | |
| 9216 addfile(gap, buf, flags); | |
| 9217 } | |
| 9218 } | |
| 9219 } | |
| 9220 } | |
| 9221 | |
| 9222 closedir(dirp); | |
| 9223 } | |
| 9224 | |
| 9225 vim_free(buf); | |
| 9226 vim_free(regmatch.regprog); | |
| 9227 | |
| 9228 matches = gap->ga_len - start_len; | |
| 9229 if (matches > 0) | |
| 9230 qsort(((char_u **)gap->ga_data) + start_len, matches, | |
| 9231 sizeof(char_u *), pstrcmp); | |
| 9232 return matches; | |
| 9233 } | |
| 9234 #endif | |
| 9235 | |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9236 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCHPATH) |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9237 static int find_previous_pathsep __ARGS((char_u *path, char_u **psep)); |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9238 static int is_unique __ARGS((char_u *maybe_unique, garray_T *gap, int i)); |
|
2361
e12685c50982
Fix some duplicates in ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2354
diff
changeset
|
9239 static void remove_duplicates __ARGS((garray_T *gap)); |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9240 static void uniquefy_paths __ARGS((garray_T *gap, char_u *pattern)); |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9241 static int expand_in_path __ARGS((garray_T *gap, char_u *pattern, int flags)); |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9242 |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9243 /* |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9244 * Moves psep to the previous path separator in path, starting from the |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9245 * end of path. |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9246 * Returns FAIL is psep ends up at the beginning of path. |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9247 */ |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9248 static int |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9249 find_previous_pathsep(path, psep) |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9250 char_u *path; |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9251 char_u **psep; |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9252 { |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9253 /* skip the current separator */ |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9254 if (*psep > path && vim_ispathsep(**psep)) |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9255 (*psep)--; |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9256 |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9257 /* find the previous separator */ |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9258 while (*psep > path && !vim_ispathsep(**psep)) |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9259 (*psep)--; |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9260 |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9261 if (*psep != path && vim_ispathsep(**psep)) |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9262 return OK; |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9263 |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9264 return FAIL; |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9265 } |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9266 |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9267 /* |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9268 * Returns TRUE if maybe_unique is unique wrt other_paths in gap. maybe_unique |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9269 * is the end portion of ((char_u **)gap->ga_data)[i]. |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9270 */ |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9271 static int |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9272 is_unique(maybe_unique, gap, i) |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9273 char_u *maybe_unique; |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9274 garray_T *gap; |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9275 int i; |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9276 { |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9277 int j; |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9278 int candidate_len; |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9279 int other_path_len; |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9280 char_u *rival; |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9281 char_u **other_paths; |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9282 |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9283 other_paths = (gap->ga_data != NULL) ? (char_u **)gap->ga_data |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9284 : (char_u **)""; |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9285 |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9286 for (j = 0; j < gap->ga_len && !got_int; j++) |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9287 { |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9288 ui_breakcheck(); |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9289 /* don't compare it with itself */ |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9290 if (j == i) |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9291 continue; |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9292 |
|
2322
70be008dff4f
Avoid compiler warnings for size_t to int conversions.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
9293 candidate_len = (int)STRLEN(maybe_unique); |
|
70be008dff4f
Avoid compiler warnings for size_t to int conversions.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
9294 other_path_len = (int)STRLEN(other_paths[j]); |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9295 |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9296 if (other_path_len < candidate_len) |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9297 continue; /* it's different */ |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9298 |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9299 rival = other_paths[j] + other_path_len - candidate_len; |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9300 |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9301 if (fnamecmp(maybe_unique, rival) == 0) |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9302 return FALSE; |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9303 } |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9304 |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9305 return TRUE; |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9306 } |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9307 |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9308 /* |
|
2361
e12685c50982
Fix some duplicates in ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2354
diff
changeset
|
9309 * Remove adjecent duplicate entries from "gap", which is a list of file names |
|
e12685c50982
Fix some duplicates in ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2354
diff
changeset
|
9310 * in allocated memory. |
|
e12685c50982
Fix some duplicates in ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2354
diff
changeset
|
9311 */ |
|
e12685c50982
Fix some duplicates in ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2354
diff
changeset
|
9312 static void |
|
e12685c50982
Fix some duplicates in ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2354
diff
changeset
|
9313 remove_duplicates(gap) |
|
e12685c50982
Fix some duplicates in ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2354
diff
changeset
|
9314 garray_T *gap; |
|
e12685c50982
Fix some duplicates in ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2354
diff
changeset
|
9315 { |
|
e12685c50982
Fix some duplicates in ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2354
diff
changeset
|
9316 int i; |
|
e12685c50982
Fix some duplicates in ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2354
diff
changeset
|
9317 int j; |
|
e12685c50982
Fix some duplicates in ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2354
diff
changeset
|
9318 char_u **fnames = (char_u **)gap->ga_data; |
|
e12685c50982
Fix some duplicates in ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2354
diff
changeset
|
9319 |
|
e12685c50982
Fix some duplicates in ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2354
diff
changeset
|
9320 for (i = 1; i < gap->ga_len; ++i) |
|
e12685c50982
Fix some duplicates in ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2354
diff
changeset
|
9321 if (fnamecmp(fnames[i - 1], fnames[i]) == 0) |
|
e12685c50982
Fix some duplicates in ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2354
diff
changeset
|
9322 { |
|
e12685c50982
Fix some duplicates in ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2354
diff
changeset
|
9323 vim_free(fnames[i]); |
|
e12685c50982
Fix some duplicates in ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2354
diff
changeset
|
9324 for (j = i + 1; j < gap->ga_len; ++j) |
|
e12685c50982
Fix some duplicates in ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2354
diff
changeset
|
9325 fnames[j - 1] = fnames[j]; |
|
e12685c50982
Fix some duplicates in ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2354
diff
changeset
|
9326 --gap->ga_len; |
|
e12685c50982
Fix some duplicates in ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2354
diff
changeset
|
9327 --i; |
|
e12685c50982
Fix some duplicates in ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2354
diff
changeset
|
9328 } |
|
e12685c50982
Fix some duplicates in ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2354
diff
changeset
|
9329 } |
|
e12685c50982
Fix some duplicates in ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2354
diff
changeset
|
9330 |
|
e12685c50982
Fix some duplicates in ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2354
diff
changeset
|
9331 /* |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9332 * Sorts, removes duplicates and modifies all the fullpath names in gap so that |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9333 * they are unique with respect to each other while conserving the part that |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9334 * matches the pattern. Beware, this is at least O(n^2) wrt gap->ga_len. |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9335 */ |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9336 static void |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9337 uniquefy_paths(gap, pattern) |
|
2361
e12685c50982
Fix some duplicates in ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2354
diff
changeset
|
9338 garray_T *gap; |
|
e12685c50982
Fix some duplicates in ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2354
diff
changeset
|
9339 char_u *pattern; |
|
e12685c50982
Fix some duplicates in ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2354
diff
changeset
|
9340 { |
|
e12685c50982
Fix some duplicates in ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2354
diff
changeset
|
9341 int i; |
|
e12685c50982
Fix some duplicates in ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2354
diff
changeset
|
9342 int len; |
|
e12685c50982
Fix some duplicates in ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2354
diff
changeset
|
9343 char_u *pathsep_p; |
|
e12685c50982
Fix some duplicates in ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2354
diff
changeset
|
9344 char_u *path; |
|
e12685c50982
Fix some duplicates in ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2354
diff
changeset
|
9345 char_u **fnames = (char_u **) gap->ga_data; |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9346 int sort_again = 0; |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9347 char_u *pat; |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9348 char_u *file_pattern; |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9349 regmatch_T regmatch; |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9350 |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9351 sort_strings(fnames, gap->ga_len); |
|
2361
e12685c50982
Fix some duplicates in ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2354
diff
changeset
|
9352 remove_duplicates(gap); |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9353 |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9354 /* |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9355 * We need to prepend a '*' at the beginning of file_pattern so that the |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9356 * regex matches anywhere in the path. FIXME: is this valid for all |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9357 * possible pattern? |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9358 */ |
|
2322
70be008dff4f
Avoid compiler warnings for size_t to int conversions.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
9359 len = (int)STRLEN(pattern); |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9360 file_pattern = alloc(len + 2); |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9361 file_pattern[0] = '*'; |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9362 file_pattern[1] = '\0'; |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9363 STRCAT(file_pattern, pattern); |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9364 pat = file_pat_to_reg_pat(file_pattern, NULL, NULL, TRUE); |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9365 vim_free(file_pattern); |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9366 regmatch.rm_ic = TRUE; /* always ignore case */ |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9367 |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9368 if (pat != NULL) |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9369 { |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9370 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(pat, RE_MAGIC + RE_STRING); |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9371 vim_free(pat); |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9372 } |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9373 if (pat == NULL || regmatch.regprog == NULL) |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9374 return; |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9375 |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9376 for (i = 0; i < gap->ga_len; i++) |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9377 { |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9378 path = fnames[i]; |
|
2322
70be008dff4f
Avoid compiler warnings for size_t to int conversions.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
9379 len = (int)STRLEN(path); |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9380 |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9381 /* we start at the end of the path */ |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9382 pathsep_p = path + len - 1; |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9383 |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9384 while (find_previous_pathsep(path, &pathsep_p)) |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9385 if (vim_regexec(®match, pathsep_p + 1, (colnr_T)0) |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9386 && is_unique(pathsep_p, gap, i)) |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9387 { |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9388 sort_again = 1; |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9389 mch_memmove(path, pathsep_p + 1, STRLEN(pathsep_p)); |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9390 break; |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9391 } |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9392 } |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9393 |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9394 if (sort_again) |
|
2361
e12685c50982
Fix some duplicates in ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2354
diff
changeset
|
9395 { |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9396 sort_strings(fnames, gap->ga_len); |
|
2361
e12685c50982
Fix some duplicates in ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2354
diff
changeset
|
9397 remove_duplicates(gap); |
|
e12685c50982
Fix some duplicates in ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2354
diff
changeset
|
9398 } |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9399 } |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9400 |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9401 /* |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9402 * Calls globpath with 'path' values for the given pattern and stores |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9403 * the result in gap. |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9404 * Returns the total number of matches. |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9405 */ |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9406 static int |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9407 expand_in_path(gap, pattern, flags) |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9408 garray_T *gap; |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9409 char_u *pattern; |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9410 int flags; /* EW_* flags */ |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9411 { |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9412 int c = 0; |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9413 char_u *path_option = *curbuf->b_p_path == NUL |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9414 ? p_path : curbuf->b_p_path; |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9415 char_u *files; |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9416 char_u *s; /* start */ |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9417 char_u *e; /* end */ |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9418 |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9419 files = globpath(path_option, pattern, 0); |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9420 if (files == NULL) |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9421 return 0; |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9422 |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9423 /* Copy each path in files into gap */ |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9424 s = e = files; |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9425 while (*s != '\0') |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9426 { |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9427 while (*e != '\n' && *e != '\0') |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9428 e++; |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9429 if (*e == '\0') |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9430 { |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9431 addfile(gap, s, flags); |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9432 break; |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9433 } |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9434 else |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9435 { |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9436 /* *e is '\n' */ |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9437 *e = '\0'; |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9438 addfile(gap, s, flags); |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9439 e++; |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9440 s = e; |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9441 } |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9442 } |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9443 |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9444 c = gap->ga_len; |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9445 vim_free(files); |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9446 |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9447 return c; |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9448 } |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9449 #endif |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9450 |
| 7 | 9451 /* |
| 9452 * Generic wildcard expansion code. | |
| 9453 * | |
| 9454 * Characters in "pat" that should not be expanded must be preceded with a | |
| 9455 * backslash. E.g., "/path\ with\ spaces/my\*star*" | |
| 9456 * | |
| 9457 * Return FAIL when no single file was found. In this case "num_file" is not | |
| 9458 * set, and "file" may contain an error message. | |
| 9459 * Return OK when some files found. "num_file" is set to the number of | |
| 9460 * matches, "file" to the array of matches. Call FreeWild() later. | |
| 9461 */ | |
| 9462 int | |
| 9463 gen_expand_wildcards(num_pat, pat, num_file, file, flags) | |
| 9464 int num_pat; /* number of input patterns */ | |
| 9465 char_u **pat; /* array of input patterns */ | |
| 9466 int *num_file; /* resulting number of files */ | |
| 9467 char_u ***file; /* array of resulting files */ | |
| 9468 int flags; /* EW_* flags */ | |
| 9469 { | |
| 9470 int i; | |
| 9471 garray_T ga; | |
| 9472 char_u *p; | |
| 9473 static int recursive = FALSE; | |
| 9474 int add_pat; | |
| 9475 | |
| 9476 /* | |
| 9477 * expand_env() is called to expand things like "~user". If this fails, | |
| 9478 * it calls ExpandOne(), which brings us back here. In this case, always | |
| 9479 * call the machine specific expansion function, if possible. Otherwise, | |
| 9480 * return FAIL. | |
| 9481 */ | |
| 9482 if (recursive) | |
| 9483 #ifdef SPECIAL_WILDCHAR | |
| 9484 return mch_expand_wildcards(num_pat, pat, num_file, file, flags); | |
| 9485 #else | |
| 9486 return FAIL; | |
| 9487 #endif | |
| 9488 | |
| 9489 #ifdef SPECIAL_WILDCHAR | |
| 9490 /* | |
| 9491 * If there are any special wildcard characters which we cannot handle | |
| 9492 * here, call machine specific function for all the expansion. This | |
| 9493 * avoids starting the shell for each argument separately. | |
| 9494 * For `=expr` do use the internal function. | |
| 9495 */ | |
| 9496 for (i = 0; i < num_pat; i++) | |
| 9497 { | |
| 9498 if (vim_strpbrk(pat[i], (char_u *)SPECIAL_WILDCHAR) != NULL | |
| 9499 # ifdef VIM_BACKTICK | |
| 9500 && !(vim_backtick(pat[i]) && pat[i][1] == '=') | |
| 9501 # endif | |
| 9502 ) | |
| 9503 return mch_expand_wildcards(num_pat, pat, num_file, file, flags); | |
| 9504 } | |
| 9505 #endif | |
| 9506 | |
| 9507 recursive = TRUE; | |
| 9508 | |
| 9509 /* | |
| 9510 * The matching file names are stored in a growarray. Init it empty. | |
| 9511 */ | |
| 9512 ga_init2(&ga, (int)sizeof(char_u *), 30); | |
| 9513 | |
| 9514 for (i = 0; i < num_pat; ++i) | |
| 9515 { | |
| 9516 add_pat = -1; | |
| 9517 p = pat[i]; | |
| 9518 | |
| 9519 #ifdef VIM_BACKTICK | |
| 9520 if (vim_backtick(p)) | |
| 9521 add_pat = expand_backtick(&ga, p, flags); | |
| 9522 else | |
| 9523 #endif | |
| 9524 { | |
| 9525 /* | |
| 9526 * First expand environment variables, "~/" and "~user/". | |
| 9527 */ | |
| 9528 if (vim_strpbrk(p, (char_u *)"$~") != NULL) | |
| 9529 { | |
| 1408 | 9530 p = expand_env_save_opt(p, TRUE); |
| 7 | 9531 if (p == NULL) |
| 9532 p = pat[i]; | |
| 9533 #ifdef UNIX | |
| 9534 /* | |
| 9535 * On Unix, if expand_env() can't expand an environment | |
| 9536 * variable, use the shell to do that. Discard previously | |
| 9537 * found file names and start all over again. | |
| 9538 */ | |
| 9539 else if (vim_strpbrk(p, (char_u *)"$~") != NULL) | |
| 9540 { | |
| 9541 vim_free(p); | |
| 1914 | 9542 ga_clear_strings(&ga); |
| 7 | 9543 i = mch_expand_wildcards(num_pat, pat, num_file, file, |
| 9544 flags); | |
| 9545 recursive = FALSE; | |
| 9546 return i; | |
| 9547 } | |
| 9548 #endif | |
| 9549 } | |
| 9550 | |
| 9551 /* | |
| 9552 * If there are wildcards: Expand file names and add each match to | |
| 9553 * the list. If there is no match, and EW_NOTFOUND is given, add | |
| 9554 * the pattern. | |
| 9555 * If there are no wildcards: Add the file name if it exists or | |
| 9556 * when EW_NOTFOUND is given. | |
| 9557 */ | |
| 9558 if (mch_has_exp_wildcard(p)) | |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9559 { |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9560 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCHPATH) |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9561 if (*p != '.' && !vim_ispathsep(*p) && (flags & EW_PATH)) |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9562 add_pat = expand_in_path(&ga, p, flags); |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9563 else |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9564 #endif |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9565 add_pat = mch_expandpath(&ga, p, flags); |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9566 } |
| 7 | 9567 } |
| 9568 | |
| 9569 if (add_pat == -1 || (add_pat == 0 && (flags & EW_NOTFOUND))) | |
| 9570 { | |
| 9571 char_u *t = backslash_halve_save(p); | |
| 9572 | |
| 9573 #if defined(MACOS_CLASSIC) | |
| 9574 slash_to_colon(t); | |
| 9575 #endif | |
| 9576 /* When EW_NOTFOUND is used, always add files and dirs. Makes | |
| 9577 * "vim c:/" work. */ | |
| 9578 if (flags & EW_NOTFOUND) | |
| 9579 addfile(&ga, t, flags | EW_DIR | EW_FILE); | |
| 9580 else if (mch_getperm(t) >= 0) | |
| 9581 addfile(&ga, t, flags); | |
| 9582 vim_free(t); | |
| 9583 } | |
| 9584 | |
|
2313
e382b66b936d
Fix using freed memory in :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2311
diff
changeset
|
9585 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCHPATH) |
|
e382b66b936d
Fix using freed memory in :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2311
diff
changeset
|
9586 if (flags & EW_PATH) |
|
e382b66b936d
Fix using freed memory in :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2311
diff
changeset
|
9587 uniquefy_paths(&ga, p); |
|
e382b66b936d
Fix using freed memory in :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2311
diff
changeset
|
9588 #endif |
| 7 | 9589 if (p != pat[i]) |
| 9590 vim_free(p); | |
| 9591 } | |
| 9592 | |
| 9593 *num_file = ga.ga_len; | |
| 9594 *file = (ga.ga_data != NULL) ? (char_u **)ga.ga_data : (char_u **)""; | |
| 9595 | |
| 9596 recursive = FALSE; | |
| 9597 | |
| 9598 return (ga.ga_data != NULL) ? OK : FAIL; | |
| 9599 } | |
| 9600 | |
| 9601 # ifdef VIM_BACKTICK | |
| 9602 | |
| 9603 /* | |
| 9604 * Return TRUE if we can expand this backtick thing here. | |
| 9605 */ | |
| 9606 static int | |
| 9607 vim_backtick(p) | |
| 9608 char_u *p; | |
| 9609 { | |
| 9610 return (*p == '`' && *(p + 1) != NUL && *(p + STRLEN(p) - 1) == '`'); | |
| 9611 } | |
| 9612 | |
| 9613 /* | |
| 9614 * Expand an item in `backticks` by executing it as a command. | |
| 9615 * Currently only works when pat[] starts and ends with a `. | |
| 9616 * Returns number of file names found. | |
| 9617 */ | |
| 9618 static int | |
| 9619 expand_backtick(gap, pat, flags) | |
| 9620 garray_T *gap; | |
| 9621 char_u *pat; | |
| 9622 int flags; /* EW_* flags */ | |
| 9623 { | |
| 9624 char_u *p; | |
| 9625 char_u *cmd; | |
| 9626 char_u *buffer; | |
| 9627 int cnt = 0; | |
| 9628 int i; | |
| 9629 | |
| 9630 /* Create the command: lop off the backticks. */ | |
| 9631 cmd = vim_strnsave(pat + 1, (int)STRLEN(pat) - 2); | |
| 9632 if (cmd == NULL) | |
| 9633 return 0; | |
| 9634 | |
| 9635 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL | |
| 9636 if (*cmd == '=') /* `={expr}`: Expand expression */ | |
| 714 | 9637 buffer = eval_to_string(cmd + 1, &p, TRUE); |
| 7 | 9638 else |
| 9639 #endif | |
| 24 | 9640 buffer = get_cmd_output(cmd, NULL, |
| 9641 (flags & EW_SILENT) ? SHELL_SILENT : 0); | |
| 7 | 9642 vim_free(cmd); |
| 9643 if (buffer == NULL) | |
| 9644 return 0; | |
| 9645 | |
| 9646 cmd = buffer; | |
| 9647 while (*cmd != NUL) | |
| 9648 { | |
| 9649 cmd = skipwhite(cmd); /* skip over white space */ | |
| 9650 p = cmd; | |
| 9651 while (*p != NUL && *p != '\r' && *p != '\n') /* skip over entry */ | |
| 9652 ++p; | |
| 9653 /* add an entry if it is not empty */ | |
| 9654 if (p > cmd) | |
| 9655 { | |
| 9656 i = *p; | |
| 9657 *p = NUL; | |
| 9658 addfile(gap, cmd, flags); | |
| 9659 *p = i; | |
| 9660 ++cnt; | |
| 9661 } | |
| 9662 cmd = p; | |
| 9663 while (*cmd != NUL && (*cmd == '\r' || *cmd == '\n')) | |
| 9664 ++cmd; | |
| 9665 } | |
| 9666 | |
| 9667 vim_free(buffer); | |
| 9668 return cnt; | |
| 9669 } | |
| 9670 # endif /* VIM_BACKTICK */ | |
| 9671 | |
| 9672 /* | |
| 9673 * Add a file to a file list. Accepted flags: | |
| 9674 * EW_DIR add directories | |
| 9675 * EW_FILE add files | |
| 716 | 9676 * EW_EXEC add executable files |
| 7 | 9677 * EW_NOTFOUND add even when it doesn't exist |
| 9678 * EW_ADDSLASH add slash after directory name | |
| 9679 */ | |
| 9680 void | |
| 9681 addfile(gap, f, flags) | |
| 9682 garray_T *gap; | |
| 9683 char_u *f; /* filename */ | |
| 9684 int flags; | |
| 9685 { | |
| 9686 char_u *p; | |
| 9687 int isdir; | |
| 9688 | |
| 9689 /* if the file/dir doesn't exist, may not add it */ | |
| 9690 if (!(flags & EW_NOTFOUND) && mch_getperm(f) < 0) | |
| 9691 return; | |
| 9692 | |
| 9693 #ifdef FNAME_ILLEGAL | |
| 9694 /* if the file/dir contains illegal characters, don't add it */ | |
| 9695 if (vim_strpbrk(f, (char_u *)FNAME_ILLEGAL) != NULL) | |
| 9696 return; | |
| 9697 #endif | |
| 9698 | |
| 9699 isdir = mch_isdir(f); | |
| 9700 if ((isdir && !(flags & EW_DIR)) || (!isdir && !(flags & EW_FILE))) | |
| 9701 return; | |
| 9702 | |
| 716 | 9703 /* If the file isn't executable, may not add it. Do accept directories. */ |
| 9704 if (!isdir && (flags & EW_EXEC) && !mch_can_exe(f)) | |
| 9705 return; | |
| 9706 | |
| 7 | 9707 /* Make room for another item in the file list. */ |
| 9708 if (ga_grow(gap, 1) == FAIL) | |
| 9709 return; | |
| 9710 | |
| 9711 p = alloc((unsigned)(STRLEN(f) + 1 + isdir)); | |
| 9712 if (p == NULL) | |
| 9713 return; | |
| 9714 | |
| 9715 STRCPY(p, f); | |
| 9716 #ifdef BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME | |
| 9717 slash_adjust(p); | |
| 9718 #endif | |
| 9719 /* | |
| 9720 * Append a slash or backslash after directory names if none is present. | |
| 9721 */ | |
| 9722 #ifndef DONT_ADD_PATHSEP_TO_DIR | |
| 9723 if (isdir && (flags & EW_ADDSLASH)) | |
| 9724 add_pathsep(p); | |
| 9725 #endif | |
| 9726 ((char_u **)gap->ga_data)[gap->ga_len++] = p; | |
| 9727 } | |
| 9728 #endif /* !NO_EXPANDPATH */ | |
| 9729 | |
| 9730 #if defined(VIM_BACKTICK) || defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 9731 | |
| 9732 #ifndef SEEK_SET | |
| 9733 # define SEEK_SET 0 | |
| 9734 #endif | |
| 9735 #ifndef SEEK_END | |
| 9736 # define SEEK_END 2 | |
| 9737 #endif | |
| 9738 | |
| 9739 /* | |
| 9740 * Get the stdout of an external command. | |
| 9741 * Returns an allocated string, or NULL for error. | |
| 9742 */ | |
| 9743 char_u * | |
| 24 | 9744 get_cmd_output(cmd, infile, flags) |
| 7 | 9745 char_u *cmd; |
| 24 | 9746 char_u *infile; /* optional input file name */ |
| 7 | 9747 int flags; /* can be SHELL_SILENT */ |
| 9748 { | |
| 9749 char_u *tempname; | |
| 9750 char_u *command; | |
| 9751 char_u *buffer = NULL; | |
| 9752 int len; | |
| 9753 int i = 0; | |
| 9754 FILE *fd; | |
| 9755 | |
| 9756 if (check_restricted() || check_secure()) | |
| 9757 return NULL; | |
| 9758 | |
| 9759 /* get a name for the temp file */ | |
| 9760 if ((tempname = vim_tempname('o')) == NULL) | |
| 9761 { | |
| 9762 EMSG(_(e_notmp)); | |
| 9763 return NULL; | |
| 9764 } | |
| 9765 | |
| 9766 /* Add the redirection stuff */ | |
| 24 | 9767 command = make_filter_cmd(cmd, infile, tempname); |
| 7 | 9768 if (command == NULL) |
| 9769 goto done; | |
| 9770 | |
| 9771 /* | |
| 9772 * Call the shell to execute the command (errors are ignored). | |
| 9773 * Don't check timestamps here. | |
| 9774 */ | |
| 9775 ++no_check_timestamps; | |
| 9776 call_shell(command, SHELL_DOOUT | SHELL_EXPAND | flags); | |
| 9777 --no_check_timestamps; | |
| 9778 | |
| 9779 vim_free(command); | |
| 9780 | |
| 9781 /* | |
| 9782 * read the names from the file into memory | |
| 9783 */ | |
| 9784 # ifdef VMS | |
| 1224 | 9785 /* created temporary file is not always readable as binary */ |
| 7 | 9786 fd = mch_fopen((char *)tempname, "r"); |
| 9787 # else | |
| 9788 fd = mch_fopen((char *)tempname, READBIN); | |
| 9789 # endif | |
| 9790 | |
| 9791 if (fd == NULL) | |
| 9792 { | |
| 9793 EMSG2(_(e_notopen), tempname); | |
| 9794 goto done; | |
| 9795 } | |
| 9796 | |
| 9797 fseek(fd, 0L, SEEK_END); | |
| 9798 len = ftell(fd); /* get size of temp file */ | |
| 9799 fseek(fd, 0L, SEEK_SET); | |
| 9800 | |
| 9801 buffer = alloc(len + 1); | |
| 9802 if (buffer != NULL) | |
| 9803 i = (int)fread((char *)buffer, (size_t)1, (size_t)len, fd); | |
| 9804 fclose(fd); | |
| 9805 mch_remove(tempname); | |
| 9806 if (buffer == NULL) | |
| 9807 goto done; | |
| 9808 #ifdef VMS | |
| 9809 len = i; /* VMS doesn't give us what we asked for... */ | |
| 9810 #endif | |
| 9811 if (i != len) | |
| 9812 { | |
| 9813 EMSG2(_(e_notread), tempname); | |
| 9814 vim_free(buffer); | |
| 9815 buffer = NULL; | |
| 9816 } | |
| 9817 else | |
| 9818 buffer[len] = '\0'; /* make sure the buffer is terminated */ | |
| 9819 | |
| 9820 done: | |
| 9821 vim_free(tempname); | |
| 9822 return buffer; | |
| 9823 } | |
| 9824 #endif | |
| 9825 | |
| 9826 /* | |
| 9827 * Free the list of files returned by expand_wildcards() or other expansion | |
| 9828 * functions. | |
| 9829 */ | |
| 9830 void | |
| 9831 FreeWild(count, files) | |
| 9832 int count; | |
| 9833 char_u **files; | |
| 9834 { | |
| 838 | 9835 if (count <= 0 || files == NULL) |
| 7 | 9836 return; |
| 9837 #if defined(__EMX__) && defined(__ALWAYS_HAS_TRAILING_NULL_POINTER) /* XXX */ | |
| 9838 /* | |
| 9839 * Is this still OK for when other functions than expand_wildcards() have | |
| 9840 * been used??? | |
| 9841 */ | |
| 9842 _fnexplodefree((char **)files); | |
| 9843 #else | |
| 9844 while (count--) | |
| 9845 vim_free(files[count]); | |
| 9846 vim_free(files); | |
| 9847 #endif | |
| 9848 } | |
| 9849 | |
| 9850 /* | |
|
2302
488be8cbe19c
Make CTRL-L in command line mode respect 'ignorecase' and 'smartcase'. (Martin
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2297
diff
changeset
|
9851 * Return TRUE when need to go to Insert mode because of 'insertmode'. |
| 7 | 9852 * Don't do this when still processing a command or a mapping. |
| 9853 * Don't do this when inside a ":normal" command. | |
| 9854 */ | |
| 9855 int | |
| 9856 goto_im() | |
| 9857 { | |
| 9858 return (p_im && stuff_empty() && typebuf_typed()); | |
| 9859 } |